WorldWideScience

Sample records for charge renormalization

  1. Screening of heterogeneous surfaces: charge renormalization of Janus particles.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Boon, N; Carvajal Gallardo, E; Zheng, S; Eggen, E; Dijkstra, M; van Roij, R

    2010-03-17

    Nonlinear ionic screening theory for heterogeneously charged spheres is developed in terms of a mode decomposition of the surface charge. A far-field analysis of the resulting electrostatic potential leads to a natural generalization of charge renormalization from purely monopolar to dipolar, quadrupolar, etc, including 'mode couplings'. Our novel scheme is generally applicable to large classes of surface heterogeneities, and is explicitly applied here to Janus spheres with differently charged upper and lower hemispheres, revealing strong renormalization effects for all multipoles.

  2. Screening of heterogeneous surfaces: Charge renormalization of Janus particles

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Boon, N.; Carvajal Gallardo, E.; Zheng, S.; Eggen, E.; Dijkstra, M.; Van Roij, R.

    2010-01-01

    Nonlinear ionic screening theory for heterogeneously charged spheres is developed in terms of a mode decomposition of the surface charge. A far-field analysis of the resulting electrostatic potential leads to a natural generalization of charge renormalization from purely monopolar to dipolar, quadru

  3. Charge independence, charge symmetry breaking in the S-wave nucleon-nucleon interaction, and renormalization

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Alvaro Calle Cordon,Manuel Pavon Valderrama,Enrique Ruiz Arriola

    2012-02-01

    We study the interplay between charge symmetry breaking and renormalization in the NN system for S-waves. We find a set of universality relations which disentangle explicitly the known long distance dynamics from low energy parameters and extend them to the Coulomb case. We analyze within such an approach the One-Boson-Exchange potential and the theoretical conditions which allow to relate the proton-neutron, proton-proton and neutron-neutron scattering observables without the introduction of extra new parameters and providing good phenomenological success.

  4. Charge renormalization and phase separation in colloidal suspensions

    OpenAIRE

    Diehl, Alexandre; Barbosa, Marcia C.; Levin, Yan

    2000-01-01

    We explore the effects of counterion condensation on fluid-fluid phase separation in charged colloidal suspensions. It is found that formation of double layers around the colloidal particles stabilizes suspensions against phase separation. Addition of salt, however, produces an instability which, in principle, can lead to a fluid-fluid separation. The instability, however, is so weak that it should be impossible to observe a fully equilibrated coexistence experimentally.

  5. A renormalization approach to describe charge transport in quasiperiodic dangling backbone ladder (DBL)-DNA molecules

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Highlights: → One-step renormalization approach to describe the DBL-DNA molecule. → Electronic tight-binding Hamiltonian model. → A quasiperiodic sequence to mimic the DNA nucleotides arrangement. → Electronic transmission spectra. → I-V characteristics. -- Abstract: We study the charge transport properties of a dangling backbone ladder (DBL)-DNA molecule focusing on a quasiperiodic arrangement of its constituent nucleotides forming a Rudin-Shapiro (RS) and Fibonacci (FB) Poly (CG) sequences, as well as a natural DNA sequence (Ch22) for the sake of comparison. Making use of a one-step renormalization process, the DBL-DNA molecule is modeled in terms of a one-dimensional tight-binding Hamiltonian to investigate its transmissivity and current-voltage (I-V) profiles. Beyond the semiconductor I-V characteristics, a striking similarity between the electronic transport properties of the RS quasiperiodic structure and the natural DNA sequence was found.

  6. A renormalization approach to describe charge transport in quasiperiodic dangling backbone ladder (DBL)-DNA molecules

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Sarmento, R.G. [Departamento de Fisica, Universidade Federal do Rio Grande do Norte, 59072-970 Natal, RN (Brazil); Fulco, U.L. [Departamento de Biofisica e Farmacologia, Universidade Federal do Rio Grande do Norte, 59072-970 Natal, RN (Brazil); Albuquerque, E.L., E-mail: eudenilson@gmail.com [Departamento de Biofisica e Farmacologia, Universidade Federal do Rio Grande do Norte, 59072-970 Natal, RN (Brazil); Caetano, E.W.S. [Instituto Federal de Educacao, Ciencia e Tecnologia do Ceara, 60040-531 Fortaleza, CE (Brazil); Freire, V.N. [Departamento de Fisica, Universidade Federal do Ceara, 60455-760 Fortaleza, CE (Brazil)

    2011-10-31

    Highlights: → One-step renormalization approach to describe the DBL-DNA molecule. → Electronic tight-binding Hamiltonian model. → A quasiperiodic sequence to mimic the DNA nucleotides arrangement. → Electronic transmission spectra. → I-V characteristics. -- Abstract: We study the charge transport properties of a dangling backbone ladder (DBL)-DNA molecule focusing on a quasiperiodic arrangement of its constituent nucleotides forming a Rudin-Shapiro (RS) and Fibonacci (FB) Poly (CG) sequences, as well as a natural DNA sequence (Ch22) for the sake of comparison. Making use of a one-step renormalization process, the DBL-DNA molecule is modeled in terms of a one-dimensional tight-binding Hamiltonian to investigate its transmissivity and current-voltage (I-V) profiles. Beyond the semiconductor I-V characteristics, a striking similarity between the electronic transport properties of the RS quasiperiodic structure and the natural DNA sequence was found.

  7. c-function and central charge of the sine-Gordon model from the non-perturbative renormalization group flow

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    V. Bacsó

    2015-12-01

    Full Text Available In this paper we study the c-function of the sine-Gordon model taking explicitly into account the periodicity of the interaction potential. The integration of the c-function along trajectories of the non-perturbative renormalization group flow gives access to the central charges of the model in the fixed points. The results at vanishing frequency β2, where the periodicity does not play a role, are retrieved and the independence on the cutoff regulator for small frequencies is discussed. Our findings show that the central charge obtained integrating the trajectories starting from the repulsive low-frequencies fixed points (β2<8π to the infra-red limit is in good quantitative agreement with the expected Δc=1 result. The behavior of the c-function in the other parts of the flow diagram is also discussed. Finally, we point out that including also higher harmonics in the renormalization group treatment at the level of local potential approximation is not sufficient to give reasonable results, even if the periodicity is taken into account. Rather, incorporating the wave-function renormalization (i.e. going beyond local potential approximation is crucial to get sensible results even when a single frequency is used.

  8. Constraining the existence of magnetic monopoles by Dirac-dual electric charge renormalization effect under the Planck scale limit

    Science.gov (United States)

    Deng, Yanbin; Huang, Changyu; Huang, Yong-Chang

    2016-08-01

    It was suggested by dimensional analysis that there exists a limit called the Planck energy scale coming close to which the gravitational effects of physical processes would inflate and struggle for equal rights so as to spoil the validity of pure nongravitational physical theories that governed well below the Planck energy. Near the Planck scale, the Planck charges, Planck currents, or Planck parameters can be defined and assigned to physical quantities such as the single particle electric charge and magnetic charge as the ceiling value obeyed by the low energy ordinary physics. The Dirac electric-magnetic charge quantization relation as one form of electric-magnetic duality dictates that, the present low value electric charge corresponds to a huge magnetic charge value already passed the Planck limit so as to render theories of magnetic monopoles into the strong coupling regime, and vice versa, that small and tractable magnetic charge values correspond to huge electric charge values. It suggests that for theoretic models in which the renormalization group equation provides rapid growth for the running electric coupling constant, it is easier for the dual magnetic monopoles to emerge at lower energy scales. Allowing charges to vary with the Dirac electric-magnetic charge quantization relation while keeping values under the Planck limit informs that the magnetic charge value drops below the Planck ceiling value into the manageable region when the electric coupling constant grows to one fourth at a model dependent energy scale, and continues dropping toward half the value of the Planck magnetic charge as the electric coupling constant continues growing at the model dependent rate toward one near Planck energy scale.

  9. Configuration Space Renormalization (CSR): a study of fractional quantization of charge in a dual-edge fractional quantum Hall system.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tsiper, Eugene

    2006-03-01

    A renormalization procedure is designed to find a subspace of high relevance in a many-body Hilbert space. Substantial reduction in the basis size can be achieved while approaching the exact diagonalization results. The idea is to search for a set of many-particle configurations that contribute the largest weight to the exact solution of the many-body Schrödinger equation, without actually computing the exact solution. We start with some suitable set of K configurations and find the ground state of the Hamiltonian in the many-body subspace that they span. We then retain K'elements with those retained. When repeated, the procedure converges after several iterations and yields some optimal set of configurations. The resulting truncation of the Hilbert space is essentially many-body, and cannot be achieved by truncating or rotating the single-particle basis. I will discuss an application of CSR to model resonant tunneling between the edges in the fractional quantum Hall regime, which has been used to experimentally observe fractional quantization of electric charge. Clusters large enough to contain two unconnected edges are modeled. The results suggest fractional quantization of the quasiparticle charge in units of e/3 and e/5 at fillings 1/3 and 2/5.

  10. Holographic Renormalization in Dense Medium

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    The holographic renormalization of a charged black brane with or without a dilaton field, whose dual field theory describes a dense medium at finite temperature, is investigated in this paper. In a dense medium, two different thermodynamic descriptions are possible due to an additional conserved charge. These two different thermodynamic ensembles are classified by the asymptotic boundary condition of the bulk gauge field. It is also shown that in the holographic renormalization regularity of all bulk fields can reproduce consistent thermodynamic quantities and that the Bekenstein-Hawking entropy is nothing but the renormalized thermal entropy of the dual field theory. Furthermore, we find that the Reissner-Nordström AdS black brane is dual to a theory with conformal matter as expected, whereas a charged black brane with a nontrivial dilaton profile is mapped to a theory with nonconformal matter although its leading asymptotic geometry still remains as AdS space

  11. Renormalization Scheme Dependence and Renormalization Group Summation

    CERN Document Server

    McKeon, D G C

    2016-01-01

    We consider logarithmic contributions to the free energy, instanton effective action and Laplace sum rules in QCD that are a consequence of radiative corrections. Upon summing these contributions by using the renormalization group, all dependence on the renormalization scale parameter mu cancels. The renormalization scheme dependence in these processes is examined, and a renormalization scheme is found in which the effect of higher order radiative corrections is absorbed by the behaviour of the running coupling.

  12. Renormalized Volume

    CERN Document Server

    Gover, A Rod

    2016-01-01

    For any conformally compact manifold with hypersurface boundary we define a canonical renormalized volume functional and compute an explicit, holographic formula for the corresponding anomaly. For the special case of asymptotically Einstein manifolds, our method recovers the known results. The anomaly does not depend on any particular choice of regulator, but the coefficients of divergences do. We give explicit formulae for these divergences valid for any choice of regulating hypersurface; these should be relevant to recent studies of quantum corrections to entanglement entropies. The anomaly is expressed as a conformally invariant integral of a local Q-curvature that generalizes the Branson Q-curvature by including data of the embedding. In each dimension this canonically defines a higher dimensional generalization of the Willmore energy/rigid string action. We show that the variation of these energy functionals is exactly the obstruction to solving a singular Yamabe type problem with boundary data along the...

  13. Renormalized entanglement entropy

    CERN Document Server

    Taylor, Marika

    2016-01-01

    We develop a renormalization method for holographic entanglement entropy based on area renormalization of entangling surfaces. The renormalized entanglement entropy is derived for entangling surfaces in asymptotically locally anti-de Sitter spacetimes in general dimensions and for entangling surfaces in four dimensional holographic renormalization group flows. The renormalized entanglement entropy for disk regions in $AdS_4$ spacetimes agrees precisely with the holographically renormalized action for $AdS_4$ with spherical slicing and hence with the F quantity, in accordance with the Casini-Huerta-Myers map. We present a generic class of holographic RG flows associated with deformations by operators of dimension $3/2 < \\Delta < 5/2$ for which the F quantity increases along the RG flow, hence violating the strong version of the F theorem. We conclude by explaining how the renormalized entanglement entropy can be derived directly from the renormalized partition function using the replica trick i.e. our re...

  14. Renormalized action improvements

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Zachos, C.

    1984-01-01

    Finite lattice spacing artifacts are suppressed on the renormalized actions. The renormalized action trajectories of SU(N) lattice gauge theories are considered from the standpoint of the Migdal-Kadanoff approximation. The minor renormalized trajectories which involve representations invariant under the center are discussed and quantified. 17 references.

  15. Renormalization of Dirac's Polarized Vacuum

    CERN Document Server

    Lewin, Mathieu

    2010-01-01

    We review recent results on a mean-field model for relativistic electrons in atoms and molecules, which allows to describe at the same time the self-consistent behavior of the polarized Dirac sea. We quickly derive this model from Quantum Electrodynamics and state the existence of solutions, imposing an ultraviolet cut-off $\\Lambda$. We then discuss the limit $\\Lambda\\to\\infty$ in detail, by resorting to charge renormalization.

  16. Renormalization of the Vector Current in QED

    CERN Document Server

    Collins, J C; Wise, M B; Collins, John C.; Manohar, Aneesh V.; Wise, Mark B.

    2006-01-01

    It is commonly asserted that the electromagnetic current is conserved and therefore is not renormalized. Within QED we show (a) that this statement is false, (b) how to obtain the renormalization of the current to all orders of perturbation theory, and (c) how to correctly define an electron number operator. The current mixes with the four-divergence of the electromagnetic field-strength tensor. The true electron number operator is the integral of the time component of the electron number density, but only when the current differs from the MSbar-renormalized current by a definite finite renormalization. This happens in such a way that Gauss's law holds: the charge operator is the surface integral of the electric field at infinity. The theorem extends naturally to any gauge theory.

  17. Renormalization shielding effect on the Wannier-ridge mode for double-electron continua in partially ionized dense hydrogen plasmas

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lee, Myoung-Jae; Jung, Young-Dae

    2016-01-01

    The influence of renormalization shielding on the Wannier threshold law for the double-electron escapes by the electron-impact ionization is investigated in partially ionized dense plasmas. The renormalized electron charge and Wannier exponent are obtained by considering the equation of motion in the Wannier-ridge including the renormalization shielding effect. It is found that the renormalization shielding effect reduces the magnitude of effective electron charge, especially, within the Bohr radius in partially ionized dense plasmas. The maximum position of the renormalized electron charge approaches to the center of the target atom with an increase of the renormalization parameter. In addition, the Wannier exponent increases with an increase of the renormalization parameter. The variations of the renormalized electron charge and Wannier exponent due to the renormalization shielding effect are also discussed.

  18. Renormalization shielding effect on the Wannier-ridge mode for double-electron continua in partially ionized dense hydrogen plasmas

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Lee, Myoung-Jae [Department of Physics and Research Institute for Natural Sciences, Hanyang University, Seoul 04763 (Korea, Republic of); Jung, Young-Dae, E-mail: ydjung@hanyang.ac.kr [Department of Applied Physics and Department of Bionanotechnology, Hanyang University, Ansan, Kyunggi-Do 15588 (Korea, Republic of); Department of Physics, Applied Physics, and Astronomy, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 110 8th Street, Troy, New York 12180-3590 (United States)

    2016-01-15

    The influence of renormalization shielding on the Wannier threshold law for the double-electron escapes by the electron-impact ionization is investigated in partially ionized dense plasmas. The renormalized electron charge and Wannier exponent are obtained by considering the equation of motion in the Wannier-ridge including the renormalization shielding effect. It is found that the renormalization shielding effect reduces the magnitude of effective electron charge, especially, within the Bohr radius in partially ionized dense plasmas. The maximum position of the renormalized electron charge approaches to the center of the target atom with an increase of the renormalization parameter. In addition, the Wannier exponent increases with an increase of the renormalization parameter. The variations of the renormalized electron charge and Wannier exponent due to the renormalization shielding effect are also discussed.

  19. Renormalization for Philosophers

    CERN Document Server

    Butterfield, Jeremy

    2014-01-01

    We have two aims. The main one is to expound the idea of renormalization in quantum field theory, with no technical prerequisites (Sections 2 and 3). Our motivation is that renormalization is undoubtedly one of the great ideas, and great successes, of twentieth-century physics. Also it has strongly influenced in diverse ways, how physicists conceive of physical theories. So it is of considerable philosophical interest. Second, we will briefly relate renormalization to Ernest Nagel's account of inter-theoretic relations, especially reduction (Section 4). One theme will be a contrast between two approaches to renormalization. The old approach, which prevailed from ca. 1945 to 1970, treated renormalizability as a necessary condition for being an acceptable quantum field theory. On this approach, it is a piece of great good fortune that high energy physicists can formulate renormalizable quantum field theories that are so empirically successful. But the new approach to renormalization (from 1970 onwards) explains...

  20. Non-Perturbative Renormalization

    CERN Document Server

    Mastropietro, Vieri

    2008-01-01

    The notion of renormalization is at the core of several spectacular achievements of contemporary physics, and in the last years powerful techniques have been developed allowing to put renormalization on a firm mathematical basis. This book provides a self-consistent and accessible introduction to the sophisticated tools used in the modern theory of non-perturbative renormalization, allowing an unified and rigorous treatment of Quantum Field Theory, Statistical Physics and Condensed Matter models. In particular the first part of this book is devoted to Constructive Quantum Field Theory, providi

  1. Renormalization of the QEMD of a dyon field

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    A renormalized quantum electromagnetodynamics (QEMD) of a dyon field is defined. Finite and n independent answers can be obtained in each order of the loop expansion for all processes. The electric and magnetic charges are not constrained with the Dirac condition and therefore perturbation theory can be made reliable. The renormalized theory is found to possess exact dual invariance. Comparisons with the general QEMD of electric and magnetic charges are made. (author)

  2. Renormalization of Wilson Operators in Minkowski space

    OpenAIRE

    Andraši, A.; Taylor, J. C.

    1996-01-01

    We make some comments on the renormalization of Wilson operators (not just vacuum -expectation values of Wilson operators), and the features which arise in Minkowski space. If the Wilson loop contains a straight light-like segment, charge renormalization does not work in a simple graph-by-graph way; but does work when certain graphs are added together. We also verify that, in a simple example of a smooth loop in Minkowski space, the existence of pairs of points which are light-like separated ...

  3. Loop structure of renormalizations

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Asymptotics in the internal momenta p and q is obtained for renormalized Feynman amplitudes recurrently to a number of loops. The asymptotics has the form of a polynomial in powers of these momenta. The renormalization method implies the exclusion of UV-''bad'' asymptotics which provides the p and q convergence of the integral (UV - ultraviolet divergences). It is pointed out the regularization of the integral performed here may be convenient for combined analysis of UV and infrared problem

  4. Renormalization of fermion mixing

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Schiopu, R.

    2007-05-11

    Precision measurements of phenomena related to fermion mixing require the inclusion of higher order corrections in the calculation of corresponding theoretical predictions. For this, a complete renormalization scheme for models that allow for fermion mixing is highly required. The correct treatment of unstable particles makes this task difficult and yet, no satisfactory and general solution can be found in the literature. In the present work, we study the renormalization of the fermion Lagrange density with Dirac and Majorana particles in models that involve mixing. The first part of the thesis provides a general renormalization prescription for the Lagrangian, while the second one is an application to specific models. In a general framework, using the on-shell renormalization scheme, we identify the physical mass and the decay width of a fermion from its full propagator. The so-called wave function renormalization constants are determined such that the subtracted propagator is diagonal on-shell. As a consequence of absorptive parts in the self-energy, the constants that are supposed to renormalize the incoming fermion and the outgoing antifermion are different from the ones that should renormalize the outgoing fermion and the incoming antifermion and not related by hermiticity, as desired. Instead of defining field renormalization constants identical to the wave function renormalization ones, we differentiate the two by a set of finite constants. Using the additional freedom offered by this finite difference, we investigate the possibility of defining field renormalization constants related by hermiticity. We show that for Dirac fermions, unless the model has very special features, the hermiticity condition leads to ill-defined matrix elements due to self-energy corrections of external legs. In the case of Majorana fermions, the constraints for the model are less restrictive. Here one might have a better chance to define field renormalization constants related by

  5. Reduction, Emergence and Renormalization

    CERN Document Server

    Butterfield, Jeremy

    2014-01-01

    In previous work, I described several examples combining reduction and emergence: where reduction is understood a la Ernest Nagel, and emergence is understood as behaviour or properties that are novel (by some salient standard). Here, my aim is again to reconcile reduction and emergence, for a case which is apparently more problematic than those I treated before: renormalization. Renormalization is a vast subject. So I confine myself to emphasizing how the modern approach to renormalization (initiated by Wilson and others between 1965 and 1975), when applied to quantum field theories, illustrates both Nagelian reduction and emergence. My main point is that the modern understanding of how renormalizability is a generic feature of quantum field theories at accessible energies gives us a conceptually unified family of Nagelian reductions. That is worth saying since philosophers tend to think of scientific explanation as only explaining an individual event, or perhaps a single law, or at most deducing one theory ...

  6. Geometry, Renormalization, And Supersymmetry

    CERN Document Server

    Berg, G M

    2001-01-01

    This thesis is about understanding, applying and improving quantum field theory. We compute renormalization group flows as the evolution of a “coarse-graining” operator without the need for a Euclidean formulation. Renormalization is cast in the form of a Lie algebra of (in general infinite) matrices that generate, by exponentiation, counterterms for diagrams with subdivergences. These results may shed light on noncommutative geometry. We check our results in a scalar three-loop example. Then, we consider the renormalization of a certain supersymmetric gauge theory, the low-energy limit of a string model. We compare results to those computed directly in the string model and find agreement. Finally, we discuss the possibility of detecting quantum-mechanical phases distinguishing the two Pin groups, double covers of the full Lorentz group. Majorana fermions, if detected, would provide an important testing ground; such particles can restrict the choice of Pin group.

  7. Renormalization and plasma physics

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    A review is given of modern theories of statistical dynamics as applied to problems in plasma physics. The derivation of consistent renormalized kinetic equations is discussed, first heuristically, later in terms of powerful functional techniques. The equations are illustrated with models of various degrees of idealization, including the exactly soluble stochastic oscillator, a prototype for several important applications. The direct-interaction approximation is described in detail. Applications discussed include test particle diffusion and the justification of quasilinear theory, convective cells, E vector x B vector turbulence, the renormalized dielectric function, phase space granulation, and stochastic magnetic fields

  8. On renormalization of axial anomaly

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    It is shown that multiplicative renormalization of the axial singlet current results in renormalization of the axial anomaly in all orders of perturbation theory. It is a necessary condition for the Adler - Bardeen theorem being valid. 10 refs.; 2 figs

  9. Evidence of a short-range incommensurate d-wave charge order from a fermionic two-loop renormalization group calculation of a 2D model with hot spots

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Carvalho, Vanuildo S de [Instituto de Física, Universidade Federal de Goiás, 74.001-970, Goiânia-GO (Brazil); Freire, Hermann, E-mail: hfreire@mit.edu [Instituto de Física, Universidade Federal de Goiás, 74.001-970, Goiânia-GO (Brazil); Department of Physics, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, MA 2139 (United States)

    2014-09-15

    The two-loop renormalization group (RG) calculation is considerably extended here for the two-dimensional (2D) fermionic effective field theory model, which includes only the so-called “hot spots” that are connected by the spin-density-wave (SDW) ordering wavevector on a Fermi surface generated by the 2D t−t{sup ′} Hubbard model at low hole doping. We compute the Callan–Symanzik RG equation up to two loops describing the flow of the single-particle Green’s function, the corresponding spectral function, the Fermi velocity, and some of the most important order-parameter susceptibilities in the model at lower energies. As a result, we establish that–in addition to clearly dominant SDW correlations–an approximate (pseudospin) symmetry relating a short-range incommensurated-wave charge order to the d-wave superconducting order indeed emerges at lower energy scales, which is in agreement with recent works available in the literature addressing the 2D spin-fermion model. We derive implications of this possible electronic phase in the ongoing attempt to describe the phenomenology of the pseudogap regime in underdoped cuprates.

  10. Nonequilibrium Renormalization Group

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Thermal equilibrium properties of many-body or field theories are known to be efficiently classified in terms of renormalization group fixed points. A particularly powerful concept is the notion of infrared fixed points, which are characterized by universality. These correspond to critical phenomena in thermal equilibrium, where a characteristic large correlation length leads to independence of long-distance properties from details of the underlying microscopic theory. In contrast, a classification of properties of theories far from thermal equilibrium in terms of renormalization group fixed points is much less developed. The notion of universality or critical phenomena far from equilibrium is to a large extent unexplored, in particular, in relativistic quantum field theories. Here the strong interest is mainly driven by theoretical and experimental advances in our understanding of early universe cosmology as well as relativistic collision experiments of heavy nuclei in the laboratory. In these lectures I will introduce the functional renormalization group for the effective average action out of equilibrium. While in equilibrium typically a Euclidean formulation is adequate, nonequilibrium properties require real-time descriptions. For quantum systems a generating functional for nonequilibrium correlation functions with given density matrix at initial time can be written down using the Schwinger-Keldysh closed time path contour. In principle, this can be used to construct a nonequilibrium functional renormalization group along similar lines as for Euclidean field theories in thermal equilibrium. However, important differences include the absence of time-translation invariance for general out-of-equilibrium situations. The nonequilibrium renormalization group takes on a particularly simple form at a fixed point, since it becomes independent of the initial density matrix. I will discuss some simple examples for which I derive a hierarchy of fixed point solutions

  11. Renormalized Cosmological Perturbation Theory

    CERN Document Server

    Crocce, M

    2006-01-01

    We develop a new formalism to study nonlinear evolution in the growth of large-scale structure, by following the dynamics of gravitational clustering as it builds up in time. This approach is conveniently represented by Feynman diagrams constructed in terms of three objects: the initial conditions (e.g. perturbation spectrum), the vertex (describing non-linearities) and the propagator (describing linear evolution). We show that loop corrections to the linear power spectrum organize themselves into two classes of diagrams: one corresponding to mode-coupling effects, the other to a renormalization of the propagator. Resummation of the latter gives rise to a quantity that measures the memory of perturbations to initial conditions as a function of scale. As a result of this, we show that a well-defined (renormalized) perturbation theory follows, in the sense that each term in the remaining mode-coupling series dominates at some characteristic scale and is subdominant otherwise. This is unlike standard perturbatio...

  12. Renormalizing Entanglement Distillation.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Waeldchen, Stephan; Gertis, Janina; Campbell, Earl T; Eisert, Jens

    2016-01-15

    Entanglement distillation refers to the task of transforming a collection of weakly entangled pairs into fewer highly entangled ones. It is a core ingredient in quantum repeater protocols, which are needed to transmit entanglement over arbitrary distances in order to realize quantum key distribution schemes. Usually, it is assumed that the initial entangled pairs are identically and independently distributed and are uncorrelated with each other, an assumption that might not be reasonable at all in any entanglement generation process involving memory channels. Here, we introduce a framework that captures entanglement distillation in the presence of natural correlations arising from memory channels. Conceptually, we bring together ideas from condensed-matter physics-ideas from renormalization and matrix-product states and operators-with those of local entanglement manipulation, Markov chain mixing, and quantum error correction. We identify meaningful parameter regions for which we prove convergence to maximally entangled states, arising as the fixed points of a matrix-product operator renormalization flow.

  13. Entanglement renormalization and integral geometry

    OpenAIRE

    Huang, Xing; Lin, Feng-Li

    2015-01-01

    We revisit the applications of integral geometry in AdS$_3$ and argue that the metric of the kinematic space can be realized as the entanglement contour, which is defined as the additive entanglement density. From the renormalization of the entanglement contour, we can holographically understand the operations of disentangler and isometry in multi-scale entanglement renormalization ansatz. Furthermore, a renormalization group equation of the long-distance entanglement contour is then derived....

  14. Renormalization on noncommutative torus

    CERN Document Server

    D'Ascanio, D; Vassilevich, D V

    2016-01-01

    We study a self-interacting scalar $\\varphi^4$ theory on the $d$-dimensional noncommutative torus. We determine, for the particular cases $d=2$ and $d=4$, the nonlocal counterterms required by one-loop renormalization. We discuss higher loops in two dimensions and two-loop contributions to the self-energy in four dimensions. Our analysis points towards the absence of any problems related to the UV/IR mixing and thus to renormalizability of the theory. However, we find another potentially troubling phenomenon which is a wild behavior of the two-point amplitude as a function of the noncommutativity matrix $\\theta$.

  15. Renormalization on noncommutative torus

    Science.gov (United States)

    D'Ascanio, D.; Pisani, P.; Vassilevich, D. V.

    2016-04-01

    We study a self-interacting scalar \\varphi ^4 theory on the d-dimensional noncommutative torus. We determine, for the particular cases d=2 and d=4, the counterterms required by one-loop renormalization. We discuss higher loops in two dimensions and two-loop contributions to the self-energy in four dimensions. Our analysis points toward the absence of any problems related to the ultraviolet/infrared mixing and thus to renormalizability of the theory. However, we find another potentially troubling phenomenon which is a wild behavior of the two-point amplitude as a function of the noncommutativity matrix θ.

  16. Wavelets and renormalization

    CERN Document Server

    Battle, G A

    1999-01-01

    WAVELETS AND RENORMALIZATION describes the role played by wavelets in Euclidean field theory and classical statistical mechanics. The author begins with a stream-lined introduction to quantum field theory from a rather basic point of view. Functional integrals for imaginary-time-ordered expectations are introduced early and naturally, while the connection with the statistical mechanics of classical spin systems is introduced in a later chapter.A vastly simplified (wavelet) version of the celebrated Glimm-Jaffe construction of the F 4 3 quantum field theory is presented. It is due to Battle and

  17. Renormalization Group Functional Equations

    CERN Document Server

    Curtright, Thomas L

    2011-01-01

    Functional conjugation methods are used to analyze the global structure of various renormalization group trajectories. With minimal assumptions, the methods produce continuous flows from step-scaling {\\sigma} functions, and lead to exact functional relations for the local flow {\\beta} functions, whose solutions may have novel, exotic features, including multiple branches. As a result, fixed points of {\\sigma} are sometimes not true fixed points under continuous changes in scale, and zeroes of {\\beta} do not necessarily signal fixed points of the flow, but instead may only indicate turning points of the trajectories.

  18. Renormalization on noncommutative torus

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    D' Ascanio, D.; Pisani, P. [Universidad Nacional de La Plata, Instituto de Fisica La Plata-CONICET, La Plata (Argentina); Vassilevich, D.V. [Universidade Federal do ABC, CMCC, Santo Andre, SP (Brazil); Tomsk State University, Department of Physics, Tomsk (Russian Federation)

    2016-04-15

    We study a self-interacting scalar φ{sup 4} theory on the d-dimensional noncommutative torus. We determine, for the particular cases d = 2 and d = 4, the counterterms required by one-loop renormalization. We discuss higher loops in two dimensions and two-loop contributions to the self-energy in four dimensions. Our analysis points toward the absence of any problems related to the ultraviolet/infrared mixing and thus to renormalizability of the theory. However, we find another potentially troubling phenomenon which is a wild behavior of the two-point amplitude as a function of the noncommutativity matrix θ. (orig.)

  19. Some lessons of renormalization theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    The term renormalization has a variety of associations both mathematical and physical. On the one hand, renormalization in one broad sense has often come to include any procedure by which infinite or ambiguous expressions in quantum field theory are replaced by well defined mathematical objects. A more precise definition would here distinguish renormalization and regularization, the latter being any rule that produces finite answers while the former is reserved for the special case in which the rule gives answers associated with a self-consistent field theory. On the other hand, renormalization is often used as a catch word for a family of methods of analyzing the significant parameters labeling the states of a theory and of their relations to the parameters actually appearing in the Hamiltonian. The author examines some of the significant developments in the history of renormalization theory for the light they can throw on present unsolved problems. (Auth.)

  20. Gutzwiller renormalization group

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lanatà, Nicola; Yao, Yong-Xin; Deng, Xiaoyu; Wang, Cai-Zhuang; Ho, Kai-Ming; Kotliar, Gabriel

    2016-01-01

    We develop a variational scheme called the "Gutzwiller renormalization group" (GRG), which enables us to calculate the ground state of Anderson impurity models (AIM) with arbitrary numerical precision. Our method exploits the low-entanglement property of the ground state of local Hamiltonians in combination with the framework of the Gutzwiller wave function and indicates that the ground state of the AIM has a very simple structure, which can be represented very accurately in terms of a surprisingly small number of variational parameters. We perform benchmark calculations of the single-band AIM that validate our theory and suggest that the GRG might enable us to study complex systems beyond the reach of the other methods presently available and pave the way to interesting generalizations, e.g., to nonequilibrium transport in nanostructures.

  1. The analytic renormalization group

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ferrari, Frank

    2016-08-01

    Finite temperature Euclidean two-point functions in quantum mechanics or quantum field theory are characterized by a discrete set of Fourier coefficients Gk, k ∈ Z, associated with the Matsubara frequencies νk = 2 πk / β. We show that analyticity implies that the coefficients Gk must satisfy an infinite number of model-independent linear equations that we write down explicitly. In particular, we construct "Analytic Renormalization Group" linear maps Aμ which, for any choice of cut-off μ, allow to express the low energy Fourier coefficients for |νk | algorithm, we show that the exact universal linear constraints on Gk can be used to systematically improve any random approximate data set obtained, for example, from Monte-Carlo simulations. Our results are illustrated on several explicit examples.

  2. Tensor Network Renormalization.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Evenbly, G; Vidal, G

    2015-10-30

    We introduce a coarse-graining transformation for tensor networks that can be applied to study both the partition function of a classical statistical system and the Euclidean path integral of a quantum many-body system. The scheme is based upon the insertion of optimized unitary and isometric tensors (disentanglers and isometries) into the tensor network and has, as its key feature, the ability to remove short-range entanglement or correlations at each coarse-graining step. Removal of short-range entanglement results in scale invariance being explicitly recovered at criticality. In this way we obtain a proper renormalization group flow (in the space of tensors), one that in particular (i) is computationally sustainable, even for critical systems, and (ii) has the correct structure of fixed points, both at criticality and away from it. We demonstrate the proposed approach in the context of the 2D classical Ising model.

  3. Tensor Network Renormalization Yields the Multiscale Entanglement Renormalization Ansatz

    Science.gov (United States)

    Evenbly, G.; Vidal, G.

    2015-11-01

    We show how to build a multiscale entanglement renormalization ansatz (MERA) representation of the ground state of a many-body Hamiltonian H by applying the recently proposed tensor network renormalization [G. Evenbly and G. Vidal, Phys. Rev. Lett. 115, 180405 (2015)] to the Euclidean time evolution operator e-β H for infinite β . This approach bypasses the costly energy minimization of previous MERA algorithms and, when applied to finite inverse temperature β , produces a MERA representation of a thermal Gibbs state. Our construction endows tensor network renormalization with a renormalization group flow in the space of wave functions and Hamiltonians (and not merely in the more abstract space of tensors) and extends the MERA formalism to classical statistical systems.

  4. Tensor Network Renormalization Yields the Multiscale Entanglement Renormalization Ansatz.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Evenbly, G; Vidal, G

    2015-11-13

    We show how to build a multiscale entanglement renormalization ansatz (MERA) representation of the ground state of a many-body Hamiltonian H by applying the recently proposed tensor network renormalization [G. Evenbly and G. Vidal, Phys. Rev. Lett. 115, 180405 (2015)] to the Euclidean time evolution operator e(-βH) for infinite β. This approach bypasses the costly energy minimization of previous MERA algorithms and, when applied to finite inverse temperature β, produces a MERA representation of a thermal Gibbs state. Our construction endows tensor network renormalization with a renormalization group flow in the space of wave functions and Hamiltonians (and not merely in the more abstract space of tensors) and extends the MERA formalism to classical statistical systems.

  5. Chaotic renormalization-group trajectories

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Damgaard, Poul H.; Thorleifsson, G.

    1991-01-01

    regions where the renormalization-group flow becomes chaotic. We present some explicit examples of these phenomena for the case of a Lie group valued spin-model analyzed by means of a variational real-space renormalization group. By directly computing the free energy of these models around the parameter......Under certain conditions, the renormalization-group flow of models in statistical mechanics can change dramatically under just very small changes of given external parameters. This can typically occur close to bifurcations of fixed points, close to the complete disappearance of fixed points, or in...... regions in which such nontrivial modifications of the renormalization-group flow occur, we can extract the physical consequences of these phenomena....

  6. KAM Theorem and Renormalization Group

    OpenAIRE

    E. Simone; Kupiainen, A.

    2007-01-01

    We give an elementary proof of the analytic KAM theorem by reducing it to a Picard iteration of a PDE with quadratic nonlinearity, the so called Polchinski renormalization group equation studied in quantum field theory.

  7. Differential renormalization of gauge theories

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Aguila, F. del; Perez-Victoria, M. [Dept. de Fisica Teorica y del Cosmos, Universidad de Granada, Granada (Spain)

    1998-10-01

    The scope of constrained differential renormalization is to provide renormalized expressions for Feynman graphs, preserving at the same time the Ward identities of the theory. It has been shown recently that this can be done consistently at least to one loop for Abelian and non-Abelian gauge theories. We briefly review these results, evaluate as an example the gluon self energy in both coordinate and momentum space, and comment on anomalies. (author) 9 refs, 1 fig., 1 tab

  8. Renormalization group analysis of graphene with a supercritical Coulomb impurity

    CERN Document Server

    Nishida, Yusuke

    2016-01-01

    We develop a field theoretical approach to massless Dirac fermions in a supercritical Coulomb potential. By introducing an Aharonov-Bohm solenoid at the potential center, the critical Coulomb charge can be made arbitrarily small for one partial wave sector, where a perturbative renormalization group analysis becomes possible. We show that a scattering amplitude for reflection of particle at the potential center exhibits the renormalization group limit cycle, i.e., log-periodic revolutions as a function of the scattering energy, revealing the emergence of discrete scale invariance. This outcome is further incorporated in computing the induced charge and current densities, which turn out to have power law tails with coefficients log-periodic with respect to the distance from the potential center. Our findings are consistent with the previous prediction obtained by directly solving the Dirac equation and can in principle be realized by graphene experiments with charged impurities.

  9. Renormalization group analysis of graphene with a supercritical Coulomb impurity

    Science.gov (United States)

    Nishida, Yusuke

    2016-08-01

    We develop a field-theoretic approach to massless Dirac fermions in a supercritical Coulomb potential. By introducing an Aharonov-Bohm solenoid at the potential center, the critical Coulomb charge can be made arbitrarily small for one partial-wave sector, where a perturbative renormalization group analysis becomes possible. We show that a scattering amplitude for reflection of particle at the potential center exhibits the renormalization group limit cycle, i.e., log-periodic revolutions as a function of the scattering energy, revealing the emergence of discrete scale invariance. This outcome is further incorporated in computing the induced charge and current densities, which turn out to have power-law tails with coefficients log-periodic with respect to the distance from the potential center. Our findings are consistent with the previous prediction obtained by directly solving the Dirac equation and can in principle be realized by graphene experiments with charged impurities.

  10. Holographic renormalization group

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    The holographic renormalization group (RG) is reviewed in a self-contained manner. The holographic RG is based on the idea that the radial coordinate of a space-time with asymptotically AdS geometry can be identified with the RG flow parameter of boundary field theory. After briefly discussing basic aspects of the AdS/CFT correspondence, we explain how the concept of the holographic GR emerges from this correspondence. We formulate the holographic RG on the basis of the Hamilton-Jacobi equations for bulk systems of gravity and scalar fields, as introduced by de Boer, Verlinde and Verlinde. We then show that the equations can be solved with a derivative expansion by carefully extracting local counterterms from the generating functional of the boundary field theory. The calculational methods used to obtain the Weyl anomaly and scaling dimensions are presented and applied to the RG flow from the N = 4 SYM to an N = 1 superconformal fixed point discovered by Leigh and Straussler. We further discuss the relation between the holographic RG and the noncritical string theory and show that the structure of the holographic RG should persist beyond the supergravity approximation as a consequence of the renormalizability of the nonlinear σ-model action of noncritical strings. As a check, we investigate the holographic RG structure of higher-derivative systems. We show that such systems can also be analyzed based on the Hamilton-Jacobi equations and that the behavior of bulk fields are determined solely by their boundary values. We also point out that higher-derivative gravity systems give rise to new multicritical points in the parameter space of boundary field theories. (author)

  11. Lecture notes on holographic renormalization

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    We review the formalism of holographic renormalization. We start by discussing mathematical results on asymptotically anti-de Sitter (AdS) spacetimes. We then outline the general method of holographic renormalization. The method is illustrated by working all details in a simple example: a massive scalar field on anti-de Sitter spacetime. The discussion includes the derivation of the on-shell renormalized action, holographic Ward identities, anomalies and renormalization group (RG) equations, and the computation of renormalized one-, two- and four-point functions. We then discuss the application of the method to holographic RG flows. We also show that the results of the near-boundary analysis of asymptotically AdS spacetimes can be analytically continued to apply to asymptotically de Sitter spacetimes. In particular, it is shown that the Brown-York stress energy tensor of de Sitter spacetime is equal, up to a dimension-dependent sign, to the Brown-York stress energy tensor of an associated AdS spacetime

  12. Renormalization in Coulomb gauge QCD

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Research highlights: → The Hamiltonian in the Coulomb gauge of QCD contains a non-linear Christ-Lee term. → We investigate the UV divergences from higher order graphs. → We find that they cannot be absorbed by renormalization of the Christ-Lee term. - Abstract: In the Coulomb gauge of QCD, the Hamiltonian contains a non-linear Christ-Lee term, which may alternatively be derived from a careful treatment of ambiguous Feynman integrals at 2-loop order. We investigate how and if UV divergences from higher order graphs can be consistently absorbed by renormalization of the Christ-Lee term. We find that they cannot.

  13. Renormalization Theory in the Electrostatic and Vector Potential Calculation

    CERN Document Server

    Spalenza, W; Spalenza, Wesley

    2000-01-01

    In this work we attempt to show in a clear and simple manner the fundamental ideas of the Renormalization Theory. With that intention we use two well-known problems of the Physic and Engeneering undergraduate students, the calculation of the electrostatic and vector potential of a infinite line charge density and current, respectively. We still employ different regularization methods (cut-off, dimensional and zeta function) and the arising of the scale parameter is consider.

  14. Fixed point of the parabolic renormalization operator

    CERN Document Server

    Lanford III, Oscar E

    2014-01-01

    This monograph grew out of the authors' efforts to provide a natural geometric description for the class of maps invariant under parabolic renormalization and for the Inou-Shishikura fixed point itself as well as to carry out a computer-assisted study of the parabolic renormalization operator. It introduces a renormalization-invariant class of analytic maps with a maximal domain of analyticity and rigid covering properties and presents a numerical scheme for computing parabolic renormalization of a germ, which is used to compute the Inou-Shishikura renormalization fixed point.   Inside, readers will find a detailed introduction into the theory of parabolic bifurcation,  Fatou coordinates, Écalle-Voronin conjugacy invariants of parabolic germs, and the definition and basic properties of parabolic renormalization.   The systematic view of parabolic renormalization developed in the book and the numerical approach to its study will be interesting to both experts in the field as well as graduate students wishi...

  15. Renormalization and effective field theory

    CERN Document Server

    Costello, Kevin

    2011-01-01

    This book tells mathematicians about an amazing subject invented by physicists and it tells physicists how a master mathematician must proceed in order to understand it. Physicists who know quantum field theory can learn the powerful methodology of mathematical structure, while mathematicians can position themselves to use the magical ideas of quantum field theory in "mathematics" itself. The retelling of the tale mathematically by Kevin Costello is a beautiful tour de force. --Dennis Sullivan This book is quite a remarkable contribution. It should make perturbative quantum field theory accessible to mathematicians. There is a lot of insight in the way the author uses the renormalization group and effective field theory to analyze perturbative renormalization; this may serve as a springboard to a wider use of those topics, hopefully to an eventual nonperturbative understanding. --Edward Witten Quantum field theory has had a profound influence on mathematics, and on geometry in particular. However, the notorio...

  16. Algebraic lattices in QFT renormalization

    CERN Document Server

    Borinsky, Michael

    2015-01-01

    The structure of overlapping subdivergences, which appear in the perturbative expansions of quantum field theory, is analyzed using algebraic lattice theory. It is shown that for specific QFTs the sets of subdivergences of Feynman diagrams form algebraic lattices. This class of QFTs includes the Standard model. In kinematic renormalization schemes, in which tadpole diagrams vanish, the lattices are semimodular. This implies that the Hopf algebra of Feynman diagrams is graded by the coradical degree or equivalently that every maximal forest has the same length in the scope of BPHZ renormalization. As an application of this framework a formula for the counter terms in zero-dimensional QFT is given together with some examples of the enumeration of primitive or skeleton diagrams.

  17. Algebraic Lattices in QFT Renormalization

    Science.gov (United States)

    Borinsky, Michael

    2016-07-01

    The structure of overlapping subdivergences, which appear in the perturbative expansions of quantum field theory, is analyzed using algebraic lattice theory. It is shown that for specific QFTs the sets of subdivergences of Feynman diagrams form algebraic lattices. This class of QFTs includes the standard model. In kinematic renormalization schemes, in which tadpole diagrams vanish, these lattices are semimodular. This implies that the Hopf algebra of Feynman diagrams is graded by the coradical degree or equivalently that every maximal forest has the same length in the scope of BPHZ renormalization. As an application of this framework, a formula for the counter terms in zero-dimensional QFT is given together with some examples of the enumeration of primitive or skeleton diagrams.

  18. Concepts of Renormalization in Physics

    OpenAIRE

    Alexandre, Jean

    2005-01-01

    A non technical introduction to the concept of renormalization is given, with an emphasis on the energy scale dependence in the description of a physical system. We first describe the idea of scale dependence in the study of a ferromagnetic phase transition, and then show how similar ideas appear in Particle Physics. This short review is written for non-particle physicists and/or students aiming at studying Particle Physics.

  19. Renormalization programme for effective theories

    OpenAIRE

    Vereshagin, Vladimir; Semenov-Tyan-Shanskiy, Kirill; Vereshagin, Alexander

    2004-01-01

    We summarize our latest developments in perturbative treating the effective theories of strong interactions. We discuss the principles of constructing the mathematically correct expressions for the S-matrix elements at a given loop order and briefly review the renormalization procedure. This talk shall provide the philosophical basement as well as serve as an introduction for the material presented at this conference by A. Vereshagin and K. Semenov-Tian-Shansky.

  20. Renormalization of transition matrix elements of particle number operators due to strong electron correlation

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Fukushima, Noboru, E-mail: noboru.fukushima@gmail.com [Motomachi 13-23, Sanjo, Niigata 955-0072 (Japan)

    2011-02-18

    Renormalization of non-magnetic and magnetic impurities due to electron double-occupancy prohibition is derived analytically by an improved Gutzwiller approximation. Non-magnetic impurities are effectively weakened by the same renormalization factor as that for the hopping amplitude, whereas magnetic impurities are strengthened by the square root of the spin-exchange renormalization factor, in contrast to results by the conventional Gutzwiller approximation. We demonstrate it by showing that transition matrix elements of number operators between assumed excited states and between an assumed ground state and excited states are renormalized differently than diagonal matrix elements. Deviation from such simple renormalization with a factor is also discussed. In addition, as a related calculation, we correct an error in treatment of the renormalization of charge interaction in the literature. Namely, terms from the second order of the transition matrix elements are strongly suppressed. Since all these results do not depend on the signs of impurity potential or the charge interaction parameter, they are valid both in attractive and repulsive cases.

  1. Renormalization and asymptotic expansion of Dirac's polarized vacuum

    CERN Document Server

    Gravejat, Philippe; Séré, Eric

    2010-01-01

    We perform rigorously the charge renormalization of the so-called reduced Bogoliubov-Dirac-Fock (rBDF) model. This nonlinear theory, based on the Dirac operator, describes atoms and molecules while taking into account vacuum polarization effects. We consider the total physical density including both the external density of a nucleus and the self-consistent polarization of the Dirac sea, but no `real' electron. We show that it admits an asymptotic expansion to any order in powers of the physical coupling constant $\\alphaph$, provided that the ultraviolet cut-off behaves as $\\Lambda\\sim e^{3\\pi(1-Z_3)/2\\alphaph}\\gg1$. The renormalization parameter $0

  2. Renormalization of Multiple q-Zeta Values

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Jianqiang ZHAO

    2008-01-01

    In this paper, we shall define the renormalization of the multiple q-zeta values (MqZV)which are special values of multiple q-zeta functions ζq(S1,..., sd) when the arguments are all positive integers or all non-positive integers. This generalizes the work of Guo and Zhang (Renormalization of Multiple Zeta Values, arxiv:math/0606076v3). We show that our renormalization process produces the same values if the MqZVs are well-defined originally and that these renormalizations of MqZV satisfy the q-stuffle relations if we use shifted-renormalizations for all divergent ζq(S1,..., Sd) (i.e., S1≤1). Moreover, when q 1 our renormalizations agree with those of Guo and Zhang.

  3. Renormalization of Loop Functions in QCD

    OpenAIRE

    Berwein, Matthias; Brambilla, Nora; Vairo, Antonio

    2013-01-01

    We give a short overview of the renormalization properties of rectangular Wilson loops, the Polyakov loop correlator and the cyclic Wilson loop. We then discuss how to renormalize loops with more than one intersection, using the simplest non-trivial case as an illustrative example. Our findings expand on previous treatments. The generalized exponentiation theorem is applied to the Polyakov loop correlator and used to renormalize linear divergences in the cyclic Wilson loop.

  4. Runge-Kutta methods and renormalization

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Rooted trees have been used to calculate the solution of nonlinear flow equations and Runge-Kutta methods. More recently, rooted trees have helped systematizing the algebra underlying renormalization in quantum field theories. The Butcher group and B-series establish a link between these two approaches to rooted trees. On the one hand, this link allows for an alternative representation of the algebra of renormalization, leading to nonperturbative results. On the other hand, it helps to renormalize singular flow equations. The usual approach is extended here to nonlinear partial differential equations. A nonlinear Born expansion is given, and renormalization is used to partly remove the secular terms of the perturbative expansion. (orig.)

  5. Renormalization of Extended QCD$_2$

    CERN Document Server

    Fukaya, Hidenori

    2015-01-01

    Extended QCD (XQCD) proposed by Kaplan [1] is an interesting reformulation of QCD with additional bosonic auxiliary fields. While its partition function is kept exactly the same as that of original QCD, XQCD naturally contains properties of low energy hadronic models. We analyze the renormalization group flow of two-dimensional (X)QCD, which is solvable in the limit of large number of colors Nc, to understand what kind of roles the auxiliary degrees of freedom play and how the hadronic picture emerges in the low energy region.

  6. Scale invariance and renormalization group

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Scale invariance enabled the understanding of cooperative phenomena and the study of elementary interactions, such as phase transition phenomena, the Curie critical temperature and spin rearrangement in crystals. The renormalization group method, due to K. Wilson in 1971, allowed for the study of collective phenomena, using an iterative process from smaller scales to larger scales, leading to universal properties and the description of matter state transitions or long polymer behaviour; it also enabled to reconsider the quantum electrodynamic theory and its relations to time and distance scales

  7. Green functions in the renormalized many-body perturbation theory for correlated and disordered electrons

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    V.Janiš

    2006-01-01

    Full Text Available The ways of introducing and handling renormalizations in the many-body perturbation theory are reviewed. We stress the indispensable role the technique of Green functions plays in extrapolating the weak-coupling perturbative approaches to intermediate and strong couplings. We separately discuss mass and charge renormalizations. The former is incorporated in a self-consistent equation for the self-energy derived explicitly from generating Feynman diagrams within the Baym and Kadanoff approach. The latter amounts to self-consistent equations for two-particle irreducible vertices. We analyze the charge renormalization initiated by De Dominicis and Martin and demonstrate that its realization via the parquet approach may become a powerful and viable way of using the many-body diagrammatic approach reliably in non-perturbative regimes with cooperative phenomena induced by either strong interaction or strong static randomness.

  8. Wavelet view on renormalization group

    CERN Document Server

    Altaisky, M V

    2016-01-01

    It is shown that the renormalization group turns to be a symmetry group in a theory initially formulated in a space of scale-dependent functions, i.e, those depending on both the position $x$ and the resolution $a$. Such theory, earlier described in {\\em Phys.Rev.D} 81(2010)125003, 88(2013)025015, is finite by construction. The space of scale-dependent functions $\\{ \\phi_a(x) \\}$ is more relevant to physical reality than the space of square-integrable functions $\\mathrm{L}^2(R^d)$, because, due to the Heisenberg uncertainty principle, what is really measured in any experiment is always defined in a region rather than point. The effective action $\\Gamma_{(A)}$ of our theory turns to be complementary to the exact renormalization group effective action. The role of the regulator is played by the basic wavelet -- an "aperture function" of a measuring device used to produce the snapshot of a field $\\phi$ at the point $x$ with the resolution $a$. The standard RG results for $\\phi^4$ model are reproduced.

  9. Combinatorics of renormalization as matrix calculus

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Ebrahimi-Fard, Kurusch [Physics Institute, Bonn University, Nussallee 12, Bonn 53115 (Germany)]. E-mail: fard@th.physik.uni-bonn.de; Gracia-Bondia, Jose M. [Departamento de Fisica Teorica I, Universidad Complutense, Madrid 28040 (Spain); Guo, Li [Department of Mathematics and Computer Science, Rutgers University, Newark, NJ 07102 (United States); Varilly, Joseph C. [Departamento de Matematicas, Universidad de Costa Rica, San Jose 2060 (Costa Rica)

    2006-01-19

    We give a simple presentation of the combinatorics of renormalization in perturbative quantum field theory in terms of triangular matrices. The prescription, that may be of calculational value, is derived from first principles, to wit, the 'Birkhoff decomposition' in the Hopf-algebraic description of renormalization by Connes and Kreimer.

  10. Renormalization of dimension 6 gluon operators

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    HyungJoo Kim

    2015-09-01

    Full Text Available We identify the independent dimension 6 twist 4 gluon operators and calculate their renormalization in the pure gauge theory. By constructing the renormalization group invariant combinations, we find the scale invariant condensates that can be estimated in nonperturbative calculations and used in QCD sum rules for heavy quark systems in medium.

  11. Renormalization of dimension 6 gluon operators

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Kim, HyungJoo, E-mail: hugokm0322@gmail.com; Lee, Su Houng, E-mail: suhoung@yonsei.ac.kr

    2015-09-02

    We identify the independent dimension 6 twist 4 gluon operators and calculate their renormalization in the pure gauge theory. By constructing the renormalization group invariant combinations, we find the scale invariant condensates that can be estimated in nonperturbative calculations and used in QCD sum rules for heavy quark systems in medium.

  12. On the renormalization of the Polyakov loop

    OpenAIRE

    Zantow, F.

    2003-01-01

    We discuss a non-perturbative renormalization of n-point Polyakov loop correlation functions by explicitly introducing a renormalization constant for the Polyakov loop operator on a lattice deduced from the short distance properties of 2-point correlators. We calculate this constant for the SU(3)gauge theory.

  13. Renormalization and Effective Actions for General Relativity

    CERN Document Server

    Neugebohrn, Falk

    2007-01-01

    Quantum gravity is analyzed from the viewpoint of the renormalization group. The analysis is based on methods introduced by J. Polchinski concerning the perturbative renormalization with flow equations. In the first part of this work, the program of renormalization with flow equations is reviewed and then extended to effective field theories that have a finite UV cutoff. This is done for a scalar field theory by imposing additional renormalization conditions for some of the nonrenormalizable couplings. It turns out that one so obtains a statement on the predictivity of the effective theory at scales far below the UV cutoff. In particular, nonrenormalizable theories can be treated without problems in the proposed framework. In the second part, the standard covariant BRS quantization program for Euclidean Einstein gravity is applied. A momentum cutoff regularization is imposed and the resulting violation of the Slavnov-Taylor identities is discussed. Deriving Polchinski's renormalization group equation for Eucl...

  14. Renormalization Group and Phase Transitions in Spin, Gauge, and QCD Like Theories

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Liu, Yuzhi [Univ. of Iowa, Iowa City, IA (United States)

    2013-08-01

    In this thesis, we study several different renormalization group (RG) methods, including the conventional Wilson renormalization group, Monte Carlo renormalization group (MCRG), exact renormalization group (ERG, or sometimes called functional RG), and tensor renormalization group (TRG).

  15. Perturbative entanglement thermodynamics for AdS spacetime: Renormalization

    CERN Document Server

    Mishra, Rohit

    2015-01-01

    We study the effect of charged excitations in the AdS spacetime on the first law of entanglement thermodynamics. It is found that `boosted' AdS black holes give rise to a more general form of first law which includes chemical potential and charge density. To obtain this result we have to resort to a second order perturbative calculation of entanglement entropy for small size subsystems. At first order the form of entanglement law remains unchanged even in the presence of charged excitations. But the thermodynamic quantities have to be appropriately `renormalized' at the second order due to the corrections. We work in the perturbative regime where $T_{thermal}\\ll T_E$.

  16. Constraint on Defect and Boundary Renormalization Group Flows.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Jensen, Kristan; O'Bannon, Andy

    2016-03-01

    A conformal field theory (CFT) in dimension d≥3 coupled to a planar, two-dimensional, conformal defect is characterized in part by a "central charge" b that multiplies the Euler density in the defect's Weyl anomaly. For defect renormalization group flows, under which the bulk remains critical, we use reflection positivity to show that b must decrease or remain constant from the ultraviolet to the infrared. Our result applies also to a CFT in d=3 flat space with a planar boundary. PMID:26991169

  17. Current-induced phonon renormalization in molecular junctions

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bai, Meilin; Cucinotta, Clotilde S.; Jiang, Zhuoling; Wang, Hao; Wang, Yongfeng; Rungger, Ivan; Sanvito, Stefano; Hou, Shimin

    2016-07-01

    We explain how the electrical current flow in a molecular junction can modify the vibrational spectrum of the molecule by renormalizing its normal modes of oscillations. This is demonstrated with first-principles self-consistent transport theory, where the current-induced forces are evaluated from the expectation value of the ionic momentum operator. We explore here the case of H2 sandwiched between two Au electrodes and show that the current produces stiffening of the transverse translational and rotational modes and softening of the stretching modes along the current direction. Such behavior is understood in terms of charge redistribution, potential drop, and elasticity changes as a function of the current.

  18. Coupling constant renormalization due to instantons in the O(3) non-linear sigma model

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    The renormalized lattice coupling constant for the O(3) non-linear sigma model is calculated, including instanton effects, and the correlation length estimated. The results are in good agreement with the Monte Carlo simulation of Shenker and Tobochnik. The topological charge density is also discussed in the light of recent Monte Carlo simulations. (orig.)

  19. Gauge invariance and holographic renormalization

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Keun-Young Kim

    2015-10-01

    Full Text Available We study the gauge invariance of physical observables in holographic theories under the local diffeomorphism. We find that gauge invariance is intimately related to the holographic renormalization: the local counter terms defined in the boundary cancel most of gauge dependences of the on-shell action as well as the divergences. There is a mismatch in the degrees of freedom between the bulk theory and the boundary one. We resolve this problem by noticing that there is a residual gauge symmetry (RGS. By extending the RGS such that it satisfies infalling boundary condition at the horizon, we can understand the problem in the context of general holographic embedding of a global symmetry at the boundary into the local gauge symmetry in the bulk.

  20. Polyakov loop renormalization with gradient flow

    OpenAIRE

    Petreczky, Peter; Schadler, Hans-Peter

    2015-01-01

    We propose to use the gradient flow for the renormalization of Polyakov loops in various representations. We study Polyakov loops in 2+1 flavor QCD using the HISQ action and lattices with temporal extents $N_\\tau$=6, 8, 10 and 12 in various representations, including fundamental, sextet, adjoint, decuplet, 15-plet and 27-plet. This alternative renormalization procedure allows for the renormalization over a large temperature range from $T$=100 MeV - 800 MeV, with small errors not only for the ...

  1. Polyakov loop renormalization with gradient flow

    CERN Document Server

    Petreczky, Peter

    2015-01-01

    We propose to use the gradient flow for the renormalization of Polyakov loops in various representations. We study Polyakov loops in 2+1 flavor QCD using the HISQ action and lattices with temporal extents $N_\\tau$=6, 8, 10 and 12 in various representations, including fundamental, sextet, adjoint, decuplet, 15-plet and 27-plet. This alternative renormalization procedure allows for the renormalization over a large temperature range from $T$=100 MeV - 800 MeV, with small errors not only for the fundamental, but also for the higher representations of the Polyakov loop. We discuss the results of this procedure and Casimir scaling of the Polyakov loop.

  2. Towards Holographic Renormalization of Fake Supergravity

    CERN Document Server

    Borodatchenkova, Natalia; Mueck, Wolfgang

    2008-01-01

    A step is made towards generalizing the method of holographic renormalization to backgrounds which are not asymptotically AdS, corresponding to a dual gauge theory which has logarithmically running couplings even in the ultraviolet. A prime example is the background of Klebanov-Strassler (KS). In particular, a recipe is given how to calculate renormalized two-point functions for the operators dual to the bulk scalars. The recipe makes use of gauge-invariant variables for the fluctuations around the background and works for any bulk theory of the fake supergravity type. It elegantly incorporates the renormalization scheme dependence of local terms in the correlators. Before applying the method to the KS theory, it is verified that known results in asymptotically AdS backgrounds are reproduced. Finally, some comments on the calculation of renormalized vacuum expectation values are made.

  3. Renormalization-group improved inflationary scenarios

    CERN Document Server

    Pozdeeva, E O

    2016-01-01

    The possibility to construct an inflationary scenario for renormalization-group improved potentials corresponding to the Higgs sector of quantum field models is investigated. Taking into account quantum corrections to the renormalization-group potential which sums all leading logs of perturbation theory is essential for a successful realization of the inflationary scenario, with very reasonable parameters values. The scalar electrodynamics inflationary scenario thus obtained are seen to be in good agreement with the most recent observational data.

  4. Relativistic causality and position space renormalization

    CERN Document Server

    Todorov, Ivan

    2016-01-01

    We survey the causal position space renormalization with a special attention to the role of Raymond Stora in the development of the subject. Renormalization is effected by subtracting pole terms in analytically regularized amplitudes. Residues are identified with periods whose relation to recent development in number theory is emphasized. We demonstrate the possibility of integration over internal vertices in the case of a (massless) conformal theory and display the dilation and the conformal anomaly.

  5. Conformation space renormalization of polymers. I. Single chain equilibrium properties using Wilson-type renormalization

    Science.gov (United States)

    Oono, Y.; Freed, Karl F.

    1981-07-01

    A conformation space renormalization group is developed to describe polymer excluded volume in single polymer chains. The theory proceeds in ordinary space in terms of position variables and the contour variable along the chain, and it considers polymers of fixed chain length. The theory is motivated along two lines. The first presents the renormalization group transformation as the means for extracting the macroscopic long wavelength quantities from the theory. An alternative viewpoint shows how the renormalization group transformation follows as a natural consequence of an attempt to correctly treat the presence of a cut-off length scale. It is demonstrated that the current configuration space renormalization method has a one-to-one correspondence with the Wilson-Fisher field theory formulation, so our method is valid to all orders in ɛ = 4-d where d is the spatial dimensionality. This stands in contrast to previous attempts at a configuration space renormalization approach which are limited to first order in ɛ because they arbitrarily assign monomers to renormalized ''blobs.'' In the current theory the real space chain conformations dictate the coarse graining transformation. The calculations are presented to lowest order in ɛ to enable the development of techniques necessary for the treatment of dynamics in Part II. The theory is presented both in terms of the simple delta function interaction as well as using realistic-type interaction potentials. This illustrates the renormalization of the interactions, the emergence of renormalized many-body interactions, and the complexity of the theta point.

  6. Renormalized vacuum polarization of rotating black holes

    CERN Document Server

    Ferreira, Hugo R C

    2015-01-01

    Quantum field theory on rotating black hole spacetimes is plagued with technical difficulties. Here, we describe a general method to renormalize and compute the vacuum polarization of a quantum field in the Hartle-Hawking state on rotating black holes. We exemplify the technique with a massive scalar field on the warped AdS3 black hole solution to topologically massive gravity, a deformation of (2+1)-dimensional Einstein gravity. We use a "quasi-Euclidean" technique, which generalizes the Euclidean techniques used for static spacetimes, and we subtract the divergences by matching to a sum over mode solutions on Minkowski spacetime. This allows us, for the first time, to have a general method to compute the renormalized vacuum polarization (and, more importantly, the renormalized stress-energy tensor), for a given quantum state, on a rotating black hole, such as the physically relevant case of the Kerr black hole in four dimensions.

  7. CIRM Workshop on Renormalization and Galois Theory

    CERN Document Server

    Fauvet, Frédéric; Ramis, Jean-Pierre

    2009-01-01

    This volume is the outcome of a CIRM Workshop on Renormalization and Galois Theories held in Luminy, France, in March 2006. The subject of this workshop was the interaction and relationship between four currently very active areas: renormalization in quantum field theory (QFT), differential Galois theory, noncommutative geometry, motives and Galois theory. The last decade has seen a burst of new techniques to cope with the various mathematical questions involved in QFT, with notably the development of a Hopf-algebraic approach and insights into the classes of numbers and special functions that systematically appear in the calculations of perturbative QFT (pQFT). The analysis of the ambiguities of resummation of the divergent series of pQFT, an old problem, has been renewed, using recent results on Gevrey asymptotics, generalized Borel summation, Stokes phenomenon and resurgent functions. The purpose of the present book is to highlight, in the context of renormalization, the convergence of these various themes...

  8. Introduction to the nonequilibrium functional renormalization group

    CERN Document Server

    Berges, Jürgen

    2012-01-01

    In these lectures we introduce the functional renormalization group out of equilibrium. While in thermal equilibrium typically a Euclidean formulation is adequate, nonequilibrium properties require real-time descriptions. For quantum systems specified by a given density matrix at initial time, a generating functional for real-time correlation functions can be written down using the Schwinger-Keldysh closed time path. This can be used to construct a nonequilibrium functional renormalization group along similar lines as for Euclidean field theories in thermal equilibrium. Important differences include the absence of a fluctuation-dissipation relation for general out-of-equilibrium situations. The nonequilibrium renormalization group takes on a particularly simple form at a fixed point, where the corresponding scale-invariant system becomes independent of the details of the initial density matrix. We discuss some basic examples, for which we derive a hierarchy of fixed point solutions with increasing complexity ...

  9. Foundations and Applications of Entanglement Renormalization

    CERN Document Server

    Evenbly, Glen

    2011-01-01

    Understanding the collective behavior of a quantum many-body system, a system composed of a large number of interacting microscopic degrees of freedom, is a key aspect in many areas of contemporary physics. However, as a direct consequence of the difficultly of the so-called many-body problem, many exotic quantum phenomena involving extended systems, such as high temperature superconductivity, remain not well understood on a theoretical level. Entanglement renormalization is a recently proposed numerical method for the simulation of many-body systems which draws together ideas from the renormalization group and from the field of quantum information. By taking due care of the quantum entanglement of a system, entanglement renormalization has the potential to go beyond the limitations of previous numerical methods and to provide new insight to quantum collective phenomena. This thesis comprises a significant portion of the research development of ER following its initial proposal. This includes exploratory stud...

  10. Perturbatively improving RI-MOM renormalization constants

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Constantinou, M.; Costa, M.; Panagopoulos, H. [Cyprus Univ. (Cyprus). Dept. of Physics; Goeckeler, M. [Regensburg Univ. (Germany). Institut fuer Theoretische Physik; Horsley, R. [Edinburgh Univ. (United Kingdom). School of Physics; Perlt, H.; Schiller, A. [Leipzig Univ. (Germany). Inst. fuer Theoretische Physik; Rakow, P.E.L. [Liverpool Univ. (United Kingdom). Dept. of Mathematical Sciences; Schhierholz, G. [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Hamburg (Germany)

    2013-03-15

    The determination of renormalization factors is of crucial importance in lattice QCD. They relate the observables obtained on the lattice to their measured counterparts in the continuum in a suitable renormalization scheme. Therefore, they have to be computed as precisely as possible. A widely used approach is the nonperturbative Rome-Southampton method. It requires, however, a careful treatment of lattice artifacts. In this paper we investigate a method to suppress these artifacts by subtracting one-loop contributions to renormalization factors calculated in lattice perturbation theory. We compare results obtained from a complete one-loop subtraction with those calculated for a subtraction of contributions proportional to the square of the lattice spacing.

  11. Perturbatively improving RI-MOM renormalization constants

    CERN Document Server

    Constantinou, M; Gockeler, M; Horsley, R; Panagopoulos, H; Perlt, H; Rakow, P E L; Schierholz, G; Schiller, A

    2013-01-01

    The determination of renormalization factors is of crucial importance in lattice QCD. They relate the observables obtained on the lattice to their measured counterparts in the continuum in a suitable renormalization scheme. Therefore, they have to be computed as precisely as possible. A widely used approach is the nonperturbative Rome-Southampton method. It requires, however, a careful treatment of lattice artifacts. In this paper we investigate a method to suppress these artifacts by subtracting one-loop contributions to renormalization factors calculated in lattice perturbation theory. We compare results obtained from a complete one-loop subtraction with those calculated for a subtraction of contributions proportional to the square of the lattice spacing.

  12. Self-Consistency Requirements of the Renormalization Group for Setting the Renormalization Scale

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Brodsky, Stanley J. [SLAC National Accelerator Lab., Menlo Park, CA (United States); Wu, Xing-Gang [Chongqing Univ. (China); SLAC National Accelerator Lab., Menlo Park, CA (United States)

    2012-08-07

    In conventional treatments, predictions from fixed-order perturbative QCD calculations cannot be fixed with certainty due to ambiguities in the choice of the renormalization scale as well as the renormalization scheme. In this paper we present a general discussion of the constraints of the renormalization group (RG) invariance on the choice of the renormalization scale. We adopt the RG based equations, which incorporate the scheme parameters, for a general exposition of RG invariance, since they simultaneously express the invariance of physical observables under both the variation of the renormalization scale and the renormalization scheme parameters. We then discuss the self-consistency requirements of the RG, such as reflexivity, symmetry, and transitivity, which must be satisfied by the scale-setting method. The Principle of Minimal Sensitivity (PMS) requires the slope of the approximant of an observable to vanish at the renormalization point. This criterion provides a scheme-independent estimation, but it violates the symmetry and transitivity properties of the RG and does not reproduce the Gell-Mann-Low scale for QED observables. The Principle of Maximum Conformality (PMC) satisfies all of the deductions of the RG invariance - reflectivity, symmetry, and transitivity. Using the PMC, all non-conformal {βRi}-terms (R stands for an arbitrary renormalization scheme) in the perturbative expansion series are summed into the running coupling, and one obtains a unique, scale-fixed, scheme-independent prediction at any finite order. The PMC scales and the resulting finite-order PMC predictions are both to high accuracy independent of the choice of initial renormalization scale, consistent with RG invariance.

  13. Novel formulations of CKM matrix renormalization

    CERN Document Server

    Kniehl, B A

    2009-01-01

    We review two recently proposed on-shell schemes for the renormalization of the Cabibbo-Kobayashi-Maskawa (CKM) quark mixing matrix in the Standard Model. One first constructs gauge-independent mass counterterm matrices for the up- and down-type quarks complying with the hermiticity of the complete mass matrices. Diagonalization of the latter then leads to explicit expressions for the CKM counterterm matrix, which are gauge independent, preserve unitarity, and lead to renormalized amplitudes that are non-singular in the limit in which any two quarks become mass degenerate. One of the schemes also automatically satisfies flavor democracy.

  14. Renormalized Effective QCD Hamiltonian Gluonic Sector

    CERN Document Server

    Robertson, D G; Szczepaniak, A P; Ji, C R; Cotanch, S R

    1999-01-01

    Extending previous QCD Hamiltonian studies, we present a new renormalization procedure which generates an effective Hamiltonian for the gluon sector. The formulation is in the Coulomb gauge where the QCD Hamiltonian is renormalizable and the Gribov problem can be resolved. We utilize elements of the Glazek and Wilson regularization method but now introduce a continuous cut-off procedure which eliminates non-local counterterms. The effective Hamiltonian is then derived to second order in the strong coupling constant. The resulting renormalized Hamiltonian provides a realistic starting point for approximate many-body calculations of hadronic properties for systems with explicit gluon degrees of freedom.

  15. Perturbative renormalization of the electric field correlator

    CERN Document Server

    Christensen, C

    2016-01-01

    The momentum diffusion coefficient of a heavy quark in a hot QCD plasma can be extracted as a transport coefficient related to the correlator of two colour-electric fields dressing a Polyakov loop. We determine the perturbative renormalization factor for a particular lattice discretization of this correlator within Wilson's SU(3) gauge theory, finding a ~12% NLO correction for values of the bare coupling used in the current generation of simulations. The impact of this result on existing lattice determinations is commented upon, and a possibility for non-perturbative renormalization through the gradient flow is pointed out.

  16. Perturbative renormalization of the electric field correlator

    Science.gov (United States)

    Christensen, C.; Laine, M.

    2016-04-01

    The momentum diffusion coefficient of a heavy quark in a hot QCD plasma can be extracted as a transport coefficient related to the correlator of two colour-electric fields dressing a Polyakov loop. We determine the perturbative renormalization factor for a particular lattice discretization of this correlator within Wilson's SU(3) gauge theory, finding a ∼ 12% NLO correction for values of the bare coupling used in the current generation of simulations. The impact of this result on existing lattice determinations is commented upon, and a possibility for non-perturbative renormalization through the gradient flow is pointed out.

  17. Perturbative renormalization of the electric field correlator

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    C. Christensen

    2016-04-01

    Full Text Available The momentum diffusion coefficient of a heavy quark in a hot QCD plasma can be extracted as a transport coefficient related to the correlator of two colour-electric fields dressing a Polyakov loop. We determine the perturbative renormalization factor for a particular lattice discretization of this correlator within Wilson's SU(3 gauge theory, finding a ∼12% NLO correction for values of the bare coupling used in the current generation of simulations. The impact of this result on existing lattice determinations is commented upon, and a possibility for non-perturbative renormalization through the gradient flow is pointed out.

  18. Automating Renormalization of Quantum Field Theories

    CERN Document Server

    Kennedy, A D; Rippon, T

    2007-01-01

    We give an overview of state-of-the-art multi-loop Feynman diagram computations, and explain how we use symbolic manipulation to generate renormalized integrals that are then evaluated numerically. We explain how we automate BPHZ renormalization using "henges" and "sectors", and give a brief description of the symbolic tensor and Dirac gamma-matrix manipulation that is required. We shall compare the use of general computer algebra systems such as Maple with domain-specific languages such as FORM, highlighting in particular memory management issues.

  19. Higher loop renormalization of a supersymmetric field theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Bellon, Marc P. [CEFIMAS, Av. Santa Fe 1145, 1069 Capital Federal (Argentina); Departamento de Fisica, Universidad Nacional de La Plata, C.C. 67, 1900 La Plata (Argentina); Lozano, Gustavo [Departamento de Fisica, FCEyN, Universidad de Buenos Aires, Pab. I, Ciudad Universitaria, 1428 Buenos Aires (Argentina); Schaposnik, Fidel A. [CEFIMAS, Av. Santa Fe 1145, 1069 Capital Federal (Argentina) and Departamento de Fisica, Universidad Nacional de La Plata, C.C. 67, 1900 La Plata (Argentina)]. E-mail: fidel@fisica.unlp.edu.ar

    2007-07-05

    Using Dyson-Schwinger equations within an approach developed by Broadhurst and Kreimer and the renormalization group, we show how high loop order of the renormalization group coefficients can be efficiently computed in a supersymmetric model.

  20. Similarity renormalization group evolution of N N interactions within a subtractive renormalization scheme

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Durães F.O.

    2010-04-01

    Full Text Available We apply the similarity renormalization group (SRG approach to evolve a nucleon-nucleon (N N interaction in leading-order (LO chiral effective field theory (ChEFT, renormalized within the framework of the subtracted kernel method (SKM. We derive a fixed-point interaction and show the renormalization group (RG invariance in the SKM approach. We also compare the evolution of N N potentials with the subtraction scale through a SKM RG equation in the form of a non-relativistic Callan-Symanzik (NRCS equation and the evolution with the similarity cutoff through the SRG transformation.

  1. Enhancement of field renormalization in scalar theories via functional renormalization group

    CERN Document Server

    Zappalà, Dario

    2012-01-01

    The flow equations of the Functional Renormalization Group are applied to the O(N)-symmetric scalar theory, for N=1 and N=4, to determine the effective potential and the renormalization function of the field in the broken phase. The flow equations of these quantities are derived from a reduction of the full flow of the effective action onto a set of equations for the n-point vertices of the theory. In our numerical analysis, the infrared limit, corresponding to the vanishing of the running momentum scale in the equations, is approached to obtain the physical values of the parameters by extrapolation. In the N=4 theory a non-perturbatively large value of the physical renormalization of the longitudinal component of the field is observed. The dependence of the field renormalization on the UV cut-off and on the bare coupling is also investigated.

  2. Two-loop renormalization in the standard model, part III. Renormalization equations and their solutions

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Actis, S. [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Zeuthen (Germany); Passarino, G. [Torino Univ. (Italy). Dipt. di Fisica Teorica; INFN, Sezione di Torino (Italy)

    2006-12-15

    In part I and II of this series of papers all elements have been introduced to extend, to two loops, the set of renormalization procedures which are needed in describing the properties of a spontaneously broken gauge theory. In this paper, the final step is undertaken and finite renormalization is discussed. Two-loop renormalization equations are introduced and their solutions discussed within the context of the minimal standard model of fundamental interactions. These equations relate renormalized Lagrangian parameters (couplings and masses) to some input parameter set containing physical (pseudo-)observables. Complex poles for unstable gauge and Higgs bosons are used and a consistent setup is constructed for extending the predictivity of the theory from the Lep1 Z-boson scale (or the Lep2 WW scale) to regions of interest for LHC and ILC physics. (orig.)

  3. Renormalization Group Equations for the CKM matrix

    CERN Document Server

    Kielanowski, P; Montes de Oca Y, J H

    2008-01-01

    We derive the one loop renormalization group equations for the Cabibbo-Kobayashi-Maskawa matrix for the Standard Model, its two Higgs extension and the minimal supersymmetric extension in a novel way. The derived equations depend only on a subset of the model parameters of the renormalization group equations for the quark Yukawa couplings so the CKM matrix evolution cannot fully test the renormalization group evolution of the quark Yukawa couplings. From the derived equations we obtain the invariant of the renormalization group evolution for three models which is the angle $\\alpha$ of the unitarity triangle. For the special case of the Standard Model and its extensions with $v_{1}\\approx v_{2}$ we demonstrate that also the shape of the unitarity triangle and the Buras-Wolfenstein parameters $\\bar{\\rho}=(1-{1/2}\\lambda^{2})\\rho$ and $\\bar{\\eta}=(1-{1/2}\\lambda^{2})\\eta$ are conserved. The invariance of the angles of the unitarity triangle means that it is not possible to find a model in which the CKM matrix mi...

  4. Renormalized entropies in a de Sitter spacetime

    Science.gov (United States)

    Xiang, Li; Shen, You-Gen

    2005-07-01

    The quantum entropies due to the scalar and Dirac fields are investigated in a pure de Sitter spacetime. The leading divergent terms in both cases are regularized by the Pauli-Villars scheme. It is shown that the explosive entropies can be renormalized according to the Bekenstein-Hawking formula.

  5. Renormalization of the neutrino mass matrix

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chiu, S. H.; Kuo, T. K.

    2016-09-01

    In terms of a rephasing invariant parametrization, the set of renormalization group equations (RGE) for Dirac neutrino parameters can be cast in a compact and simple form. These equations exhibit manifest symmetry under flavor permutations. We obtain both exact and approximate RGE invariants, in addition to some approximate solutions and examples of numerical solutions.

  6. Composite operators in lattice QCD nonperturbative renormalization

    CERN Document Server

    Göckeler, M; Oelrich, H; Perlt, H; Petters, D; Rakow, P; Schäfer, A; Schierholz, G; Schiller, A

    1999-01-01

    We investigate the nonperturbative renormalization of composite operators in lattice QCD restricting ourselves to operators that are bilinear in the quark fields. These include operators which are relevant to the calculation of moments of hadronic structure functions. The computations are based on Monte Carlo simulations using quenched Wilson fermions.

  7. Lectures on renormalization and asymptotic safety

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    A short introduction is given on the functional renormalization group method, putting emphasis on its nonperturbative aspects. The method enables to find nontrivial fixed points in quantum field theoretic models which make them free from divergences and leads to the concept of asymptotic safety. It can be considered as a generalization of the asymptotic freedom which plays a key role in the perturbative renormalization. We summarize and give a short discussion of some important models, which are asymptotically safe such as the Gross–Neveu model, the nonlinear σ model, the sine–Gordon model, and we consider the model of quantum Einstein gravity which seems to show asymptotic safety, too. We also give a detailed analysis of infrared behavior of such scalar models where a spontaneous symmetry breaking takes place. The deep infrared behavior of the broken phase cannot be treated within the framework of perturbative calculations. We demonstrate that there exists an infrared fixed point in the broken phase which creates a new scaling regime there, however its structure is hidden by the singularity of the renormalization group equations. The theory spaces of these models show several similar properties, namely the models have the same phase and fixed point structure. The quantum Einstein gravity also exhibits similarities when considering the global aspects of its theory space since the appearing two phases there show analogies with the symmetric and the broken phases of the scalar models. These results be nicely uncovered by the functional renormalization group method

  8. Finite volume renormalization scheme for fermionic operators

    OpenAIRE

    Monahan, Christopher; Orginos, Kostas

    2013-01-01

    We propose a new finite volume renormalization scheme. Our scheme is based on the Gradient Flow applied to both fermion and gauge fields and, much like the Schr\\"odinger functional method, allows for a nonperturbative determination of the scale dependence of operators using a step-scaling approach. We give some preliminary results for the pseudo-scalar density in the quenched approximation.

  9. Renormalized quark-anti-quark free energy

    OpenAIRE

    Zantow, F.; Kaczmarek, O.; Karsch, F.; Petreczky, P.

    2003-01-01

    We present results on the renormalized quark-anti-quark free energy in SU(3) gauge theory at finite temperatures. We discuss results for the singlet, octet and colour averaged free energies and comment on thermal relations which allow to extract separately the potential energy and entropy from the free energy.

  10. Renormalization of Magnetic Excitations in Praseodymium

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Lindgård, Per-Anker

    1975-01-01

    The magnetic exciton renormalization and soft-mode behaviour as the temperature approaches zero of the singlet-doublet magnet (dhcp)pr are accounted for by a selfconsistent rpa theory with no adjustable parameters. The crystal-field splitting between the ground state and the doublet is d=3.74 mev...

  11. Monte Carlo Renormalization Group: a review

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    The logic and the methods of Monte Carlo Renormalization Group (MCRG) are reviewed. A status report of results for 4-dimensional lattice gauge theories derived using MCRG is presented. Existing methods for calculating the improved action are reviewed and evaluated. The Gupta-Cordery improved MCRG method is described and compared with the standard one. 71 refs., 8 figs

  12. Large Neutrino Mixing from Renormalization Group Evolution

    CERN Document Server

    Balaji, K R S; Parida, M K; Paschos, E A

    2001-01-01

    The renormalization group evolution equation for two neutrino mixing is known to exhibit nontrivial fixed point structure corresponding to maximal mixing at the weak scale. The presence of the fixed point provides a natural explanation of the observed maximal mixing of $\

  13. The Similarity Renormalization Group with Novel Generators

    OpenAIRE

    Li, W.; Anderson, E. R.; Furnstahl, R. J.

    2011-01-01

    The choice of generator in the Similarity Renormalization Group (SRG) flow equation determines the evolution pattern of the Hamiltonian. The kinetic energy has been used in the generator for most prior applications to nuclear interactions, and other options have been largely unexplored. Here we show how variations of this standard choice can allow the evolution to proceed more efficiently without losing its advantages.

  14. Renormalization and effective actions for general relativity

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Neugebohrn, F.

    2007-05-15

    Quantum gravity is analyzed from the viewpoint of the renormalization group. The analysis is based on methods introduced by J. Polchinski concerning the perturbative renormalization with flow equations. In the first part of this work, the program of renormalization with flow equations is reviewed and then extended to effective field theories that have a finite UV cutoff. This is done for a scalar field theory by imposing additional renormalization conditions for some of the nonrenormalizable couplings. It turns out that one so obtains a statement on the predictivity of the effective theory at scales far below the UV cutoff. In particular, nonrenormalizable theories can be treated without problems in the proposed framework. In the second part, the standard covariant BRS quantization program for Euclidean Einstein gravity is applied. A momentum cutoff regularization is imposed and the resulting violation of the Slavnov-Taylor identities is discussed. Deriving Polchinski's renormalization group equation for Euclidean quantum gravity, the predictivity of effective quantum gravity at scales far below the Planck scale is investigated with flow equations. A fine-tuning procedure for restoring the violated Slavnov-Taylor identities is proposed and it is argued that in the effective quantum gravity context, the restoration will only be accomplished with finite accuracy. Finally, the no-cutoff limit of Euclidean quantum gravity is analyzed from the viewpoint of the Polchinski method. It is speculated whether a limit with nonvanishing gravitational constant might exist where the latter would ultimatively be determined by the cosmological constant and the masses of the elementary particles. (orig.)

  15. Renormalization of transport equations in Fokker-Planck models

    Science.gov (United States)

    Grabert, Hermann; Weidlich, Wolfgang

    1980-06-01

    This paper is concerned with the derivation of nonlinear fluctuation-renormalized transport equations of a fluctuating thermodynamic system, on the assumption that the macroscopic variables defining a state undergo a Fokker-Planck process. It is shown that the renormalization effect may consist of two parts: a renormalization of the thermodynamic forces and a renormalization of the transport coefficients. Closed analytical expressions for the renormalized quantities in terms of the bare quantities appearing in the Fokker-Planck equation are derived. A scheme for the approximate evaluation of these expressions is given.

  16. Renormalized vacuum polarization of rotating black holes

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ferreira, Hugo R. C.

    2015-04-01

    Quantum field theory on rotating black hole spacetimes is plagued with technical difficulties. Here, we describe a general method to renormalize and compute the vacuum polarization of a quantum field in the Hartle-Hawking state on rotating black holes. We exemplify the technique with a massive scalar field on the warped AdS3 black hole solution to topologically massive gravity, a deformation of (2 + 1)-dimensional Einstein gravity. We use a "quasi-Euclidean" technique, which generalizes the Euclidean techniques used for static spacetimes, and we subtract the divergences by matching to a sum over mode solutions on Minkowski spacetime. This allows us, for the first time, to have a general method to compute the renormalized vacuum polarization, for a given quantum state, on a rotating black hole, such as the physically relevant case of the Kerr black hole in four dimensions.

  17. Black hole entropy and the renormalization group

    CERN Document Server

    Satz, Alejandro

    2013-01-01

    Four decades after its first postulation by Bekenstein, black hole entropy remains mysterious. It has long been suggested that the entanglement entropy of quantum fields on the black hole gravitational background should represent at least an important contribution to the total Bekenstein-Hawking entropy, and that the divergences in the entanglement entropy should be absorbed in the renormalization of the gravitational couplings. In this talk, we describe how an improved understanding of black hole entropy is obtained by combining these notions with the renormalization group. By introducing an RG flow scale, we investigate whether the total entropy of the black hole can be partitioned in a "gravitational" part related to the flowing gravitational action, and a "quantum" part related to the unintegrated degrees of freedom. We describe the realization of this idea for free fields, and the complications and qualifications arising for interacting fields.

  18. Temperature dependent quasiparticle renormalization in nickel metal

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Ovsyannikov, Ruslan; Sanchez-Barriga, Jaime; Fink, Joerg; Duerr, Hermann A. [Helmholtz Zentrum Berlin (Germany). BESSY II

    2009-07-01

    One of the fundamental consequences of electron correlation effects is that the bare particles in solids become 'dressed', i.e. they acquire an increased effective mass and a lifetime. We studied the spin dependent quasiparticle band structure of Ni(111) with high resolution angle resolved photoemission spectroscopy. At low temperatures (50 K) a renormalization of quasiparticle energy and lifetime indicative of electron-phonon coupling is observed in agreement with literature. With increasing temperature we observe a decreasing quasiparticle lifetime at the Fermi level for all probed minority spin bands as expected from electron phonon coupling. Surprisingly the majority spin states behave differently. We actually observe a slightly increased lifetime at room temperature. The corresponding increase in Fermi velocity points to a temperature dependent reduction of the majority spin quasiparticle renormalization.

  19. Poissonian renormalizations, exponentials, and power laws

    Science.gov (United States)

    Eliazar, Iddo

    2013-05-01

    This paper presents a comprehensive “renormalization study” of Poisson processes governed by exponential and power-law intensities. These Poisson processes are of fundamental importance, as they constitute the very bedrock of the universal extreme-value laws of Gumbel, Fréchet, and Weibull. Applying the method of Poissonian renormalization we analyze the emergence of these Poisson processes, unveil their intrinsic dynamical structures, determine their domains of attraction, and characterize their structural phase transitions. These structural phase transitions are shown to be governed by uniform and harmonic intensities, to have universal domains of attraction, to uniquely display intrinsic invariance, and to be intimately connected to “white noise” and to “1/f noise.” Thus, we establish a Poissonian explanation to the omnipresence of white and 1/f noises.

  20. Accurate renormalization group analyses in neutrino sector

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Haba, Naoyuki [Graduate School of Science and Engineering, Shimane University, Matsue 690-8504 (Japan); Kaneta, Kunio [Kavli IPMU (WPI), The University of Tokyo, Kashiwa, Chiba 277-8568 (Japan); Takahashi, Ryo [Graduate School of Science and Engineering, Shimane University, Matsue 690-8504 (Japan); Yamaguchi, Yuya [Department of Physics, Faculty of Science, Hokkaido University, Sapporo 060-0810 (Japan)

    2014-08-15

    We investigate accurate renormalization group analyses in neutrino sector between ν-oscillation and seesaw energy scales. We consider decoupling effects of top quark and Higgs boson on the renormalization group equations of light neutrino mass matrix. Since the decoupling effects are given in the standard model scale and independent of high energy physics, our method can basically apply to any models beyond the standard model. We find that the decoupling effects of Higgs boson are negligible, while those of top quark are not. Particularly, the decoupling effects of top quark affect neutrino mass eigenvalues, which are important for analyzing predictions such as mass squared differences and neutrinoless double beta decay in an underlying theory existing at high energy scale.

  1. Dense nucleonic matter and the renormalization group

    CERN Document Server

    Drews, Matthias; Klein, Bertram; Weise, Wolfram

    2013-01-01

    Fluctuations are included in a chiral nucleon-meson model within the framework of the functional renormalization group. The model, with parameters fitted to reproduce the nuclear liquid-gas phase transition, is used to study the phase diagram of QCD. We find good agreement with results from chiral effective field theory. Moreover, the results show a separation of the chemical freeze-out line and chiral symmetry restoration at large baryon chemical potentials.

  2. Dense nucleonic matter and the renormalization group

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Drews Matthias

    2014-03-01

    Full Text Available Fluctuations are included in a chiral nucleon-meson model within the framework of the functional renormalization group. The model, with parameters fitted to reproduce the nuclear liquid-gas phase transition, is used to study the phase diagram of QCD. We find good agreement with results from chiral effective field theory. Moreover, the results show a separation of the chemical freeze-out line and chiral symmetry restoration at large baryon chemical potentials.

  3. Gauge coupling renormalization in orbifold field theories

    OpenAIRE

    Choi, Kiwoon; Kim, Hyung Do; Kim, Ian-Woo

    2002-01-01

    We investigate the gauge coupling renormalization in orbifold field theories preserving 4-dimensional N=1 supersymmetry in the framework of 4-dimensional effective supergravity. As a concrete example, we consider the 5-dimensional Super-Yang-Mills theory on a slice of AdS_5. In our approach, one-loop gauge couplings can be determined by the loop-induced axion couplings and the tree level properties of 4-dimensional effective supergravity which are much easier to be computed.

  4. Gravitational Renormalization Group Flow, Astrophysics and Cosmology

    CERN Document Server

    Moffat, J W

    2015-01-01

    A modified gravitational theory is developed in which the gravitational coupling constants $G$ and $Q$ and the effective mass $m_\\phi$ of a repulsive vector field run with momentum scale $k$ or length scale $\\ell =1/k$, according to a renormalization group flow. The theory can explain cosmological early universe data with a dark hidden photon and late time galaxy and cluster dynamics without dark matter. The theory agrees with solar system and binary pulsar observations.

  5. Renormalization of null Wilson lines in EQCD

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Radiation and energy loss of a light, high-energy parton in a perturbative Quark-Gluon Plasma is controlled by transverse momentum exchange. The troublesome infrared contributions to transverse momentum exchange can be computed on the lattice using dimensional reduction to EQCD. However a novel extended operator, the Null Wilson Line of EQCD, is involved. We compute the renormalization properties of this object’s lattice implementation to next-to-leading order, which should facilitate its efficient calculation on the lattice

  6. Extreme value distributions and Renormalization Group

    OpenAIRE

    Calvo, Iván; Cuchí Oterino, J. C.; Esteve, J. G.; Falceto, Fernando

    2011-01-01

    In the classical theorems of extreme value theory the limits of suitably rescaled maxima of sequences of independent, identically distributed random variables are studied. So far, only affine rescalings have been considered. We show, however, that more general rescalings are natural and lead to new limit distributions, apart from the Gumbel, Weibull, and Fr\\'echet families. The problem is approached using the language of Renormalization Group transformations in the space of probability densit...

  7. Renormalization group flows and continual Lie algebras

    CERN Document Server

    Bakas, Ioannis

    2003-01-01

    We study the renormalization group flows of two-dimensional metrics in sigma models and demonstrate that they provide a continual analogue of the Toda field equations based on the infinite dimensional algebra G(d/dt;1). The resulting Toda field equation is a non-linear generalization of the heat equation, which is integrable in target space and shares the same dissipative properties in time. We provide the general solution of the renormalization group flows in terms of free fields, via Backlund transformations, and present some simple examples that illustrate the validity of their formal power series expansion in terms of algebraic data. We study in detail the sausage model that arises as geometric deformation of the O(3) sigma model, and give a new interpretation to its ultra-violet limit by gluing together two copies of Witten's two-dimensional black hole in the asymptotic region. We also provide some new solutions that describe the renormalization group flow of negatively curved spaces in different patches...

  8. A shape dynamical approach to holographic renormalization

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    We provide a bottom-up argument to derive some known results from holographic renormalization using the classical bulk-bulk equivalence of General Relativity and Shape Dynamics, a theory with spatial conformal (Weyl) invariance. The purpose of this paper is twofold: (1) to advertise the simple classical mechanism, trading off gauge symmetries, that underlies the bulk-bulk equivalence of General Relativity and Shape Dynamics to readers interested in dualities of the type of AdS/conformal field theory (CFT); and (2) to highlight that this mechanism can be used to explain certain results of holographic renormalization, providing an alternative to the AdS/CFT conjecture for these cases. To make contact with the usual semiclassical AdS/CFT correspondence, we provide, in addition, a heuristic argument that makes it plausible that the classical equivalence between General Relativity and Shape Dynamics turns into a duality between radial evolution in gravity and the renormalization group flow of a CFT. We believe that Shape Dynamics provides a new perspective on gravity by giving conformal structure a primary role within the theory. It is hoped that this work provides the first steps toward understanding what this new perspective may be able to teach us about holographic dualities. (orig.)

  9. A shape dynamical approach to holographic renormalization

    Science.gov (United States)

    Gomes, Henrique; Gryb, Sean; Koslowski, Tim; Mercati, Flavio; Smolin, Lee

    2015-01-01

    We provide a bottom-up argument to derive some known results from holographic renormalization using the classical bulk-bulk equivalence of General Relativity and Shape Dynamics, a theory with spatial conformal (Weyl) invariance. The purpose of this paper is twofold: (1) to advertise the simple classical mechanism, trading off gauge symmetries, that underlies the bulk-bulk equivalence of General Relativity and Shape Dynamics to readers interested in dualities of the type of AdS/conformal field theory (CFT); and (2) to highlight that this mechanism can be used to explain certain results of holographic renormalization, providing an alternative to the AdS/CFT conjecture for these cases. To make contact with the usual semiclassical AdS/CFT correspondence, we provide, in addition, a heuristic argument that makes it plausible that the classical equivalence between General Relativity and Shape Dynamics turns into a duality between radial evolution in gravity and the renormalization group flow of a CFT. We believe that Shape Dynamics provides a new perspective on gravity by giving conformal structure a primary role within the theory. It is hoped that this work provides the first steps toward understanding what this new perspective may be able to teach us about holographic dualities.

  10. A shape dynamical approach to holographic renormalization

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Gomes, Henrique [University of California at Davis, Davis, CA (United States); Gryb, Sean [Utrecht University, Institute for Theoretical Physics, Utrecht (Netherlands); Radboud University Nijmegen, Institute for Mathematics, Astrophysics and Particle Physics, Nijmegen (Netherlands); Koslowski, Tim [University of New Brunswick, Fredericton, NB (Canada); Mercati, Flavio; Smolin, Lee [Perimeter Institute for Theoretical Physics, Waterloo, ON (Canada)

    2015-01-01

    We provide a bottom-up argument to derive some known results from holographic renormalization using the classical bulk-bulk equivalence of General Relativity and Shape Dynamics, a theory with spatial conformal (Weyl) invariance. The purpose of this paper is twofold: (1) to advertise the simple classical mechanism, trading off gauge symmetries, that underlies the bulk-bulk equivalence of General Relativity and Shape Dynamics to readers interested in dualities of the type of AdS/conformal field theory (CFT); and (2) to highlight that this mechanism can be used to explain certain results of holographic renormalization, providing an alternative to the AdS/CFT conjecture for these cases. To make contact with the usual semiclassical AdS/CFT correspondence, we provide, in addition, a heuristic argument that makes it plausible that the classical equivalence between General Relativity and Shape Dynamics turns into a duality between radial evolution in gravity and the renormalization group flow of a CFT. We believe that Shape Dynamics provides a new perspective on gravity by giving conformal structure a primary role within the theory. It is hoped that this work provides the first steps toward understanding what this new perspective may be able to teach us about holographic dualities. (orig.)

  11. Renormalization, Hopf algebras and Mellin transforms

    CERN Document Server

    Panzer, Erik

    2014-01-01

    This article aims to give a short introduction into Hopf-algebraic aspects of renormalization, enjoying growing attention for more than a decade by now. As most available literature is concerned with the minimal subtraction scheme, we like to point out properties of the kinematic subtraction scheme which is also widely used in physics (under the names of MOM or BPHZ). In particular we relate renormalized Feynman rules $\\phi_R$ in this scheme to the universal property of the Hopf algebra $H_R$ of rooted trees, exhibiting a refined renormalization group equation which is equivalent to $\\phi_R: H_R \\rightarrow K[x]$ being a morphism of Hopf algebras to the polynomials in one indeterminate. Upon introduction of analytic regularization this results in efficient combinatorial recursions to calculate $\\phi_R$ in terms of the Mellin transform. We find that different Feynman rules are related by a distinguished class of Hopf algebra automorphisms of $H_R$ that arise naturally from Hochschild cohomology. Also we recall...

  12. Renormalization of the graphene dispersion velocity determined from scanning tunneling spectroscopy.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chae, Jungseok; Jung, Suyong; Young, Andrea F; Dean, Cory R; Wang, Lei; Gao, Yuanda; Watanabe, Kenji; Taniguchi, Takashi; Hone, James; Shepard, Kenneth L; Kim, Phillip; Zhitenev, Nikolai B; Stroscio, Joseph A

    2012-09-14

    In graphene, as in most metals, electron-electron interactions renormalize the properties of electrons but leave them behaving like noninteracting quasiparticles. Many measurements probe the renormalized properties of electrons right at the Fermi energy. Uniquely for graphene, the accessibility of the electrons at the surface offers the opportunity to use scanned probe techniques to examine the effect of interactions at energies away from the Fermi energy, over a broad range of densities, and on a local scale. Using scanning tunneling spectroscopy, we show that electron interactions leave the graphene energy dispersion linear as a function of excitation energy for energies within ±200  meV of the Fermi energy. However, the measured dispersion velocity depends on density and increases strongly as the density approaches zero near the charge neutrality point, revealing a squeezing of the Dirac cone due to interactions.

  13. Hilbert space renormalization for the many-electron problem

    CERN Document Server

    Li, Zhendong

    2015-01-01

    Renormalization is a powerful concept in the many-body problem. Inspired by the highly successful density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) algorithm, and the quantum chemical graphical representation of configuration space, we introduce a new theoretical tool: Hilbert space renormalization, to describe many-electron correlations. While in DMRG, the many-body states in nested Fock subspaces are successively renormalized, in Hilbert space renormalization, many-body states in nested Hilbert subspaces undergo renormalization. This provides a new way to classify and combine configurations. The underlying wavefunction ansatz, namely the Hilbert space matrix product state (HS-MPS), has a very rich and flexible mathematical structure. It provides low-rank tensor approximations to any configuration interaction (CI) space through restricting either the 'physical indices' or the coupling rules in the HS-MPS. Alternatively, simply truncating the 'virtual dimension' of the HS-MPS leads to a family of size-extensive wav...

  14. Gauge and Scheme Dependence of Mixing Matrix Renormalization

    CERN Document Server

    Pilaftsis, Apostolos

    2002-01-01

    We revisit the issue of mixing matrix renormalization in theories that include Dirac or Majorana fermions. We show how a gauge-variant on-shell renormalized mixing matrix can be related to a manifestly gauge-independent one within a generalized ${\\bar {\\rm MS}}$ scheme of renormalization. This scheme-dependent relation is a consequence of the fact that in any scheme of renormalization, the gauge-dependent part of the mixing-matrix counterterm is ultra-violet safe and has a pure dispersive form. Employing the unitarity properties of the theory, we can successfully utilize the afore-mentioned scheme-dependent relation to preserve basic global or local symmetries of the bare Lagrangian through the entire process of renormalization. As an immediate application of our study, we derive the gauge-independent renormalization-group equations of mixing matrices in a minimal extension of the Standard Model with isosinglet neutrinos.

  15. The Renormalization Scale-Setting Problem in QCD

    CERN Document Server

    Wu, Xing-Gang; Mojaza, Matin

    2013-01-01

    A key problem in making precise perturbative QCD predictions is to set the proper renormalization scale of the running coupling. The conventional scale-setting procedure assigns an arbitrary range and an arbitrary systematic error to fixed-order pQCD predictions. In fact, this {\\it ad hoc} procedure gives results which depend on the choice of the renormalization scheme, and it is in conflict with the standard scale-setting procedure used in QED. Predictions for physical results should be independent of the choice of scheme or other theoretical conventions. We review current ideas and points of view on how to deal with the renormalization scale ambiguity and show how to obtain renormalization scheme- and scale- independent estimates. We begin by introducing the renormalization group (RG) equation and an extended version, which expresses the invariance of physical observables under both the renormalization scheme and scale-parameter transformations. The RG equation provides a convenient way for estimating the s...

  16. Improved Epstein–Glaser renormalization in x-space versus differential renormalization

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    José M. Gracia-Bondía

    2014-09-01

    Full Text Available Renormalization of massless Feynman amplitudes in x-space is reexamined here, using almost exclusively real-variable methods. We compute a wealth of concrete examples by means of recursive extension of distributions. This allows us to show perturbative expansions for the four-point and two-point functions at several loop order. To deal with internal vertices, we expound and expand on convolution theory for log-homogeneous distributions. The approach has much in common with differential renormalization as given by Freedman, Johnson and Latorre; but differs in important details.

  17. Euclidean Configuration Space Renormalization, Residues and Dilation Anomaly

    CERN Document Server

    Nikolov, Nikolay M; Todorov, Ivan

    2013-01-01

    Configuration (x-)space renormalization of Euclidean Feynman amplitudes in a massless quantum field theory is reduced to the study of local extensions of associate homogeneous distributions. Primitively divergent graphs are renormalized, in particular, by subtracting the residue of an analytically regularized expression. Examples are given of computing residues that involve zeta values. The renormalized Green functions are again associate homogeneous distributions of the same degree that transform under indecomposable representations of the dilation group.

  18. Renormalization in general theories with inter-generation mixing

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Kniehl, Bernd A. [Hamburg Univ. (Germany). 2. Inst. fuer Theoretische Physik; Sirlin, Alberto [New York Univ., NY (United States). Dept. of Physics

    2011-11-15

    We derive general and explicit expressions for the unrenormalized and renormalized dressed propagators of fermions in parity-nonconserving theories with inter-generation mixing. The mass eigenvalues, the corresponding mass counterterms, and the effect of inter-generation mixing on their determination are discussed. Invoking the Aoki-Hioki-Kawabe-Konuma-Muta renormalization conditions and employing a number of very useful relations from Matrix Algebra, we show explicitly that the renormalized dressed propagators satisfy important physical properties. (orig.)

  19. Generalized geometry, T-duality, and renormalization group flow

    OpenAIRE

    Streets, Jeffrey

    2013-01-01

    We interpret the physical $B$-field renormalization group flow in the language of Courant algebroids, clarifying the sense in which this flow is the natural "Ricci flow" for generalized geometry. Next we show that the $B$-field renormalization group flow preserves T-duality in a natural sense. As corollaries we obtain new long time existence results for the $B$-field renormalization group flow.

  20. Renormalization of the Polyakov loop with gradient flow

    OpenAIRE

    Petreczky, P.; Schadler, H. -P.

    2015-01-01

    We use the gradient flow for the renormalization of the Polyakov loop in various representations. Using 2+1 flavor QCD with highly improved staggered quarks and lattices with temporal extents of $N_\\tau=6$, $8$, $10$ and $12$ we calculate the renormalized Polyakov loop in many representations including fundamental, sextet, adjoint, decuplet, 15-plet, 24-plet and 27-plet. This approach allows for the calculations of the renormalized Polyakov loops over a large temperature range from $T=116$ Me...

  1. Renormalization theory of Feynman amplitudes on configuration spaces

    CERN Document Server

    Nikolov, Nikolay M

    2009-01-01

    In a previous paper "Anomalies in Quantum Field Theory and Cohomologies of Configuration Spaces" (arXiv:0903.0187) we presented a new method for renormalization in Euclidean configuration spaces based on certain renormalization maps. This approach is aimed to serve for developing an algebraic algorithm for computing the Gell--Mann--Low renormalization group action. In the present work we introduce a modification of the theory of renormalization maps for the case of Minkowski space and we give the way how it is combined with the causal perturbation theory.

  2. The two-loop renormalization of general quantum field theories

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    This thesis provides a general method to compute all first order corrections to the renormalization group equations. This requires the computation of the first perturbative corrections to the renormalization group β-functions. These corrections are described by Feynman diagrams with two loops. The two-loop renormalization is treated for an arbitrary renormalization field theory. Two cases are considered: 1. the Yukawa sector; 2. the gauge coupling and the scalar potential. In a final section, the breakdown of unitarity in the dimensional reduction scheme is discussed. (Auth.)

  3. Applications of noncovariant gauges in the algebraic renormalization procedure

    CERN Document Server

    Boresch, A; Schweda, Manfred

    1998-01-01

    This volume is a natural continuation of the book Algebraic Renormalization, Perturbative Renormalization, Symmetries and Anomalies, by O Piguet and S P Sorella, with the aim of applying the algebraic renormalization procedure to gauge field models quantized in nonstandard gauges. The main ingredient of the algebraic renormalization program is the quantum action principle, which allows one to control in a unique manner the breaking of a symmetry induced by a noninvariant subtraction scheme. In particular, the volume studies in-depth the following quantized gauge field models: QED, Yang-Mills t

  4. Renormalization of the Periodic Scalar Field Theory by Polchinski's Renormalization Group Method

    CERN Document Server

    Nandori, I; Jentschura, U D; Soff, G

    2002-01-01

    The renormalization group (RG) flow for the two-dimensional sine-Gordon model is determined by means of Polchinski's RG equation at next-to-leading order in the derivative expansion. In this work we have two different goals, (i) to consider the renormalization scheme-dependence of Polchinski's method by matching Polchinski's equation with the Wegner-Houghton equation and with the real space RG equations for the two-dimensional dilute Coulomb-gas, (ii) to go beyond the local potential approximation in the gradient expansion in order to clarify the supposed role of the field-dependent wave-function renormalization. The well-known Coleman fixed point of the sine-Gordon model is recovered after linearization, whereas the flow exhibits strong dependence on the choice of the renormalization scheme when non-linear terms are kept. The RG flow is compared to those obtained in the Wegner-Houghton approach and in the dilute gas approximation for the two-dimensional Coulomb-gas.

  5. Renormalization of the periodic scalar field theory by Polchinski's renormalization group method

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    The renormalization group (RG) flow for the two-dimensional sine-Gordon model is determined by means of Polchinski's RG equation at next-to-leading order in the derivative expansion. In this paper, we have two different goals, (i) to consider the renormalization scheme-dependence of Polchinski's method by matching Polchinski's equation with the Wegner-Houghton equation and with the real space RG equations for the two-dimensional dilute Coulomb-gas, (ii) to go beyond the local potential approximation in the gradient expansion in order to clarify the supposed role of the field-dependent wave-function renormalization. The well-known Coleman fixed point of the sine-Gordon model is recovered after linearization, whereas the flow exhibits strong dependence on the choice of the renormalization scheme when non-linear terms are kept. The RG flow is compared to those obtained in the Wegner-Houghton approach and in the dilute gas approximation for the two-dimensional Coulomb-gas. (author)

  6. Renormalization schemes: Where do we stand?

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    We consider the status of the current approaches to the application of the renormalization program to the standard SU2L x U1 theory from the standpoint of the interplay of the scheme chosen for such an application and the attendant high-precision tests of the respective loop effects. We thus review the available schemes and discuss their theoretical relationships. We also show how such schemes stand in numerical relation to one another in the context of high-precision Z0 physics, as an illustration. 15 refs., 2 figs., 2 tabs

  7. Functional renormalization group approach to neutron matter

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Matthias Drews

    2014-11-01

    Full Text Available The chiral nucleon-meson model, previously applied to systems with equal number of neutrons and protons, is extended to asymmetric nuclear matter. Fluctuations are included in the framework of the functional renormalization group. The equation of state for pure neutron matter is studied and compared to recent advanced many-body calculations. The chiral condensate in neutron matter is computed as a function of baryon density. It is found that, once fluctuations are incorporated, the chiral restoration transition for pure neutron matter is shifted to high densities, much beyond three times the density of normal nuclear matter.

  8. Extreme-value distributions and renormalization group.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Calvo, Iván; Cuchí, Juan C; Esteve, J G; Falceto, Fernando

    2012-10-01

    In the classical theorems of extreme value theory the limits of suitably rescaled maxima of sequences of independent, identically distributed random variables are studied. The vast majority of the literature on the subject deals with affine normalization. We argue that more general normalizations are natural from a mathematical and physical point of view and work them out. The problem is approached using the language of renormalization-group transformations in the space of probability densities. The limit distributions are fixed points of the transformation and the study of its differential around them allows a local analysis of the domains of attraction and the computation of finite-size corrections. PMID:23214531

  9. de Sitter Vacua, Renormalization and Locality

    CERN Document Server

    Banks, T

    2003-01-01

    We analyze the renormalization properties of quantum field theories in de Sitter space and show that only two of the maximally invariant vacuum states of free fields lead to consistent perturbation expansions. One is the Euclidean vacuum, and the other can be viewed as an analytic continuation of Euclidean functional integrals on $RP^d$. The corresponding Lorentzian manifold is the future half of global de Sitter space with boundary conditions on fields at the origin of time. We argue that the perturbation series in this case has divergences at the origin, which render the future evolution of the system indeterminate without a better understanding of high energy physics.

  10. Renormalization group and the ideal Bose gas

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Critical behaviour of a d-dimensional ideal Bose gas is investigated from the point of view of the renormalization group approach. Rescaling of quantum field amplitudes is avoided by introducing a scaling variable inversely proportional to the thermal momentum of the particles. The scaling properties of various thermodynamic quantities are seen to emerge as a consequence of the irrelevant nature of this variable. Critical behaviour is discussed at fixed particle density as well as at fixed pressure. Connection between susceptibility and correlation function of the order-parameter for a quantum system is elucidated. (author)

  11. Holographic Entanglement Renormalization of Topological Insulators

    CERN Document Server

    Wen, Xueda; Lopes, Pedro L S; Gu, Yingfei; Qi, Xiao-Liang; Ryu, Shinsei

    2016-01-01

    We study the real-space entanglement renormalization group flows of topological band insulators in (2+1) dimensions by using the continuum multi-scale entanglement renormalization ansatz (cMERA). Given the ground state of a Chern insulator, we construct and study its cMERA by paying attention, in particular, to how the bulk holographic geometry and the Berry curvature depend on the topological properties of the ground state. It is found that each state defined at different energy scale of cMERA carries a nonzero Berry flux, which is emanated from the UV layer of cMERA, and flows towards the IR. Hence, a topologically nontrivial UV state flows under the RG to an IR state, which is also topologically nontrivial. On the other hand, we found that there is an obstruction to construct the exact ground state of a topological insulator with a topologically trivial IR state. I.e., if we try to construct a cMERA for the ground state of a Chern insulator by taking a topologically trivial IR state, the resulting cMERA do...

  12. Optimal renormalization scales and commensurate scale relations

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Brodsky, S.J. [Stanford Linear Accelerator Center, Menlo Park, CA (United States); Lu, H.J. [Univ. of Arizona, Tucson, AZ (United States). Dept. of Physics

    1996-01-01

    Commensurate scale relations relate observables to observables and thus are independent of theoretical conventions, such as the choice of intermediate renormalization scheme. The physical quantities are related at commensurate scales which satisfy a transitivity rule which ensures that predictions are independent of the choice of an intermediate renormalization scheme. QCD can thus be tested in a new and precise way by checking that the observables track both in their relative normalization and in their commensurate scale dependence. For example, the radiative corrections to the Bjorken sum rule at a given momentum transfer Q can be predicted from measurements of the e+e{sup {minus}} annihilation cross section at a corresponding commensurate energy scale {radical}s {proportional_to} Q, thus generalizing Crewther`s relation to non-conformal QCD. The coefficients that appear in this perturbative expansion take the form of a simple geometric series and thus have no renormalon divergent behavior. The authors also discuss scale-fixed relations between the threshold corrections to the heavy quark production cross section in e+e{sup {minus}} annihilation and the heavy quark coupling {alpha}{sub V} which is measurable in lattice gauge theory.

  13. Optimal renormalization scales and commensurate scale relations

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Commensurate scale relations relate observables to observables and thus are independent of theoretical conventions, such as the choice of intermediate renormalization scheme. The physical quantities are related at commensurate scales which satisfy a transitivity rule which ensures that predictions are independent of the choice of an intermediate renormalization scheme. QCD can thus be tested in a new and precise way by checking that the observables track both in their relative normalization and in their commensurate scale dependence. For example, the radiative corrections to the Bjorken sum rule at a given momentum transfer Q can be predicted from measurements of the e+e- annihilation cross section at a corresponding commensurate energy scale √s ∝ Q, thus generalizing Crewther's relation to non-conformal QCD. The coefficients that appear in this perturbative expansion take the form of a simple geometric series and thus have no renormalon divergent behavior. The authors also discuss scale-fixed relations between the threshold corrections to the heavy quark production cross section in e+e- annihilation and the heavy quark coupling αV which is measurable in lattice gauge theory

  14. Renormalized and entropy solutions of nonlinear parabolic systems

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Lingeshwaran Shangerganesh

    2013-12-01

    Full Text Available In this article, we study the existence of renormalized and entropy solutions of SIR epidemic disease cross-diffusion model with Dirichlet boundary conditions. Under the assumptions of no growth conditions and integrable data, we establish that the renormalized solution is also an entropy solution.

  15. Singlet Free Energies and Renormalized Polyakov Loop in full QCD

    OpenAIRE

    Petrov, K.

    2006-01-01

    We calculate the free energy of a static quark anti-quark pair and the renormalized Polyakov loop in 2+1- and 3- flavor QCD using $16^3 \\times 4$ and $16^3 \\times 6$ lattices and improved staggered p4 action. We also compare the renormalized Polyakov loop with the results of our earlier studies.

  16. Renormalization of EFT for nucleon-nucleon scattering

    OpenAIRE

    Yang, J. -F.

    2004-01-01

    The renormalization of EFT for nucleon-nucleon scattering in nonperturbative regimes is investigated in a compact parametrization of the $T$-matrix. The key difference between perturbative and nonperturbative renormalization is clarified. The underlying theory perspective and the 'fixing' of the prescriptions for the $T$-matrix from physical boundary conditions are stressed.

  17. Temperature dependent quasiparticle renormalization in nickel and iron

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Ovsyannikov, Ruslan; Thirupathaiah, Setti; Sanchez-Barriga, Jaime; Fink, Joerg; Duerr, Hermann [Helmholtz Zentrum Berlin, BESSY II, Albert-Einstein-Strasse 15, D-12489 Berlin (Germany)

    2010-07-01

    One of the fundamental consequences of electron correlation effects is that the bare particles in solids become 'dressed' with an excitation cloud resulting in quasiparticles. Such a quasiparticle will carry the same spin and charge as the original particle, but will have a renormalized mass and a finite lifetime. The properties of many-body interactions are described with a complex function called self energy which is directly accessible to modern high-resolution angle resolved photoemission spectroscopy (ARPES). Ferromagnetic metals like nickel or iron offers the exciting possibility to study the spin dependence of quasiparticle coupling to bosonic modes. Utilizing the exchange split band structure as an intrinsic 'spin detector' it is possible to distinguish between electron-phonon and electron-magnon coupling phenomena. In this contribution we will report a systematic investigation of the k- and temperature dependence of the electron-boson coupling in nickel and iron metals as well as discuss origin of earlier observed anomalous lifetime broadening of majority spin states of nickel at Fermi level.

  18. Renormalization of Molecular Quasiparticle Levels at Metal-Molecule Interfaces: Trends across Binding Regimes

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Thygesen, Kristian Sommer; Rubio, Angel

    2009-01-01

    When an electron or a hole is added into an orbital of an adsorbed molecule the substrate electrons will rearrange in order to screen the added charge. This polarization effect reduces the electron addition and removal energies of the adsorbed molecule relative to those of the free molecule. Using...... a microscopic model of the metal-molecule interface, we illustrate the basic features of this renormalization mechanism through systematic GW, Hartree-Fock, and Kohn-Sham calculations for the molecular energy levels as function of the model parameters. We identify two different polarization mechanisms: (i......) polarization of the metal (image charge formation) and (ii) polarization of the molecule via charge transfer across the interface. The importance of (i) and (ii) is found to increase with the metal density of states at the Fermi level and metal-molecule coupling strength, respectively....

  19. Radiation reaction and renormalization in classical electrodynamics of a point particle in any dimension

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kazinski, P. O.; Lyakhovich, S. L.; Sharapov, A. A.

    2002-07-01

    The effective equations of motion for a point charged particle taking into account the radiation reaction are considered in various space-time dimensions. The divergences stemming from the pointness of the particle are studied and an effective renormalization procedure is proposed encompassing uniformly the cases of all even dimensions. It is shown that in any dimension the classical electrodynamics is a renormalizable theory if not multiplicatively beyond d=4. For the cases of three and six dimensions the covariant analogues of the Lorentz-Dirac equation are explicitly derived.

  20. Radiation reaction and renormalization in classical electrodynamics of point particle in any dimension

    CERN Document Server

    Kazinski, P O; Sharapov, A A

    2002-01-01

    The effective equations of motion for a point charged particle taking account of radiation reaction are considered in various space-time dimensions. The divergencies steaming from the pointness of the particle are studied and the effective renormalization procedure is proposed encompassing uniformly the cases of all even dimensions. It is shown that in any dimension the classical electrodynamics is a renormalizable theory if not multiplicatively beyond d=4. For the cases of three and six dimensions the covariant analogs of the Lorentz-Dirac equation are explicitly derived.

  1. Renormalization schemes and renormalization group functions in Yang--Mills theories with massive fermions

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    The connection between renormalization schemes (RS's) and the renormalization group (RG) functions for a massive Yang--Mills theory is investigated. The RS's are defined in a manner independent of the regularization procedure. The RS transformations are defined in such a way that it is clear that they form a group. It is shown that to a given set of RG functions corresponds an infinite number of RS's. The subgroup of RS transformations which leave invariant the (mass-shell) MS-RG functions is carefully described. Gauge invariance, regularity of the theory when m→0 and mass decoupling are imposed and the corresponding indeterminations of RS's are given. It is seen that a RS which fulfills simultaneously the above conditions does not exist

  2. Cosmological Models and Renormalization Group Flow

    CERN Document Server

    Kristjansson, K R

    2002-01-01

    We study cosmological solutions of Einstein gravity with a positive cosmological constant and perfect fluid matter in diverse dimensions. These include big-bang models that re-collaspse, big-bang models that approach de Sitter acceleration at late times, and bounce models that are both past and future asymptotically de Sitter. The re-collapsing and the bounce geometries are all tall in the sense that entire spatial slices become visible to a comoving observer before the end of conformal time, while the accelerating big-bang geometries can be either short or tall. We consider the interpretation of these cosmological solutions as renormalization group flows in a dual field theory and give a geometric interpretation of the associated c-function as the area of the apparent cosmological horizon in Planck units. We find that the covariant entropy bound is violated in certain of our solutions and thus holography may be used to restrict the model parameters.

  3. The Renormalization Group in Nuclear Physics

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Modern techniques of the renormalization group combined with effective field theory methods are revolutionizing nuclear many-body physics. In these lectures we will examine the motivation for RG in low-energy nuclear systems (which include astrophysical systems such as neutron stars) and the implementation of RG technology both formally and in practice. Of particular use will be flow equation approaches applied to Hamiltonians both in free space and in the medium, which are an accessible but powerful method to make nuclear physics more like quantum chemistry. We will see how interactions are evolved to increasingly universal form and become more amenable to perturbative methods. A key element in nuclear systems is the role of many-body forces and operators; dealing with their evolution is an important new challenge. The lectures will include practical details of RG calculations, which can be cast into basic matrix manipulations easily handled by MATLAB, Mathematica, or Python (as well as compiled languages). (author)

  4. Renormalization group flow for noncommutative Fermi liquids

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Some recent studies of the AdS/CFT correspondence for condensed matter systems involve the Fermi liquid theory as a boundary field theory. Adding B-flux to the boundary D-branes leads in a certain limit to the noncommutative Fermi liquid, which calls for a field theory description of its critical behavior. As a preliminary step to more general consideration, the modification of the Landau's Fermi liquid theory due to noncommutativity of spatial coordinates is studied in this paper. We carry out the renormalization of interactions at tree level and one loop in a weakly coupled fermion system in two spatial dimensions. Channels ZS, ZS' and BCS are discussed in detail. It is shown that while the Gaussian fixed-point remains unchanged, the BCS instability is modified due to the space noncommutativity.

  5. Spin connection and renormalization of teleparallel action

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Krssak, Martin; Pereira, J.G. [Universidade Estadual Paulista, Instituto de Fisica Teorica, Sao Paulo, SP (Brazil)

    2015-11-15

    In general relativity, inertia and gravitation are both included in the Levi-Civita connection. As a consequence, the gravitational action, as well as the corresponding energy-momentum density, are in general contaminated by spurious contributions coming from inertial effects. In teleparallel gravity, on the other hand, because the spin connection represents inertial effects only, it is possible to separate inertia from gravitation. Relying on this property, it is shown that to each tetrad there is naturally associated a spin connection that locally removes the inertial effects from the action. The use of the appropriate spin connection can be viewed as a renormalization process in the sense that the computation of energy and momentum naturally yields the physically relevant values. A self-consistent method for solving field equations and determining the appropriate spin connection is presented. (orig.)

  6. Renormalization group theory impact on experimental magnetism

    CERN Document Server

    Köbler, Ulrich

    2010-01-01

    Spin wave theory of magnetism and BCS theory of superconductivity are typical theories of the time before renormalization group (RG) theory. The two theories consider atomistic interactions only and ignore the energy degrees of freedom of the continuous (infinite) solid. Since the pioneering work of Kenneth G. Wilson (Nobel Prize of physics in 1982) we know that the continuous solid is characterized by a particular symmetry: invariance with respect to transformations of the length scale. Associated with this symmetry are particular field particles with characteristic excitation spectra. In diamagnetic solids these are the well known Debye bosons. This book reviews experimental work on solid state physics of the last five decades and shows in a phenomenological way that the dynamics of ordered magnets and conventional superconductors is controlled by the field particles of the infinite solid and not by magnons and Cooper pairs, respectively. In the case of ordered magnets the relevant field particles are calle...

  7. Holographic Trace Anomaly and Local Renormalization Group

    CERN Document Server

    Rajagopal, Srivatsan; Zhu, Yechao

    2015-01-01

    The Hamilton-Jacobi method in holography has produced important results both at a renormalization group (RG) fixed point and away from it. In this paper we use the Hamilton-Jacobi method to compute the holographic trace anomaly for four- and six-dimensional boundary conformal field theories (CFTs), assuming higher-derivative gravity and interactions of scalar fields in the bulk. The scalar field contributions to the anomaly appear in CFTs with exactly marginal operators. Moving away from the fixed point, we show that the Hamilton-Jacobi formalism provides a deep connection between the holographic and the local RG. We derive the local RG equation holographically, and verify explicitly that it satisfies Weyl consistency conditions stemming from the commutativity of Weyl scalings. We also consider massive scalar fields in the bulk corresponding to boundary relevant operators, and comment on their effects to the local RG equation.

  8. Holographic trace anomaly and local renormalization group

    Science.gov (United States)

    Rajagopal, Srivatsan; Stergiou, Andreas; Zhu, Yechao

    2015-11-01

    The Hamilton-Jacobi method in holography has produced important results both at a renormalization group (RG) fixed point and away from it. In this paper we use the Hamilton-Jacobi method to compute the holographic trace anomaly for four- and six-dimensional boundary conformal field theories (CFTs), assuming higher-derivative gravity and interactions of scalar fields in the bulk. The scalar field contributions to the anomaly appear in CFTs with exactly marginal operators. Moving away from the fixed point, we show that the Hamilton-Jacobi formalism provides a deep connection between the holographic and the local RG. We derive the local RG equation holographically, and verify explicitly that it satisfies Weyl consistency conditions stemming from the commutativity of Weyl scalings. We also consider massive scalar fields in the bulk corresponding to boundary relevant operators, and comment on their effects to the local RG equation.

  9. Renormalization and the breakup of magnetic surfaces

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    There has been very considerable progress in the last few years on problems that are equivalent to finding the global structure of magnetic field lines in toroidal systems. A general problem of this class has a solution that is so complicated that it is impossible to find equations for the location of a field line which are valid everywhere along an infinitely long line. However, recent results are making it possible to find the asymptotic behavior of such systems in the limit of long lengths. This is just the information that is desired in many situations, since it includes the determination of the existence, or nonexistence, of magnetic surfaces. The key to our present understanding is renormalization. The present state-of-the-art has been described in Robert MacKay's thesis, for which this is an advertisement

  10. Spin connection and renormalization of teleparallel action

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Krššák, Martin, E-mail: krssak@ift.unesp.br; Pereira, J. G., E-mail: jpereira@ift.unesp.br [Instituto de Física Teórica, Universidade Estadual Paulista, R. Dr. Bento Teobaldo Ferraz 271, 01140-070, São Paulo, SP (Brazil)

    2015-10-31

    In general relativity, inertia and gravitation are both included in the Levi–Civita connection. As a consequence, the gravitational action, as well as the corresponding energy–momentum density, are in general contaminated by spurious contributions coming from inertial effects. In teleparallel gravity, on the other hand, because the spin connection represents inertial effects only, it is possible to separate inertia from gravitation. Relying on this property, it is shown that to each tetrad there is naturally associated a spin connection that locally removes the inertial effects from the action. The use of the appropriate spin connection can be viewed as a renormalization process in the sense that the computation of energy and momentum naturally yields the physically relevant values. A self-consistent method for solving field equations and determining the appropriate spin connection is presented.

  11. Fermionic functional integrals and the renormalization group

    CERN Document Server

    Feldman, Joel; Trubowitz, Eugene

    2002-01-01

    This book, written by well-known experts in the field, offers a concise summary of one of the latest and most significant developments in the theoretical analysis of quantum field theory. The renormalization group is the name given to a technique for analyzing the qualitative behavior of a class of physical systems by iterating a map on the vector space of interactions for the class. In a typical nonrigorous application of this technique, one assumes, based on one's physical intuition, that only a certain finite dimensional subspace (usually of dimension three or less) is important. The material in this book concerns a technique for justifying this approximation in a broad class of fermionic models used in condensed matter and high energy physics. This volume is based on the Aisenstadt Lectures given by Joel Feldman at the Centre de Recherches Mathematiques (Montreal, Canada). It is suitable for graduate students and research mathematicians interested in mathematical physics. Included are many problems and so...

  12. On renormalization group flow in matrix model

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    The renormalization group flow recently found by Brezin and Zinn-Justin by integrating out redundant entries of the (N+1)x(N+1) Hermitian random matrix is studied. By introducing explicitly the RG flow parameter, and adding suitable counter terms to the matrix potential of the one matrix model, we deduce some interesting properties of the RG trajectories. In particular, the string equation for the general massive model interpolating between the UV and IR fixed points turns out to be a consequence of RG flow. An ambiguity in the UV region of the RG trajectory is remarked to be related to the large order behaviour of the one matrix model. (author). 7 refs

  13. VLES Modelling with the Renormalization Group

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Chris De Langhe; Bart Merci; Koen Lodefier; Erik Dick

    2003-01-01

    In a Very-Large-Eddy Simulation (VLES), the filterwidth-wavenumber can be outside the inertial range, and simple subgrid models have to be replaced by more complicated ('RANS-like') models which can describe the transport of the biggest eddies. One could approach this by using a RANS model in these regions, and modify the lengthscale in the model for the LES-regions[1~3]. The problem with these approaches is that these models are specifically calibrated for RANS computations, and therefore not suitable to describe inertial range quantities. We investigated the construction of subgrid viscosity and transport equations without any calibrated constants, but these are calculated directly form the Navier-Stokes equation by means of a Renormalization Group (RG)procedure. This leads to filterwidth dependent transport equations and effective viscosity with the right limiting behaviour (DNS and RANS limits).

  14. Large neutrino mixing from renormalization group evolution

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    The renormalization group evolution equation for two neutrino mixing is known to exhibit nontrivial fixed point structure corresponding to maximal mixing at the weak scale. The presence of the fixed point provides a natural explanation of the observed maximal mixing of νμ - ντ, if the νμ and ντ are assumed to be quasi-degenerate at the seesaw scale without constraining the mixing angles at that scale. In particular, it allows them to be similar to the quark mixings as in generic grand unified theories. We discuss implementation of this program in the case of MSSM and find that the predicted mixing remains stable and close to its maximal value, for all energies below the O(TeV) SUSY scale. We also discuss how a particular realization of this idea can be tested in neutrinoless double beta decay experiments. (author)

  15. Supersymmetry and the functional renormalization group

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Dynamical supersymmetry breaking is an important issue for applications of supersymmetry in particle physics. Many approaches to investigate this problem break supersymmetry explicitly and it is hard to distinguish between dynamical and explicit supersymmetry breaking. The functional renormalization group equations allow for a nonperturbative approach that leaves supersymmetry intact. Therefore they offer a promising tool to investigate the dynamical breaking of supersymmetry. In this talk we employ this method to investigate the N=1 Wess-Zumino model in three dimensions at finite temperature. We recover many aspects of finite temperature QFT such as dimensional reduction and the the Stefan-Boltzmann law. Also we discuss supersymmetry breaking through the thermal boundary conditions and the phase diagram for the breaking of the Z2-symmetry at finite temperatures.

  16. Non-perturbative renormalization on the lattice

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Strongly-interacting theories lie at the heart of elementary particle physics. Their distinct behaviour shapes our world sui generis. We are interested in lattice simulations of supersymmetric models, but every discretization of space-time inevitably breaks supersymmetry and allows renormalization of relevant susy-breaking operators. To understand the role of such operators, we study renormalization group trajectories of the nonlinear O(N) Sigma model (NLSM). Similar to quantum gravity, it is believed to adhere to the asymptotic safety scenario. By combining the demon method with blockspin transformations, we compute the global flow diagram. In two dimensions, we reproduce asymptotic freedom and in three dimensions, asymptotic safety is demonstrated. Essential for these results is the application of a novel optimization scheme to treat truncation errors. We proceed with a lattice simulation of the supersymmetric nonlinear O(3) Sigma model. Using an original discretization that requires to fine tune only a single operator, we argue that the continuum limit successfully leads to the correct continuum physics. Unfortunately, for large lattices, a sign problem challenges the applicability of Monte Carlo methods. Consequently, the last chapter of this thesis is spent on an assessment of the fermion-bag method. We find that sign fluctuations are thereby significantly reduced for the susy NLSM. The proposed discretization finally promises a direct confirmation of supersymmetry restoration in the continuum limit. For a complementary analysis, we study the one-flavor Gross-Neveu model which has a complex phase problem. However, phase fluctuations for Wilson fermions are very small and no conclusion can be drawn regarding the potency of the fermion-bag approach for this model.

  17. Higher Derivative Corrections to R-charged Black Holes: Boundary Counterterms and the Mass-Charge Relation

    OpenAIRE

    Cremonini, Sera; Liu, James T.; Szepietowski, Phillip

    2009-01-01

    We carry out the holographic renormalization of Einstein-Maxwell theory with curvature-squared corrections. In particular, we demonstrate how to construct the generalized Gibbons-Hawking surface term needed to ensure a perturbatively well-defined variational principle. This treatment ensures the absence of ghost degrees of freedom at the linearized perturbative order in the higher-derivative corrections. We use the holographically renormalized action to study the thermodynamics of R-charged b...

  18. Renormalization group improved Higgs inflation with a running kinetic term

    Science.gov (United States)

    Takahashi, Fuminobu; Takahashi, Ryo

    2016-09-01

    We study a Higgs inflation model with a running kinetic term, taking account of the renormalization group evolution of relevant coupling constants. Specifically we study two types of the running kinetic Higgs inflation, where the inflaton potential is given by the quadratic or linear term potential in a frame where the Higgs field is canonically normalized. We solve the renormalization group equations at two-loop level and calculate the scalar spectral index and the tensor-to-scalar ratio. We find that, even if the renormalization group effects are included, the quadratic inflation is ruled out by the CMB observations, while the linear one is still allowed.

  19. Non-perturbative Renormalization of Bilinear Operators on Fine Lattice

    CERN Document Server

    Jeong, Hwancheol; Lee, Weonjong; Pak, Jeonghwan; Park, Sungwoo

    2015-01-01

    We present results of the wave function renormalization factor $Z_q$ and mass renormalization factor $Z_m$ obtained using non-perturbative renormalization (NPR) method in the RI-MOM scheme with HYP improved staggered quarks. We use fine ensembles of MILC asqtad lattices ($N_f = 2+1$) with $28^3 \\times 96$ geometry, $a \\approx 0.09$\\,fm, and $am_\\ell/am_s = 0.0062/0.031 $. We also study on scalability of $Z_q$ and $Z_m$ by comparing the results on the coarse and fine ensembles.

  20. The Role of Renormalization Group in Fundamental Theoretical Physics

    OpenAIRE

    Shirkov, Dmitri V.

    1997-01-01

    General aspects of fundamental physics are considered. We comment the Wigner's logical scheme and modify it to adjust to modern theoretical physics. Then, we discuss the role and indicate the place of renormalization group in the logic of fundamental physics.

  1. Renormalization of an effective model Hamiltonian by a counter term

    OpenAIRE

    Frewer, Michael; Frederico, Tobias; Pauli, Hans-Christian

    2001-01-01

    An ill-defined integral equation for modeling the mass-spectrum of mesons is regulated with an additional but unphysical parameter. This parameter dependance is removed by renormalization. Illustrative graphical examples are given.

  2. Reductive renormalization of the phase-field crystal equation.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Oono, Y; Shiwa, Y

    2012-12-01

    It has been known for some time that singular perturbation and reductive perturbation can be unified from the renormalization-group theoretical point of view: Reductive extraction of space-time global behavior is the essence of singular perturbation methods. Reductive renormalization was proposed to make this unification practically accessible; actually, this reductive perturbation is far simpler than most reduction methods, such as the rather standard scaling expansion. However, a rather cryptic exposition of the method seems to have been the cause of some trouble. Here, an explicit demonstration of the consistency of the reductive renormalization-group procedure is given for partial differentiation equations (of a certain type, including time-evolution semigroup type equations). Then, the procedure is applied to the reduction of a phase-field crystal equation to illustrate the streamlined reduction method. We conjecture that if the original system is structurally stable, the reductive renormalization-group result and that of the original equation are diffeomorphic.

  3. Relativistic Magnetohydrodynamics: Renormalized eigenvectors and full wave decomposition Riemann solver

    CERN Document Server

    Anton, L; Marti, J M; Ibanez, J M; Aloy, M A; Mimica, P

    2009-01-01

    We obtain renormalized sets of right and left eigenvectors of the flux vector Jacobians of the relativistic MHD equations, which are regular and span a complete basis in any physical state including degenerate ones. The renormalization procedure relies on the characterization of the degeneracy types in terms of the normal and tangential components of the magnetic field to the wavefront in the fluid rest frame. Proper expressions of the renormalized eigenvectors in conserved variables are obtained through the corresponding matrix transformations. Our work completes previous analysis that present different sets of right eigenvectors for non-degenerate and degenerate states, and can be seen as a relativistic generalization of earlier work performed in classical MHD. Based on the full wave decomposition (FWD) provided by the the renormalized set of eigenvectors in conserved variables, we have also developed a linearized (Roe-type) Riemann solver. Extensive testing against one- and two-dimensional standard numeric...

  4. Exact renormalization group as a scheme for calculations

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    In this lecture I report on recent work to use exact renormalization group methods to construct a scheme for calculations in quantum field theory and classical statistical mechanics on the continuum. (orig./HSI)

  5. Renormalization of the Polyakov loop with gradient flow

    CERN Document Server

    Petreczky, P

    2015-01-01

    We use the gradient flow for the renormalization of the Polyakov loop in various representations. Using 2+1 flavor QCD with highly improved staggered quarks (HISQ) and lattices with temporal extents of $N_\\tau=6$, $8$, $10$ and $12$ we calculate the renormalized Polyakov loop in many representations including fundamental, sextet, adjoint, decuplet, 15-plet, 24-plet and 27-plet. This approach allows for the calculations of the renormalized Polyakov loops over a large temperature range from $T=116$ MeV up to $T=815$ MeV, with small errors not only for the Polyakov loop in fundamental representation, but also for the Polyakov loops in higher representations. We compare our results with standard renormalization schemes and discuss the Casimir scaling of the Polyakov loops.

  6. Renormalization of the Polyakov loop with gradient flow

    Science.gov (United States)

    Petreczky, P.; Schadler, H.-P.

    2015-11-01

    We use the gradient flow for the renormalization of the Polyakov loop in various representations. Using 2 +1 flavor QCD with highly improved staggered quarks and lattices with temporal extents of Nτ=6 , 8, 10 and 12 we calculate the renormalized Polyakov loop in many representations including fundamental, sextet, adjoint, decuplet, 15-plet, 24-plet and 27-plet. This approach allows for the calculations of the renormalized Polyakov loops over a large temperature range from T =116 MeV up to T =815 MeV , with small errors not only for the Polyakov loop in fundamental representation, but also for the Polyakov loops in higher representations. We compare our results with standard renormalization schemes and discuss the Casimir scaling of the Polyakov loops.

  7. Renormalization and power counting of chiral nuclear forces

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Long, Bingwei [JLAB

    2013-08-01

    I discuss the progress we have made on modifying Weinberg's prescription for chiral nuclear forces, using renormalization group invariance as the guideline. Some of the published results are presented.

  8. Systematic Renormalization of the Effective Theory of Large Scale Structure

    CERN Document Server

    Abolhasani, Ali Akbar; Pajer, Enrico

    2015-01-01

    A perturbative description of Large Scale Structure is a cornerstone of our understanding of the observed distribution of matter in the universe. Renormalization is an essential and defining step to make this description physical and predictive. Here we introduce a systematic renormalization procedure, which neatly associates counterterms to the UV-sensitive diagrams order by order, as it is commonly done in quantum field theory. As a concrete example, we renormalize the one-loop power spectrum and bispectrum of both density and velocity. In addition, we present a series of results that are valid to all orders in perturbation theory. First, we show that while systematic renormalization requires temporally non-local counterterms, in practice one can use an equivalent basis made of local operators. We give an explicit prescription to generate all counterterms allowed by the symmetries. Second, we present a formal proof of the well-known general argument that the contribution of short distance perturbations to l...

  9. Nonperturbative renormalization of scalar quantum electrodynamics in d=3

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Dimock, J., E-mail: dimock@buffalo.edu [Department of Mathematics, SUNY at Buffalo, Buffalo, New York 14260 (United States)

    2015-10-15

    For scalar quantum electrodynamics on a three-dimensional toroidal lattice with a fine lattice spacing, we consider the renormalization problem of choosing counter terms depending on the lattice spacing, so that the theory stays finite as the spacing goes to zero. We employ a renormalization group method which analyzes the flow of the mass and the vacuum energy as a problem in discrete dynamical systems. The main result is that counter terms can be chosen so that at the end of the iteration these quantities take preassigned values. No use is made of perturbation theory. The renormalization group transformations are defined with bounded fields, an approximation which can be justified in Balaban’s approach to the renormalization group.

  10. Higher covariant derivative regulators and non-multiplicative renormalization

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Martin, C.P. [Universidad Autonoma de Madrid (Spain). Dept. de Fisica Teorica; Ruiz Ruiz, F. [Nationaal Inst. voor Kernfysica en Hoge-Energiefysica (NIKHEF), Amsterdam (Netherlands). Sectie H

    1994-12-31

    The renormalization algorithm based on regularization methods with two regulators is analyzed by means of explicit computations. We show in particular that regularization by higher covariant derivative terms can be complemented with dimensional regularization to obtain a consistent renormalized 4-dimensional Yang-Mills theory at the one-loop level. This shows that hybrid regularization methods can be applied not only to finite theories, like e.g. Chern-Simons, but also to divergent theories. (orig.).

  11. The Density Matrix Renormalization Group technique with periodic boundary conditions

    OpenAIRE

    Gendiar, Andrej; Surda, Anton

    2000-01-01

    The Density Matrix Renormalization Group (DMRG) method with periodic boundary conditions is introduced for two dimensional classical spin models. It is shown that this method is more suitable for derivation of the properties of infinite 2D systems than the DMRG with open boundary conditions despite the latter describes much better strips of finite width. For calculation at criticality, phenomenological renormalization at finite strips is used together with a criterion for optimum strip width ...

  12. A nonperturbative parametrization and scenario for EFT renormalization

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    We present a universal form of the T-matrices renormalized in nonperturbative regime and the ensuing notions and properties that fail conventional wisdoms. A universal scale is identified and shown to be renormalization group invariant. The effective range parameters are derived in a nonperturbative scenario with some new predictions within the realm of contact potentials. Some controversies are shown to be due to the failure of conventional wisdoms. (author)

  13. Renormalization of the energy-momentum tensor on the lattice

    CERN Document Server

    Pepe, Michele

    2015-01-01

    We present the calculation of the non-perturbative renormalization constants of the energy-momentum tensor in the SU(3) Yang-Mills theory. That computation is carried out in the framework of shifted boundary conditions, where a thermal quantum field theory is formulated in a moving reference frame. The non-perturbative renormalization factors are then used to measure the Equation of State of the SU(3) Yang-Mills theory. Preliminary numerical results are presented and discussed.

  14. Renormalization group and continuum limit of quantum cellular automata

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Zimboras, Zoltan [Quantum Information Theory Group, ISI, Torino (Italy)

    2012-07-01

    We develop a renormalization group formalism for quantum cellular automata (reminiscent of the algebraic renormalization group of Buchholz and Verch). Using this formalism, we can define the continuum limit for certain automata. As a particular example, we show that the continuum limit of the so-called ''Glider Clifford cellular automaton'' is the 1+1 dimensional relativistic QFT of free Majorana fermions.

  15. Technical fine-tuning problem in renormalized perturbation theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Foda, O.E.

    1983-01-01

    The technical - as opposed to physical - fine tuning problem, i.e. the stability of tree-level gauge hierarchies at higher orders in renormalized perturbation theory, in a number of different models is studied. These include softly-broken supersymmetric models, and non-supersymmetric ones with a hierarchy of spontaneously-broken gauge symmetries. The models are renormalized using the BPHZ prescription, with momentum subtractions. Explicit calculations indicate that the tree-level hierarchy is not upset by the radiative corrections, and consequently no further fine-tuning is required to maintain it. Furthermore, this result is shown to run counter to that obtained via Dimensional Renormalization, (the only scheme used in previous literature on the subject). The discrepancy originates in the inherent local ambiguity in the finite parts of subtracted Feynman integrals. Within fully-renormalized perturbation theory the answer to the technical fine-tuning question (in the sense of whether the radiative corrections will ''readily'' respect the tree level gauge hierarchy or not) is contingent on the renormalization scheme used to define the model at the quantum level, rather than on the model itself. In other words, the need for fine-tuning, when it arises, is an artifact of the application of a certain class of renormalization schemes.

  16. Investigation of renormalization effects in high temperature cuprate superconductors

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Zabolotnyy, Volodymyr B.

    2008-04-16

    It has been found that the self-energy of high-T{sub C} cuprates indeed exhibits a well pronounced structure, which is currently attributed to coupling of the electrons either to lattice vibrations or to collective magnetic excitations in the system. To clarify this issue, the renormalization effects and the electronic structure of two cuprate families Bi{sub 2}Sr{sub 2}CaCu{sub 2}O{sub 8+{delta}} and YBa{sub 2}Cu{sub 3}O{sub 7-{delta}} were chosen as the main subject for this thesis. With a simple example of an electronic system coupled to a collective mode unusual renormalization features observed in the photoemission spectra are introduced. It is shown that impurity substitution in general leads to suppression of the unusual renormalization. Finally an alternative possibility to obtain a purely superconducting surface of Y-123 via partial substitution of Y atoms with Ca is introduced. It is shown that renormalization in the superconducting Y-123 has similar strong momentum dependence as in the Bi-2212 family. It is also shown that in analogy to Bi-2212 the renormalization appears to have strong dependence on the doping level (no kinks for the overdoped component) and practically vanishes above T{sub C} suggesting that coupling to magnetic excitations fits much better than competing scenarios, according to which the unusual renormalization in ARPES spectra is caused by the coupling to single or multiple phononic modes. (orig.)

  17. Quantum field theory and phase transitions: universality and renormalization group

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    In the quantum field theory the problem of infinite values has been solved empirically through a method called renormalization, this method is satisfying only in the framework of renormalization group. It is in the domain of statistical physics and continuous phase transitions that these issues are the easiest to discuss. Within the framework of a course in theoretical physics the author introduces the notions of continuous limits and universality in stochastic systems operating with a high number of freedom degrees. It is shown that quasi-Gaussian and mean field approximation are unable to describe phase transitions in a satisfying manner. A new concept is required: it is the notion of renormalization group whose fixed points allow us to understand universality beyond mean field. The renormalization group implies the idea that long distance correlations near the transition temperature might be described by a statistical field theory that is a quantum field in imaginary time. Various forms of renormalization group equations are presented and solved in particular boundary limits, namely for fields with high numbers of components near the dimensions 4 and 2. The particular case of exact renormalization group is also introduced. (A.C.)

  18. Technical fine-tuning problem in renormalized perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    The technical - as opposed to physical - fine tuning problem, i.e. the stability of tree-level gauge hierarchies at higher orders in renormalized perturbation theory, in a number of different models is studied. These include softly-broken supersymmetric models, and non-supersymmetric ones with a hierarchy of spontaneously-broken gauge symmetries. The models are renormalized using the BPHZ prescription, with momentum subtractions. Explicit calculations indicate that the tree-level hierarchy is not upset by the radiative corrections, and consequently no further fine-tuning is required to maintain it. Furthermore, this result is shown to run counter to that obtained via Dimensional Renormalization, (the only scheme used in previous literature on the subject). The discrepancy originates in the inherent local ambiguity in the finite parts of subtracted Feynman integrals. Within fully-renormalized perturbation theory the answer to the technical fine-tuning question (in the sense of whether the radiative corrections will ''readily'' respect the tree level gauge hierarchy or not) is contingent on the renormalization scheme used to define the model at the quantum level, rather than on the model itself. In other words, the need for fine-tuning, when it arises, is an artifact of the application of a certain class of renormalization schemes

  19. Renormalized Wick expansion for a modified PQCD

    CERN Document Server

    de Oca, Alejandro Cabo Montes

    2007-01-01

    The renormalization scheme for the Wick expansion of a modified version of the perturbative QCD introduced in previous works is discussed. Massless QCD is considered, by implementing the usual multiplicative scaling of the gluon and quark wave functions and vertices. However, also massive quark and gluon counter-terms are allowed in this mass less theory since the condensates are expected to generate masses. A natural set of expansion parameters of the physical quantities is introduced: the coupling itself and to masses $m_q$ and $m_g$ associated to quarks and gluons respectively. This procedure allows to implement a dimensional transmutation effect through these new mass scales. A general expression for the new generating functional in terms of the mass parameters $m_q$ and $m_g$ is obtained in terms of integrals over arbitrary but constant gluon or quark fields in each case. Further, the one loop potential, is evaluated in more detail in the case when only the quark condensate is retained. This lowest order...

  20. Polarizable Embedding Density Matrix Renormalization Group.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hedegård, Erik D; Reiher, Markus

    2016-09-13

    The polarizable embedding (PE) approach is a flexible embedding model where a preselected region out of a larger system is described quantum mechanically, while the interaction with the surrounding environment is modeled through an effective operator. This effective operator represents the environment by atom-centered multipoles and polarizabilities derived from quantum mechanical calculations on (fragments of) the environment. Thereby, the polarization of the environment is explicitly accounted for. Here, we present the coupling of the PE approach with the density matrix renormalization group (DMRG). This PE-DMRG method is particularly suitable for embedded subsystems that feature a dense manifold of frontier orbitals which requires large active spaces. Recovering such static electron-correlation effects in multiconfigurational electronic structure problems, while accounting for both electrostatics and polarization of a surrounding environment, allows us to describe strongly correlated electronic structures in complex molecular environments. We investigate various embedding potentials for the well-studied first excited state of water with active spaces that correspond to a full configuration-interaction treatment. Moreover, we study the environment effect on the first excited state of a retinylidene Schiff base within a channelrhodopsin protein. For this system, we also investigate the effect of dynamical correlation included through short-range density functional theory. PMID:27537835

  1. Renormalization group approach to superfluid neutron matter

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Hebeler, K.

    2007-06-06

    In the present thesis superfluid many-fermion systems are investigated in the framework of the Renormalization Group (RG). Starting from an experimentally determined two-body interaction this scheme provides a microscopic approach to strongly correlated many-body systems at low temperatures. The fundamental objects under investigation are the two-point and the four-point vertex functions. We show that explicit results for simple separable interactions on BCS-level can be reproduced in the RG framework to high accuracy. Furthermore the RG approach can immediately be applied to general realistic interaction models. In particular, we show how the complexity of the many-body problem can be reduced systematically by combining different RG schemes. Apart from technical convenience the RG framework has conceptual advantage that correlations beyond the BCS level can be incorporated in the flow equations in a systematic way. In this case however the flow equations are no more explicit equations like at BCS level but instead a coupled set of implicit equations. We show on the basis of explicit calculations for the single-channel case the efficacy of an iterative approach to this system. The generalization of this strategy provides a promising strategy for a non-perturbative treatment of the coupled channel problem. By the coupling of the flow equations of the two-point and four-point vertex self-consistency on the one-body level is guaranteed at every cutoff scale. (orig.)

  2. Nonlinear dynamics in combinatorial games: Renormalizing Chomp

    Science.gov (United States)

    Friedman, Eric J.; Landsberg, Adam Scott

    2007-06-01

    We develop a new approach to combinatorial games that reveals connections between such games and some of the central ideas of nonlinear dynamics: scaling behaviors, complex dynamics and chaos, universality, and aggregation processes. We take as our model system the combinatorial game Chomp, which is one of the simplest in a class of "unsolved" combinatorial games that includes Chess, Checkers, and Go. We discover that the game possesses an underlying geometric structure that "grows" (reminiscent of crystal growth), and show how this growth can be analyzed using a renormalization procedure adapted from physics. In effect, this methodology allows one to transform a combinatorial game like Chomp into a type of dynamical system. Not only does this provide powerful insights into the game of Chomp (yielding a complete probabilistic description of optimal play in Chomp and an answer to a longstanding question about the nature of the winning opening move), but more generally, it offers a mathematical framework for exploring this unexpected relationship between combinatorial games and modern dynamical systems theory.

  3. Holographic renormalization as a canonical transformation

    CERN Document Server

    Papadimitriou, Ioannis

    2010-01-01

    The gauge/string dualities have drawn attention to a class of variational problems on a boundary at infinity, which are not well defined unless a certain boundary term is added to the classical action. In the context of supergravity in asymptotically AdS spaces these problems are systematically addressed by the method of holographic renormalization. We argue that this class of a priori ill defined variational problems extends far beyond the realm of holographic dualities. As we show, exactly the same issues arise in gravity in non asymptotically AdS spaces, in point particles with certain unbounded from below potentials, and even fundamental strings in flat or AdS backgrounds. We show that the variational problem in all such cases can be made well defined by the following procedure, which is intrinsic to the system in question and does not rely on the existence of a holographically dual theory: (i) The first step is the construction of the space of the most general asymptotic solutions of the classical equati...

  4. Randomly charged polymers in porous environment

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    V. Blavatska

    2013-01-01

    Full Text Available We study the conformational properties of charged polymers in a solvent in the presence of structural obstacles correlated according to a power law ~x-a. We work within the continuous representation of a model of linear chain considered as a random sequence of charges qi=±q0. Such a model captures the properties of polyampholytes~-- heteropolymers comprising both positively and negatively charged monomers. We apply the direct polymer renormalization scheme and analyze the scaling behavior of charged polymers up to the first order of an ε=6-d, δ=4-a-expansion.

  5. Non-perturbative renormalization of three-quark operators

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    High luminosity accelerators have greatly increased the interest in semi-exclusive and exclusive reactions involving nucleons. The relevant theoretical information is contained in the nucleon wave function and can be parametrized by moments of the nucleon distribution amplitudes, which in turn are linked to matrix elements of local three-quark operators. These can be calculated from first principles in lattice QCD. Defining an RI-MOM renormalization scheme, we renormalize three-quark operators corresponding to low moments non-perturbatively and take special care of the operator mixing. After performing a scheme matching and a conversion of the renormalization scale we quote our final results in the MS-bar scheme at μ=2 GeV

  6. The ab-initio density matrix renormalization group in practice

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Olivares-Amaya, Roberto; Hu, Weifeng; Sharma, Sandeep; Yang, Jun; Chan, Garnet Kin-Lic [Department of Chemistry, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08544 (United States); Nakatani, Naoki [Department of Chemistry, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08544 (United States); Catalysis Research Center, Hokkaido University, Kita 21 Nishi 10, Sapporo, Hokkaido 001-0021 (Japan)

    2015-01-21

    The ab-initio density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) is a tool that can be applied to a wide variety of interesting problems in quantum chemistry. Here, we examine the density matrix renormalization group from the vantage point of the quantum chemistry user. What kinds of problems is the DMRG well-suited to? What are the largest systems that can be treated at practical cost? What sort of accuracies can be obtained, and how do we reason about the computational difficulty in different molecules? By examining a diverse benchmark set of molecules: π-electron systems, benchmark main-group and transition metal dimers, and the Mn-oxo-salen and Fe-porphine organometallic compounds, we provide some answers to these questions, and show how the density matrix renormalization group is used in practice.

  7. One-loop renormalization of a gravity-scalar system

    CERN Document Server

    Park, I Y

    2016-01-01

    Extending the renormalizability proposal of 4D Einstein gravity, we have recently proposed renormalizability of gravity-matter systems. The main goal of the present work is to conduct systematic one-loop renormalization of a gravity-matter system by applying our foliation-based quantization scheme. In this work we explicitly carry out renormalization of a gravity-scalar system with a Higgs-type potential. With the fluctuation part of the scalar field gauged away, the system becomes renormalizable through a metric field redefinition. We use dimensional regularization throughout. One of the salient aspects of our analysis is how the graviton propagator acquires the"mass" term. One-loop calculations lead to renormalization of the cosmological and Newton's constants. We discuss other implications of our results as well: time-varying vacuum energy density and masses of the elementary particles as well as the potential relevance of Neumann boundary condition for black hole information.

  8. Power Counting and Wilsonian Renormalization in Nuclear Effective Field Theory

    CERN Document Server

    Valderrama, Manuel Pavon

    2016-01-01

    Effective field theories are the most general tool for the description of low energy phenomena. They are universal and systematic: they can be formulated for any low energy systems we can think of and offer a clear guide on how to calculate predictions with reliable error estimates, a feature that is called power counting. These properties can be easily understood in Wilsonian renormalization, in which effective field theories are the low energy renormalization group evolution of a more fundamental ---perhaps unknown or unsolvable--- high energy theory. In nuclear physics they provide the possibility of a theoretically sound derivation of nuclear forces without having to solve quantum chromodynamics explicitly. However there is the problem of how to organize calculations within nuclear effective field theory: the traditional knowledge about power counting is perturbative but nuclear physics is not. Yet power counting can be derived in Wilsonian renormalization and there is already a fairly good understanding ...

  9. Renormalization of two-dimensional R2-gravity

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Two Dimensional Gravity with R2-term is quantized around the R2-Liouville solution in the semiclassical way. Renormalization, regularization (infra-red, ultra-violet) and a topological term (∂(arphi∂arphi) ) are carefully treated. All (1-loop) divergences are renormalized by the cosmological constant (μ) and the R2-coupling-constant (β) for the case β>0. The quantum meaning of the topological term is clarified. The renormalization group beta-functions of the couplings β and μ are obtained. It is found that the theory is conformal (i.e. the beta-functions=0) for w=(β/A).(16π.48π/(26-cm))≥1 (where A is a fixed area) exactly when the coupling constant ξ of the topological term takes the value of 1. As for 0m<26 and μ is asymptotically non-free. (orig.)

  10. Renormalization of massless Feynman amplitudes in configuration space

    Science.gov (United States)

    Nikolov, Nikolay M.; Stora, Raymond; Todorov, Ivan

    2014-05-01

    A systematic study of recursive renormalization of Feynman amplitudes is carried out both in Euclidean and in Minkowski configuration spaces. For a massless quantum field theory (QFT), we use the technique of extending associate homogeneous distributions to complete the renormalization recursion. A homogeneous (Poincaré covariant) amplitude is said to be convergent if it admits a (unique covariant) extension as a homogeneous distribution. For any amplitude without subdivergences — i.e. for a Feynman distribution that is homogeneous off the full (small) diagonal — we define a renormalization invariant residue. Its vanishing is a necessary and sufficient condition for the convergence of such an amplitude. It extends to arbitrary — not necessarily primitively divergent — Feynman amplitudes. This notion of convergence is finer than the usual power counting criterion and includes cancellation of divergences.

  11. Renormalization of Massless Feynman Amplitudes in Configuration Space

    CERN Document Server

    Nikolov, Nikolay M; Todorov, Ivan

    2014-01-01

    A systematic study of recursive renormalization of Feynman amplitudes is carried out both in Euclidean and in Minkowski configuration space. For a massless quantum field theory (QFT) we use the technique of extending associate homogeneous distributions to complete the renormalization recursion. A homogeneous (Poincare covariant) amplitude is said to be convergent if it admits a (unique covariant) extension as a homogeneous distribution. For any amplitude without subdivergences - i.e. for a Feynman distribution that is homogeneous off the full (small) diagonal - we define a renormalization invariant residue. Its vanishing is a necessary and sufficient condition for the convergence of such an amplitude. It extends to arbitrary - not necessarily primitively divergent - Feynman amplitudes. This notion of convergence is finer than the usual power counting criterion and includes cancellation of divergences.

  12. Renormalization group analysis of the gluon mass equation

    CERN Document Server

    Aguilar, A C; Papavassiliou, J

    2014-01-01

    In the present work we carry out a systematic study of the renormalization properties of the integral equation that determines the momentum evolution of the effective gluon mass. A detailed, all-order analysis of the complete kernel appearing in this particular equation reveals that the renormalization procedure may be accomplished through the sole use of ingredients known from the standard perturbative treatment of the theory, with no additional assumptions. However, the subtle interplay of terms operating at the level of the exact equation gets distorted by the approximations usually employed when evaluating the aforementioned kernel. This fact is reflected in the form of the obtained solutions, whose deviations from the correct behavior are best quantified by resorting to appropriately defined renormalization-group invariant quantities. This analysis, in turn, provides a solid guiding principle for improving the form of the kernel, and furnishes a well-defined criterion for discriminating between various p...

  13. Non-perturbative renormalization of three-quark operators

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Goeckeler, Meinulf [Regensburg Univ. (Germany). Inst. fuer Theoretische Physik; Horsley, Roger [Edinburgh Univ. (United Kingdom). School of Physics and Astronomy; Kaltenbrunner, Thomas [Regensburg Univ. (DE). Inst. fuer Theoretische Physik] (and others)

    2008-10-15

    High luminosity accelerators have greatly increased the interest in semi-exclusive and exclusive reactions involving nucleons. The relevant theoretical information is contained in the nucleon wavefunction and can be parametrized by moments of the nucleon distribution amplitudes, which in turn are linked to matrix elements of local three-quark operators. These can be calculated from first principles in lattice QCD. Defining an RI-MOM renormalization scheme, we renormalize three-quark operators corresponding to low moments non-perturbatively and take special care of the operator mixing. After performing a scheme matching and a conversion of the renormalization scale we quote our final results in the MS scheme at {mu}=2 GeV. (orig.)

  14. Renormalization Group Equation for Low Momentum Effective Nuclear Interactions

    CERN Document Server

    Bogner, S K; Kuo, T T S; Brown, G E

    2001-01-01

    We consider two nonperturbative methods originally used to derive shell model effective interactions in nuclei. These methods have been applied to the two nucleon sector to obtain an energy independent effective interaction V_{low k}, which preserves the low momentum half-on-shell T matrix and the deuteron pole, with a sharp cutoff imposed on all intermediate state momenta. We show that V_{low k} scales with the cutoff precisely as one expects from renormalization group arguments. This result is a step towards reformulating traditional model space many-body calculations in the language of effective field theories and the renormalization group. The numerical scaling properties of V_{low k} are observed to be in excellent agreement with our exact renormalization group equation.

  15. On the BLM optimal renormalization scale setting for semihard processes

    CERN Document Server

    Caporale, Francesco; Murdaca, Beatrice; Papa, Alessandro

    2015-01-01

    The BFKL approach for the investigation of semihard processes is plagued by large next-to-leading corrections, both in the kernel of the universal BFKL Green's function and in the process-dependent impact factors, as well as by large uncertainties in the renormalization scale setting. All that calls for some optimization procedure of the perturbative series. In this respect, one of the most common methods is the Brodsky-Lepage-Mackenzie (BLM) one, that eliminates the renormalization scale ambiguity by absorbing the non-conformal $\\beta_0$-terms into the running coupling. In this paper, we apply BLM scale setting procedure directly to the amplitudes (cross sections) of several semihard processes. We show that, due to the presence of $\\beta_0$-terms in the next-to-leading expressions for the impact factors, the optimal renormalization scale is not universal, but depends both on the energy and on the type of process in question.

  16. Is Renormalized Entanglement Entropy Stationary at RG Fixed Points?

    CERN Document Server

    Klebanov, Igor R; Pufu, Silviu S; Safdi, Benjamin R

    2012-01-01

    The renormalized entanglement entropy (REE) across a circle of radius R has been proposed as a c-function in Poincar\\'e invariant (2+1)-dimensional field theory. A proof has been presented of its monotonic behavior as a function of R, based on the strong subadditivity of entanglement entropy. However, this proof does not directly establish stationarity of REE at conformal fixed points of the renormalization group. In this note we study the REE for the free massive scalar field theory near the UV fixed point described by a massless scalar. Our numerical calculation indicates that the REE is not stationary at the UV fixed point.

  17. Identifying universality classes of absorbing phase transitions by block renormalization

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    We propose a renormalization scheme that can be used as a reliable method to identify universality classes of absorbing phase transitions. Following the spirit of Wilson's block-spin renormalization group, the lattice is divided into blocks, assigning to them an effective state by a suitable Boolean function of the interior degrees of freedom. The effective states of adjacent blocks form certain patterns which are shown to occur with universal probability ratios if the underlying process is critical. Measuring these probability ratios in the limit of large block sizes, one obtains a set of universal numbers as an individual fingerprint for each universality class

  18. Renormalization constants and asymptotic behaviour in quantum electrodynamics

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Using dimensional regularization a field theory contains at least one parameter less than the dimension of a mass. The Callan-Symanzik equations for the renormalization constants then become soluble entirely in terms of the coefficient functions. Explicit expressions are obtained for all the renormalization constants in Quantum Electrodynamics. At nonexceptional momenta the infrared behaviour and the three leading terms in the asymptotic expansion of any Greens function are controlled by the Callan-Symanzik equations. For the propagators the three leading terms are computed explicitly in terms of functions of α only. The gauge dependence of the electron propagator in momentum space is solved explicitly in all orders of perturbation theory. (Auth.)

  19. Renormalization group approach to matrix models via noncommutative space

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Kuroki, T. [Kobayashi-Maskawa Institute for the Origin of Particles and the Universe (KMI), Nagoya University, Furo-cho, Chikusa-ku, Nagoya Aichi 464-8602 (Japan); Kawamoto, S. [National Center for Theoretical Sciences, Hsinchu 30013 (China); Tomino, D. [Department of Physics, Tunghai University, Taichung 40704 (China)

    2014-09-11

    We develop a new method for analyzing the large-N limit of matrix models. We assign the concept of energy to each matrix element and integrate the most highest energy to get a new matrix model which has reduced rank. By regarding this procedure as a renormalization group, we deduce the critical exponents in the large-N limit by elaborating fixed points of renormalization group transformation. For consistency of our method, we compare our result to that obtained by another method and find nice agreement. (Copyright copyright 2014 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH and Co. KGaA, Weinheim)

  20. MOM renormalization group functions in the maximal abelian gauge

    CERN Document Server

    Bell, J M

    2013-01-01

    The one loop 3-point vertex functions of QCD in the maximal abelian gauge (MAG) are evaluated at the fully symmetric point at one loop. As a consequence the theory is renormalized in the various momentum (MOM) schemes which are defined by the trivalent vertices, as well as in the MSbar scheme. From these the two loop renormalization group functions in the MOM schemes are derived using the one loop conversion functions. In parallel we repeat the analysis for the Curci-Ferrari gauge which corresponds to the MAG in a specific limit. The relation between the Lambda parameters in different schemes is also provided.

  1. Four loop renormalization of the Gross-Neveu model

    CERN Document Server

    Gracey, J A; Schroder, Y

    2016-01-01

    We renormalize the SU(N) Gross-Neveu model in the modified minimal subtraction (MSbar) scheme at four loops and determine the beta-function at this order. The theory ceases to be multiplicatively renormalizable when dimensionally regularized due to the generation of evanescent 4-fermi operators. The first of these appears at three loops and we correctly take their effect into account in deriving the renormalization group functions. We use the results to provide estimates of critical exponents relevant to phase transitions in graphene.

  2. Peripheral NN scattering from subtractive renormalization of chiral interactions

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Batista, E. F. [Departamento de Ciências Exatas e Naturais, Universidade Estadual do Sudoeste da Bahia, 45700-000 Itapetinga - BA (Brazil); Szpigel, S. [Centro de Rádio-Astronomia e Astrofísica Mackenzie, Escola de Engenharia, Universidade Presbiteriana Mackenzie, 01302-907 São Paulo - SP (Brazil); Timóteo, V. S. [Grupo de Óptica e Modelagem NumérIca - GOMNI, Faculdade de Tecnologia - FT, Universidade Estadual de Campinas - UNICAMP, 13484-332 Limeira - SP (Brazil)

    2014-11-11

    We apply five subtractions in the Lippman-Schwinger (LS) equation in order to perform a non-perturbative renormalization of chiral N3LO nucleon-nucleon interactions. Here we compute the phase shifts for the uncoupled peripheral waves at renormalization scales between 0.1 fm{sup −1} and 1 fm{sup −1}. In this range, the results are scale invariant and provide an overall good agreement with the Nijmegen partial wave analysis up to at least E{sub lab} = 150 MeV, with a cutoff at Λ = 30 fm{sup −1}.

  3. T-Duality and Two-Loop Renormalization Flows

    CERN Document Server

    Haagensen, P E; Haagensen, Peter E.; Olsen, Kasper

    1997-01-01

    Manifest T-duality covariance of the one-loop renormalization group flows is shown for a generic bosonic sigma model with an abelian isometry, by referring a set of previously derived consistency conditions to the tangent space of the target. For a restricted background, T-duality transformations are then studied at the next order, and the ensuing consistency conditions are found to be satisfied by the two-loop Weyl anomaly coefficients of the model. This represents an extremely non-trivial test of the covariance of renormalization group flows under T-duality, and a stronger condition than T-duality invariance of the string background effective action.

  4. Systematic renormalization at all orders in the DiffRen and improved Epstein-Glaser schemes

    CERN Document Server

    Gracia-Bondía, José M

    2015-01-01

    Proceeding by way of examples, we update the combinatorics of the treatment of Feynman diagrams with subdivergences in differential renormalization from more recent viewpoints in Epstein--Glaser renormalization in $x$-space.

  5. Electronic quasiparticles in the quantum dimer model: Density matrix renormalization group results

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lee, Junhyun; Sachdev, Subir; White, Steven R.

    2016-09-01

    We study a recently proposed quantum dimer model for the pseudogap metal state of the cuprates. The model contains bosonic dimers, representing a spin-singlet valence bond between a pair of electrons, and fermionic dimers, representing a quasiparticle with spin-1/2 and charge +e . By density matrix renormalization group calculations on a long but finite cylinder, we obtain the ground-state density distribution of the fermionic dimers for a number of different total densities. From the Friedel oscillations at open boundaries, we deduce that the Fermi surface consists of small hole pockets near (π /2 ,π /2 ) , and this feature persists up to a doping density of 1/16. We also compute the entanglement entropy and find that it closely matches the sum of the entanglement entropies of a critical boson and a low density of free fermions. Our results support the existence of a fractionalized Fermi liquid in this model.

  6. Optical force on toroidal nanostructures: toroidal dipole versus renormalized electric dipole

    CERN Document Server

    Zhang, Xu-Lin; Lin, Zhifang; Sun, Hong-Bo; Chan, C T

    2015-01-01

    We study the optical forces acting on toroidal nanostructures. A great enhancement of optical force is unambiguously identified as originating from the toroidal dipole resonance based on the source-representation, where the distribution of the induced charges and currents is characterized by the three families of electric, magnetic, and toroidal multipoles. On the other hand, the resonant optical force can also be completely attributed to an electric dipole resonance in the alternative field-representation, where the electromagnetic fields in the source-free region are expressed by two sets of electric and magnetic multipole fields based on symmetry. The confusion is resolved by conceptually introducing the irreducible electric dipole, toroidal dipole, and renormalized electric dipole. We demonstrate that the optical force is a powerful tool to identify toroidal response even when its scattering intensity is dwarfed by the conventional electric and magnetic multipoles.

  7. Renormalization of NN Interaction with Relativistic Chiral Two Pion Exchange

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Higa, R; Valderrama, M Pavon; Arriola, E Ruiz

    2007-06-14

    The renormalization of the NN interaction with the Chiral Two Pion Exchange Potential computed using relativistic baryon chiral perturbation theory is considered. The short distance singularity reduces the number of counter-terms to about a half as those in the heavy-baryon expansion. Phase shifts and deuteron properties are evaluated and a general overall agreement is observed.

  8. Renormalization of four-fermion operators for higher twist calculations

    CERN Document Server

    Capitani, S; Horsley, R; Perlt, H; Rakow, P E L; Schierholz, G; Schiller, A

    1999-01-01

    The evaluation of the higher twist contributions to Deep Inelastic Scattering amplitudes involves a non trivial choice of operator bases for the higher orders of the OPE expansion of the two hadronic currents. In this talk we discuss the perturbative renormalization of the four-fermion operators that appear in the above bases.

  9. Holographic renormalization of 3D minimal massive gravity

    OpenAIRE

    Alishahiha, Mohsen; Qaemmaqami, Mohammad; Naseh, Ali; Shirzad, Ahmad

    2016-01-01

    We study holographic renormalization of 3D minimal massive gravity using the Chern-Simons-like formulation of the model. We explicitly present Gibbons- Hawking term as well as all counterterms needed to make the action finite in terms of dreibein and spin-connection. This can be used to find correlation functions of stress tensor of holographic dual field theory.

  10. Renormalization of one-pion exchange and power counting

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Nogga, A; Timmermans, RGE; van Kolck, U

    2005-01-01

    The renormalization of the chiral nuclear interactions is studied. In leading order, the cutoff dependence is related to the singular tensor interaction of the one-pion exchange potential. In S waves and in higher partial waves where the tensor force is repulsive this cutoff dependence can be absorb

  11. Sine-Gordon model renormalization group solution and applications

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    The sine-Gordon model is discussed and analyzed within the framework of the renormalization group theory. A perturbative renormalization group procedure is described, in which the sine-Gordon field is decomposed into slow and fast modes. An effective theory for the slow modes is derived and rescaled to yield the flow equations for the model. The resulting Kosterlitz–Thouless phase diagram is obtained and discussed in detail. The gap in this theory is estimated in terms of the sine-Gordon model parameters. The mapping between the sine-Gordon model and one-dimensional interacting-electron models, such as the g-ology and Hubbard models, is discussed. On the basis of the results borrowed from previous renormalization-group results for the sine-Gordon model, different aspects of Luttinger liquid systems are described, such as the nature of the excitations and phase transitions. The calculations are thoroughly and pedagogically described, to even reach the reader with no previous experience with the sine-Gordon model or the renormalization group approach. (author)

  12. Simple perturbative renormalization scheme for supersymmetric gauge theories

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Foda, O.E. (Purdue Univ., Lafayette, IN (USA). Dept. of Physics)

    1983-06-30

    We show that the manifestly supersymmetric and gauge-invariant results of Supersymmetric Dimensional renormalization (SDR) are reproduceable through a simple, and mathematically consistent perturbative renormalization technique, where regularization is attained via a map that deforms the momentum space Feynman integrands in a specific way. In particular, it introduces a multiplicative factor of ((p+q)/..delta..)/sup -/delta in each momentum-space loop integral, where p is the magnitude of the loop momentum, q is an arbitrary constant to be chosen as will be explained, thus compensating for loss of translation invariance in p, ..lambda.. is a renormalization mass, and delta is a suitable non-integer: the analog of epsilon in dimensional schemes. All Dirac algebra and integration are four-dimensional, and renormalization is achieved by subtracting poles in delta, followed by setting delta->O. The mathematical inconsistencies of SDR are evaded by construction, since the numbers of fermion and boson degrees of freedom remain unchanged but analytic continuation in the number of dimensions is bypassed. Thus, the technique is equally viable in component and in superfield formalisms, and all anomalies are realized. The origin of the chiral anomaly is that no choice of q satisfies both gauge and chiral Ward identities simultaneously.

  13. On Newton-Cartan local renormalization group and anomalies

    CERN Document Server

    Auzzi, Roberto; Filippini, Francesco; Nardelli, Giuseppe

    2016-01-01

    Weyl consistency conditions are a powerful tool to study the irreversibility properties of the renormalization group. We apply this formalism to non-relativistic theories in 2 spatial dimensions with boost invariance and dynamical exponent z=2. Different possibilities are explored, depending on the structure of the gravitational background used as a source for the energy-momentum tensor.

  14. Rota-Baxter algebras and the Hopf algebra of renormalization

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Ebrahimi-Fard, K.

    2006-06-15

    Recently, the theory of renormalization in perturbative quantum field theory underwent some exciting new developments. Kreimer discovered an organization of Feynman graphs into combinatorial Hopf algebras. The process of renormalization is captured by a factorization theorem for regularized Hopf algebra characters. Hereby the notion of Rota-Baxter algebras enters the scene. In this work we develop in detail several mathematical aspects of Rota-Baxter algebras as they appear also in other sectors closely related to perturbative renormalization, to wit, for instance multiple-zeta-values and matrix differential equations. The Rota-Baxter picture enables us to present the algebraic underpinning for the Connes-Kreimer Birkhoff decomposition in a concise way. This is achieved by establishing a general factorization theorem for filtered algebras. Which in turn follows from a new recursion formula based on the Baker-Campbell-Hausdorff formula. This allows us to generalize a classical result due to Spitzer to non-commutative Rota-Baxter algebras. The Baker-Campbell-Hausdorff based recursion turns out to be a generalization of Magnus' expansion in numerical analysis to generalized integration operators. We will exemplify these general results by establishing a simple representation of the combinatorics of renormalization in terms of triangular matrices. We thereby recover in the presence of a Rota-Baxter operator the matrix representation of the Birkhoff decomposition of Connes and Kreimer. (orig.)

  15. Structure of Exact Renormalization Group Equations for field theory

    CERN Document Server

    Bervillier, C

    2014-01-01

    It is shown that exact renormalization group (RG) equations (including rescaling and field-renormalization) for respectively the scale-dependent full action $S[\\phi,t]$ and the scale-dependent full effective action $\\Gamma[\\Phi,t]$ --in which $t$ is the "RG-time" defined as the logarithm of a running momentum scale-- may be linked together by a Legendre transformation as simple as $\\Gamma[\\Phi,t] -S[\\phi,t] + \\phi \\cdot \\Phi=0$, with $\\Phi(x) =\\delta S[\\phi] /\\delta \\phi(x) $ (resp. $\\phi(x) =-\\delta \\Gamma [\\Phi]/\\delta \\Phi(x) $), where $\\phi$ and $\\Phi$ are dimensionless-renormalized quantities. This result, in which any explicit reference to a "cutoff procedure" is absent, makes sense in the framework of field theory. It may be compared to the dimensional regularization of the perturbative field theory, in which the running momentum scale is a pure scale of reference and not a momentum cutoff. It is built from the Wilson historic first exact RG equation in which the field-renormalization step is realized ...

  16. Renormalization group flows in gauge-gravity duality

    CERN Document Server

    Murugan, Arvind

    2016-01-01

    This is a copy of the 2009 Princeton University thesis which examined various aspects of gauge/gravity duality, including renormalization group flows, phase transitions of the holographic entanglement entropy, and instabilities associated with the breaking of supersymmetry. Chapter 5 contains new unpublished material on various instabilities of the weakly curved non-supersymmetric $AdS_4$ backgrounds of M-theory.

  17. Renormalized Polyakov loop in the Fixed Scale Approach

    OpenAIRE

    Gavai, Rajiv V.

    2010-01-01

    I compute the deconfinement order parameter for the SU(2) lattice gauge theory, the Polyakov loop, using the fixed scale approach for two different scales and show how one can obtain a physical, renormalized, order parameter. The generalization to other gauge theories, including quenched or full QCD, is straightforward.

  18. Rota-Baxter algebras and the Hopf algebra of renormalization

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Recently, the theory of renormalization in perturbative quantum field theory underwent some exciting new developments. Kreimer discovered an organization of Feynman graphs into combinatorial Hopf algebras. The process of renormalization is captured by a factorization theorem for regularized Hopf algebra characters. Hereby the notion of Rota-Baxter algebras enters the scene. In this work we develop in detail several mathematical aspects of Rota-Baxter algebras as they appear also in other sectors closely related to perturbative renormalization, to wit, for instance multiple-zeta-values and matrix differential equations. The Rota-Baxter picture enables us to present the algebraic underpinning for the Connes-Kreimer Birkhoff decomposition in a concise way. This is achieved by establishing a general factorization theorem for filtered algebras. Which in turn follows from a new recursion formula based on the Baker-Campbell-Hausdorff formula. This allows us to generalize a classical result due to Spitzer to non-commutative Rota-Baxter algebras. The Baker-Campbell-Hausdorff based recursion turns out to be a generalization of Magnus' expansion in numerical analysis to generalized integration operators. We will exemplify these general results by establishing a simple representation of the combinatorics of renormalization in terms of triangular matrices. We thereby recover in the presence of a Rota-Baxter operator the matrix representation of the Birkhoff decomposition of Connes and Kreimer. (orig.)

  19. Renormalization group trajectories from resonance factorized S-matrices

    OpenAIRE

    Martins, Marcio J.

    1992-01-01

    We propose and investigate a large class of models possessing resonance factorized S-matrices. The associated Casimir energy describes a rich pattern of renormalization group trajectories related to flows in the coset models based on the simply laced Lie Algebras. From a simplest resonance S-matrix, satisfying the ``$\\phi^3$-property'', we predict new flows in non-unitary minimal models.

  20. Renorms and topological linear contractions on Hilbert spaces

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    施茂祥; 谭炳均; 陈国强

    1999-01-01

    Properties of and the relationships between (topological) proper contractions, (topological) strict contractions and (topological) contractions are investigated, Explicit renorms are constructed so that all operators in a (finite or countable) family or a semigroup simultaneously become proper contractions or strict contractions. Some results are obtained for operator weighted shifts or operator weighted continuous shifts to be topological strict contractions.

  1. Quantum Probability, Renormalization and Infinite-Dimensional *-Lie Algebras

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Luigi Accardi

    2009-05-01

    Full Text Available The present paper reviews some intriguing connections which link together a new renormalization technique, the theory of *-representations of infinite dimensional *-Lie algebras, quantum probability, white noise and stochastic calculus and the theory of classical and quantum infinitely divisible processes.

  2. Renormalized transport equations for the bistable potential model

    Science.gov (United States)

    Weidlich, Wolfgang; Grabert, Hermann

    1980-09-01

    Renormalized transport equations for general Fokker-Planck systems are derived and applied to the bistable potential model. The exact equation for the expectation value t can be evaluated in both domains ∈ x ± and ∈ D 0 outside and between the potential minima, leading to drastic differences of the dynamics prevailing in D ± and D 0, respectively.

  3. Wave function renormalization in heavy baryon chiral perturbation theory

    CERN Document Server

    Ecker, G

    1998-01-01

    We establish exact relations between relativistic form factors and amplitudes for single-baryon processes and the corresponding quantities calculated in the framework of heavy baryon chiral perturbation theory. A crucial ingredient for the proper matching is the first complete treatment of baryon wave function renormalization in heavy baryon chiral perturbation theory.

  4. Systematic renormalization of the effective theory of Large Scale Structure

    Science.gov (United States)

    Akbar Abolhasani, Ali; Mirbabayi, Mehrdad; Pajer, Enrico

    2016-05-01

    A perturbative description of Large Scale Structure is a cornerstone of our understanding of the observed distribution of matter in the universe. Renormalization is an essential and defining step to make this description physical and predictive. Here we introduce a systematic renormalization procedure, which neatly associates counterterms to the UV-sensitive diagrams order by order, as it is commonly done in quantum field theory. As a concrete example, we renormalize the one-loop power spectrum and bispectrum of both density and velocity. In addition, we present a series of results that are valid to all orders in perturbation theory. First, we show that while systematic renormalization requires temporally non-local counterterms, in practice one can use an equivalent basis made of local operators. We give an explicit prescription to generate all counterterms allowed by the symmetries. Second, we present a formal proof of the well-known general argument that the contribution of short distance perturbations to large scale density contrast δ and momentum density π(k) scale as k2 and k, respectively. Third, we demonstrate that the common practice of introducing counterterms only in the Euler equation when one is interested in correlators of δ is indeed valid to all orders.

  5. Renormalization-scheme-independent perturbation theory by resumming logarithms

    OpenAIRE

    Dams, C.J.F.; Kleiss, R. H. P.

    2005-01-01

    Results of perturbation theory in quantum field theory generally depend on the renormalization scheme that is in use. In particular, they depend on the scale. We try to make perturbation theory scheme invariant by re-expanding with respect to a scheme invariant quantity. Furthermore, we investigate whether the potentially large logarithms in such an expansion cause inaccuracy and how this can be improved.

  6. A simple perturbative renormalization scheme for supersymmetric gauge theories

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    We show that the manifestly supersymmetric and gauge-invariant results of Supersymmetric Dimensional renormalization (SDR) are reproduceable through a simple, and mathematically consistent perturbative renormalization technique, where regularization is attained via a map that deforms the momentum space Feynman integrands in a specific way. In particular, it introduces a multiplicative factor of [(p+q)/δ]-delta in each momentum-space loop integral, where p is the magnitude of the loop momentum, q is an arbitrary constant to be chosen as will be explained, thus compensating for loss of translation invariance in p, #betta# is a renormalization mass, and delta is a suitable non-integer: the analog of epsilon in dimensional schemes. All Dirac algebra and integration are four-dimensional, and renormalization is achieved by subtracting poles in delta, followed by setting delta->O. The mathematical inconsistencies of SDR are evaded by construction, since the numbers of fermion and boson degrees of freedom remain unchanged but analytic continuation in the number of dimensions is bypassed. Thus, the technique is equally viable in component and in superfield formalisms, and all anomalies are realized. The origin of the chiral anomaly is that no choice of q satisfies both gauge and chiral Ward identities simultaneously. (orig.)

  7. Non-perturbative Renormalization of Bilinear Operators with Improved Staggered Quarks

    CERN Document Server

    Kim, Jangho; Lee, Weonjong; Yoon, Boram

    2013-01-01

    We present renormalization factors for the bilinear operators obtained using the non-perturbative renormalization method (NPR) in the RI-MOM scheme with improved staggered fermions on the MILC asqtad lattices ($N_f = 2+1$). We use the MILC coarse ensembles with $20^3 \\times 64$ geometry and $am_{\\ell}/am_s = 0.01/0.05$. We obtain the wave function renormalization factor $Z_q$ from the conserved vector current and the mass renormalization factor $Z_m$ from the scalar bilinear operator. We also present preliminary results of renormalization factors for other bilinear operators.

  8. Renormalization-Group-Improved Effective Potential for the MSSM Higgs Sector with Explicit CP Violation

    CERN Document Server

    Carena, M S; Pilaftsis, Apostolos; Wagner, C E M

    2000-01-01

    We perform a systematic study of the one-loop renormalization-group-improved effective potential of the minimal supersymmetric extension of the Standard Model (MSSM), including CP violation induced radiatively by soft trilinear interactions related to squarks of the third generation. We calculate the charged and neutral Higgs-boson masses and couplings, including the two-loop logarithmic corrections that arise from QCD effects, as well as those associated with the top- and bottom-quark Yukawa couplings. We also include the potentially large two-loop non-logarithmic corrections induced by one-loop threshold effects on the top- and bottom-quark Yukawa couplings, due to the decoupling of the third-generation squarks. Within this minimal CP-violating framework, the charged and neutral Higgs sectors become intimately related to one another and therefore require a unified treatment. In the limit of a large charged Higgs-boson mass, $M_{H^{\\pm}} \\gg M_Z$, the lightest neutral Higgs boson resembles that in the Standa...

  9. Anisotropic square lattice Potts ferromagnet: renormalization group treatment

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    The choice of a convenient self-dual cell within a real space renormalization group framework enables a satisfactory treatment of the anisotropic square lattice q-state Potts ferromagnet criticality. The exact critical frontier and dimensionality crossover exponent PHI as well as the expected universality behaviour (renormalization flow sense) are recovered for any linear scaling factor b and all values of q(q -< 4). The b = 2 and b = 3 approximate correlation lenght critical exponent ν is calculated for all values of q and compared with den Nijs conjecture. The same calculation is performed, for all values of b, for the exponent ν(d=1) associated to the one-dimensional limit and the exact result ν (d=1) = 1 is recovered in the limit b → infinite. (Author)

  10. Topologically twisted renormalization group flow and its holographic dual

    CERN Document Server

    Nakayama, Yu

    2016-01-01

    Euclidean field theories admit more general deformations than usually discussed in quantum field theories because of mixing between rotational symmetry and internal symmetry (a.k.a topological twist). Such deformations may be relevant, and if the subsequent renormalization group flow leads to a non-trivial fixed point, it generically gives rise to a scale invariant Euclidean field theory without conformal invariance. Motivated by an ansatz studied in cosmological models some time ago, we develop a holographic dual description of such renormalization group flows in the context of AdS/CFT. We argue that the non-trivial fixed points require fine-tuning of the bulk theory in general, but remarkably we find that the $O(3)$ Yang-Mills theory coupled with the four-dimensional Einstein gravity in the minimal manner supports such a background with the Euclidean AdS metric.

  11. More on the renormalization group limit cycle in QCD

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Evgeny Epelbaum; Hans-Werner Hammer; Ulf-G. Meissner; Andreas Nogga

    2006-02-26

    We present a detailed study of the recently conjectured infrared renormalization group limit cycle in QCD using chiral effective field theory. We show that small increases in the up and down quark masses, corresponding to a pion mass around 200 MeV, can move QCD to the critical renormalization group trajectory for an infrared limit cycle in the three-nucleon system. At the critical values of the quark masses, the binding energies of the deuteron and its spin-singlet partner are tuned to zero and the triton has infinitely many excited states with an accumulation point at the three-nucleon threshold. At next-to-leading order in the chiral counting, we find three parameter sets where this effect occurs. For one of them, we study the structure of the three-nucleon system using both chiral and contact effective field theories in detail. Furthermore, we calculate the influence of the limit cycle on scattering observables.

  12. One Loop Mass Renormalization of Unstable Particles in Superstring Theory

    CERN Document Server

    Sen, Ashoke

    2016-01-01

    Most of the massive states in superstring theory are expected to undergo mass renormalization at one loop order. Typically these corrections should contain imaginary parts, indicating that the states are unstable against decay into lighter particles. However in such cases, direct computation of the renormalized mass using superstring perturbation theory yields divergent result. Previous approaches to this problem involve various analytic continuation techniques, or deforming the integral over the moduli space of the torus with two punctures into the complexified moduli space near the boundary. In this paper we use insights from string field theory to describe a different approach that gives manifestly finite result for the mass shift satisfying unitarity relations. The procedure is applicable to all states of (compactified) type II and heterotic string theories. We illustrate this by computing the one loop correction to the mass of the first massive state on the leading Regge trajectory in SO(32) heterotic st...

  13. Renormalization group approach to causal bulk viscous cosmological models

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    The renormalization group method is applied to the study of homogeneous and flat Friedmann-Robertson-Walker type universes, filled with a causal bulk viscous cosmological fluid. The starting point of the study is the consideration of the scaling properties of the gravitational field equations, the causal evolution equation of the bulk viscous pressure and the equations of state. The requirement of scale invariance imposes strong constraints on the temporal evolution of the bulk viscosity coefficient, temperature and relaxation time, thus leading to the possibility of obtaining the bulk viscosity coefficient-energy density dependence. For a cosmological model with bulk viscosity coefficient proportional to the Hubble parameter, we perform the analysis of the renormalization group flow around the scale-invariant fixed point, thereby obtaining the long-time behaviour of the scale factor

  14. On the S-matrix renormalization in effective theories

    CERN Document Server

    Semenov-Tian-Shansky, K; Vereshagin, V

    2005-01-01

    This is the 5-th paper in the series devoted to explicit formulating of the rules needed to manage an effective field theory of strong interactions in S-matrix sector. We discuss the principles of constructing the meaningful perturbation series and formulate two basic ones: uniformity and summability. Relying on these principles one obtains the bootstrap conditions which restrict the allowed values of the physical (observable) parameters appearing in the extended perturbation scheme built for a given localizable effective theory. The renormalization prescriptions needed to fix the finite parts of counterterms in such a scheme can be divided into two subsets: minimal -- needed to fix the S-matrix, and non-minimal -- for eventual calculation of Green functions; in this paper we consider only the minimal one. In particular, it is shown that in theories with the amplitudes which asymptotic behavior is governed by known Regge intercepts, the system of independent renormalization conditions only contains those fixi...

  15. Ghost wavefunction renormalization in asymptotically safe quantum gravity

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Groh, Kai; Saueressig, Frank, E-mail: kgroh@thep.physik.uni-mainz.d, E-mail: saueressig@thep.physik.uni-mainz.d [Institute of Physics, University of Mainz, Staudingerweg 7, D-55099 Mainz (Germany)

    2010-09-10

    Motivated by Weinberg's asymptotic safety scenario, we investigate the gravitational renormalization group flow in the Einstein-Hilbert truncation supplemented by the wavefunction renormalization of the ghost fields. The latter induces non-trivial corrections to the {beta}-functions for Newton's constant and the cosmological constant. The resulting ghost-improved phase diagram is investigated in detail. In particular, we find a non-trivial ultraviolet fixed point, in agreement with the asymptotic safety conjecture which also survives in the presence of extra dimensions. In four dimensions the ghost anomalous dimension at the fixed point is {eta}*{sub c} = -1.8, supporting spacetime being effectively two dimensional at short distances.

  16. On the renormalization of non-commutative field theories

    Science.gov (United States)

    Blaschke, Daniel N.; Garschall, Thomas; Gieres, François; Heindl, Franz; Schweda, Manfred; Wohlgenannt, Michael

    2013-01-01

    This paper addresses three topics concerning the quantization of non-commutative field theories (as defined in terms of the Moyal star product involving a constant tensor describing the non-commutativity of coordinates in Euclidean space). To start with, we discuss the Quantum Action Principle and provide evidence for its validity for non-commutative quantum field theories by showing that the equation of motion considered as insertion in the generating functional Z c [ j] of connected Green functions makes sense (at least at one-loop level). Second, we consider the generalization of the BPHZ renormalization scheme to non-commutative field theories and apply it to the case of a self-interacting real scalar field: Explicit computations are performed at one-loop order and the generalization to higher loops is commented upon. Finally, we discuss the renormalizability of various models for a self-interacting complex scalar field by using the approach of algebraic renormalization.

  17. E-cigarette Marketing and Older Smokers: Road to Renormalization

    Science.gov (United States)

    Cataldo, Janine K.; Petersen, Anne Berit; Hunter, Mary; Wang, Julie; Sheon, Nicolas

    2015-01-01

    Objectives To describe older smokers’ perceptions of risks and use of e-cigarettes, and their responses to marketing and knowledge of, and opinions about, regulation of e-cigarettes. Methods Eight 90-minute focus groups with 8 to 9 participants met in urban and suburban California to discuss topics related to cigarettes and alternative tobacco products. Results Older adults are using e-cigarettes for cessation and as a way to circumvent no-smoking policies; they have false perceptions about the effectiveness and safety of e-cigarettes. They perceive e-cigarette marketing as a way to renormalize smoking. Conclusions To stem the current epidemic of nicotine addiction, the FDA must take immediate action because e-cigarette advertising promotes dual use and may contribute to the renormalization of smoking. PMID:25741681

  18. Rapidity renormalized TMD soft and beam functions at two loops

    CERN Document Server

    Luebbert, Thomas; Stahlhofen, Maximilian

    2016-01-01

    We compute the transverse momentum dependent (TMD) soft function for the production of a color-neutral final state at the LHC within the rapidity renormalization group (RRG) framework to next-to-next-to-leading order (NNLO). We use this result to extract the universal renormalized TMD beam functions (aka TMDPDFs) in the same scheme and at the same order from known results in another scheme. We derive recurrence relations for the logarithmic structure of the soft and beam functions, which we use to cross check our calculation. We also explicitly confirm the non-Abelian exponentiation of the TMD soft function in the RRG framework at two loops. Our results provide the ingredients for resummed predictions of pT-differential cross sections at NNLL' in the RRG formalism. The RRG provides a systematic framework to resum large (rapidity) logarithms through (R)RG evolution and assess the associated perturbative uncertainties.

  19. Rapidity renormalized TMD soft and beam functions at two loops

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lübbert, Thomas; Oredsson, Joel; Stahlhofen, Maximilian

    2016-03-01

    We compute the transverse momentum dependent (TMD) soft function for the production of a color-neutral final state at the LHC within the rapidity renormalization group (RRG) framework to next-to-next-to-leading order (NNLO). We use this result to extract the universal renormalized TMD beam functions (aka TMDPDFs) in the same scheme and at the same order from known results in another scheme. We derive recurrence relations for the logarithmic structure of the soft and beam functions, which we use to cross check our calculation. We also explicitly confirm the non-Abelian exponentiation of the TMD soft function in the RRG framework at two loops. Our results provide the ingredients for resummed predictions of p ⊥-differential cross sections at NNLL' in the RRG formalism. The RRG provides a systematic framework to resum large (rapidity) logarithms through (R)RG evolution and assess the associated perturbative uncertainties.

  20. BOOK REVIEW: Renormalization Methods---A Guide For Beginners

    Science.gov (United States)

    Cardy, J.

    2004-05-01

    The stated goal of this book is to fill a perceived gap between undergraduate texts on critical phenomena and advanced texts on quantum field theory, in the general area of renormalization methods. It is debatable whether this gap really exists nowadays, as a number of books have appeared in which it is made clear that field-theoretic renormalization group methods are not the preserve of particle theory, and indeed are far more easily appreciated in the contexts of statistical and condensed matter physics. Nevertheless, this volume does have a fresh aspect to it, perhaps because of the author's background in fluid dynamics and turbulence theory, rather than through the more traditional migration from particle physics. The book begins at a very elementary level, in an effort to motivate the use of renormalization methods. This is a worthy effort, but it is likely that most of this section will be thought too elementary by readers wanting to get their teeth into the subject, while those for whom this section is apparently written are likely to find the later chapters rather challenging. The author's particular approach then leads him to emphasise the role of renormalized perturbation theory (rather than the renormalization group) in a number of problems, including non-linear systems and turbulence. Some of these ideas will be novel and perhaps even surprising to traditionally trained field theorists. Most of the rest of the book is on far more familiar territory: the momentum-space renormalization group, epsilon-expansion, and so on. This is standard stuff, and, like many other textbooks, it takes a considerable chunk of the book to explain all the formalism. As a result, there is only space to discuss the standard phi4 field theory as applied to the Ising model (even the N-vector model is not covered) so that no impression is conveyed of the power and extent of all the applications and generalizations of the techniques. It is regrettable that so much space is spent

  1. Rapidity renormalized TMD soft and beam functions at two loops

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Luebbert, Thomas [Hamburg Univ. (Germany). 2. Inst. fuer Theoretische Physik; Oredsson, Joel [DESY, Hamburg (Germany). Theory Group; Lund Univ. (Sweden). Dept. of Astronomy and Theoretical Physics; Stahlhofen, Maximilian [DESY, Hamburg (Germany). Theory Group; Mainz Univ. (Germany). PRISMA Cluster of Excellence

    2016-03-15

    We compute the transverse momentum dependent (TMD) soft function for the production of a color-neutral final state at the LHC within the rapidity renormalization group (RRG) framework to next-to-next-to-leading order (NNLO). We use this result to extract the universal renormalized TMD beam functions (aka TMDPDFs) in the same scheme and at the same order from known results in another scheme. We derive recurrence relations for the logarithmic structure of the soft and beam functions, which we use to cross check our calculation. We also explicitly confirm the non-Abelian exponentiation of the TMD soft function in the RRG framework at two loops. Our results provide the ingredients for resummed predictions of p {sub perpendicular} {sub to} -differential cross sections at NNLL' in the RRG formalism. The RRG provides a systematic framework to resum large (rapidity) logarithms through (R)RG evolution and assess the associated perturbative uncertainties.

  2. Computing the effective action with the functional renormalization group

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Codello, Alessandro [CP3-Origins and the Danish IAS University of Southern Denmark, Odense (Denmark); Percacci, Roberto [SISSA, Trieste (Italy); INFN, Sezione di Trieste, Trieste (Italy); Rachwal, Leslaw [Fudan University, Department of Physics, Center for Field Theory and Particle Physics, Shanghai (China); Tonero, Alberto [ICTP-SAIFR and IFT, Sao Paulo (Brazil)

    2016-04-15

    The ''exact'' or ''functional'' renormalization group equation describes the renormalization group flow of the effective average action Γ{sub k}. The ordinary effective action Γ{sub 0} can be obtained by integrating the flow equation from an ultraviolet scale k = Λ down to k = 0. We give several examples of such calculations at one-loop, both in renormalizable and in effective field theories. We reproduce the four-point scattering amplitude in the case of a real scalar field theory with quartic potential and in the case of the pion chiral Lagrangian. In the case of gauge theories, we reproduce the vacuum polarization of QED and of Yang-Mills theory. We also compute the two-point functions for scalars and gravitons in the effective field theory of scalar fields minimally coupled to gravity. (orig.)

  3. Volume Dependence of the Axial Charge of the Nucleon

    OpenAIRE

    Hall, N. L.; Thomas, A. W.; Young, R.D.(ARC Centre of Excellence for Particle Physics at the Terascale and CSSM, School of Chemistry and Physics, University of Adelaide, Adelaide, SA 5005, Australia); Zanotti, J. M.

    2012-01-01

    It is shown that the strong volume-dependence of the axial charge of the nucleon seen in lattice QCD calculations can be understood quantitatively in terms of the pion-induced interactions between neighbouring nucleons. The associated wave function renormalization leads to an increased suppression of the axial charge as the strength of the interaction increases, either because of a decrease in lattice size or in pion mass.

  4. CHARGE AND SPIN GAPS IN THE DIMERIZED HUBBARD MODEL

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Ding Guo-hui; Ye Fei; Xu bo-wei

    2000-01-01

    By using the bosonization and renormalization group methods, we have studied the low energy physical properties in the one-dimensional dimerized Hubbardmodel. The formation of charge and spin gaps is investigated both for thehalf-filled electron band and away from the half-filled band. The scaling lawsof the charge and spin gaps with the dimerization parameterand the repulsiveinteraction strength U are obtained.

  5. Lattice renormalization of the static quark derivative operator

    CERN Document Server

    Blossier, B; Morénas, V; Pène, O

    2006-01-01

    We give the analytical expressions and numerical values of radiative corrections to the covariant derivative operator on the static quark line, used for the lattice calculation of the Isgur-Wise form factors $\\tau_{1/2}(1)$ and $\\tau_{3/2}(1)$. Those corrections induce an enhancement of renormalized quantities if an hypercubic blocking is applied to the Wilson line, whereas there is a reduction without such a blocking.

  6. Renormalized Thermodynamic Entropy of Black Holes in Higher Dimensions

    OpenAIRE

    Kim, Sang Pyo; Kim, Sung Ku; Soh, Kwang-Sup; Yee, Jae Hyung

    1996-01-01

    We study the ultraviolet divergent structures of the matter (scalar) field in a higher D-dimensional Reissner-Nordstr\\"{o}m black hole and compute the matter field contribution to the Bekenstein-Hawking entropy by using the Pauli-Villars regularization method. We find that the matter field contribution to the black hole entropy does not, in general, yield the correct renormalization of the gravitational coupling constants. In particular we show that the matter field contribution in odd dimens...

  7. The density matrix renormalization group for ab initio quantum chemistry

    OpenAIRE

    Wouters, Sebastian

    2015-01-01

    During the past 15 years, the density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) has become increasingly important for ab initio quantum chemistry. It is used as a numerically exact solver for highly correlated regions in molecules. While the method works extremely well for one-dimensional systems, the correlated regions of interest are often far from one-dimensional. In this introductory talk, I will discuss the DMRG algorithm from a quantum information perspective, how quantum information theory h...

  8. Renormalization of 3d quantum gravity from matrix models

    CERN Document Server

    Ambjørn, Jan; Loll, R

    2004-01-01

    Lorentzian simplicial quantum gravity is a non-perturbatively defined theory of quantum gravity which predicts a positive cosmological constant. Since the approach is based on a sum over space-time histories, it is perturbatively non-renormalizable even in three dimensions. By mapping the three-dimensional theory to a two-matrix model with ABAB interaction we show that both the cosmological and the (perturbatively) non-renormalizable gravitational coupling constant undergo additive renormalizations consistent with canonical quantization.

  9. A Novel Formulation of Cabibbo-Kobayashi-Maskawa Matrix Renormalization

    CERN Document Server

    Kniehl, Bernd A

    2009-01-01

    We present a gauge-independent quark mass counterterm for the on-shell renormalization of the Cabibbo-Kobayashi-Maskawa (CKM) matrix in the Standard Model that is directly expressed in terms of the Lorentz-invariant self-energy functions, and automatically satisfies the hermiticity constraints of the mass matrix. It is very convenient for practical applications and leads to a gauge-independent CKM counterterm matrix that preserves unitarity and satisfies other highly desirable theoretical properties, such as flavor democracy.

  10. Renormalization Group Analysis of Weakly Rotating Turbulent Flows

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    王晓宏; 周全

    2011-01-01

    Dynamic renormalization group (RNG) analysis is applied to the investigation of the behavior of the infrared limits of weakly rotating turbulence. For turbulent How subject to weak rotation, the anisotropic part in the renormalized propagation is considered to be a perturbation of the isotropic part. Then, with a low-order approximation, the coarsening procedure of RNG transformation is performed. After implementing the coarsening and rescaling procedures, the RNG analysis suggests that the spherically averaged energy spectrum has the scaling behavior E(k) ∝ k11/5 for weakly rotating turbulence. It is also shown that the Coriolis force will disturb the stability of the Kolmogorov -5/3 energy spectrum and will change the scaling behavior even in the case of weak rotation.%Dynamic renormalization group(RNG)analysis is applied to the investigation of the behavior of the infrared limits of weakly rotating turbulence.For turbulent flow subject to weak rotation,the anisotropic part in the renormalized propagation is considered to be a perturbation of the isotropic part.Then,with a low-order approximation,the coarsening procedure of RNG transformation is performed.After implementing the coarsening and rescaling procedures,the RNG analysis suggests that the spherically averaged energy spectrum has the scaling behavior E(k)∝ k-11/5 for weakly rotating turbulence.It is also shown that the Coriolis force will disturb the stability of the Kolmogorov-5/3 energy spectrum and will change the scaling behavior even in the case of weak rotation.

  11. A novel formulation of Cabibbo-Kobayashi-Maskawa matrix renormalization

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kniehl, Bernd A.; Sirlin, Alberto

    2009-03-01

    We present a gauge-independent quark mass counterterm for the on-shell renormalization of the Cabibbo-Kobayashi-Maskawa (CKM) matrix in the Standard Model that is directly expressed in terms of the Lorentz-invariant self-energy functions, and automatically satisfies the hermiticity constraints of the mass matrix. It is very convenient for practical applications and leads to a gauge-independent CKM counterterm matrix that preserves unitarity and satisfies other highly desirable theoretical properties, such as flavor democracy.

  12. A Novel Formulation of Cabibbo-Kobayashi-Maskawa Matrix Renormalization

    OpenAIRE

    Kniehl, Bernd A.; Sirlin, Alberto

    2008-01-01

    We present a gauge-independent quark mass counterterm for the on-shell renormalization of the Cabibbo-Kobayashi-Maskawa (CKM) matrix in the Standard Model that is directly expressed in terms of the Lorentz-invariant self-energy functions, and automatically satisfies the hermiticity constraints of the mass matrix. It is very convenient for practical applications and leads to a gauge-independent CKM counterterm matrix that preserves unitarity and satisfies other highly desirable theoretical pro...

  13. Matrix Representation of Renormalization in Perturbative Quantum Field Theory

    OpenAIRE

    Ebrahimi-Fard, K.; Guo, L.

    2005-01-01

    We formulate the Hopf algebraic approach of Connes and Kreimer to renormalization in perturbative quantum field theory using triangular matrix representation. We give a Rota-Baxter anti-homomorphism from general regularized functionals on the Feynman graph Hopf algebra to triangular matrices with entries in a Rota-Baxter algebra. For characters mapping to the group of unipotent triangular matrices we derive the algebraic Birkhoff decomposition for matrices using Spitzer's identity. This simpl...

  14. A Comment on the Renormalization of the Nonlinear Sigma Model

    CERN Document Server

    Bettinelli, D; Quadri, A; Bettinelli, Daniele; Ferrari, Ruggero; Quadri, Andrea

    2007-01-01

    We consider the recently proposed renormalization procedure for the nonlinear sigma model, consisting in the recursive subtraction of the divergences in a symmetric fashion. We compare this subtraction with the conventional procedure in power counting renormalizable (PCR) theories. We argue that symmetric subtraction in the nonlinear sigma model does not follow the lore by which nonrenormalizable theories require an infinite number of parameter fixings. Our conclusion is that only two parameters can be consistently used as physical constants.

  15. Renormalization-group calculation of excitation properties for impurity models

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yoshida, M.; Whitaker, M. A.; Oliveira, L. N.

    1990-05-01

    The renormalization-group method developed by Wilson to calculate thermodynamical properties of dilute magnetic alloys is generalized to allow the calculation of dynamical properties of many-body impurity Hamiltonians. As a simple illustration, the impurity spectral density for the resonant-level model (i.e., the U=0 Anderson model) is computed. As a second illustration, for the same model, the longitudinal relaxation rate for a nuclear spin coupled to the impurity is calculated as a function of temperature.

  16. Renormalization group analysis of the small-world network model

    OpenAIRE

    Newman, M. E. J.; Watts, D. J.

    1999-01-01

    We study the small-world network model, which mimics the transition between regular-lattice and random-lattice behavior in social networks of increasing size. We contend that the model displays a normal continuous phase transition with a divergent correlation length as the degree of randomness tends to zero. We propose a real-space renormalization group transformation for the model and demonstrate that the transformation is exact in the limit of large system size. We use this result to calcul...

  17. Renormalization of the Spin-dependent WIMP scattering off nuclei

    CERN Document Server

    Divari, P C

    2013-01-01

    We study the amplitude for the spin-dependent WIMP scattering off nuclei by including the leading long-range two-body currents in the most important isovector contribution. We show that such effects are essentially independent of the target nucleus and, as a result, they can be treated as a mere renormalization of the effective nucleon cross section or, equivalently, of the corresponding effective coupling with values around 25%.

  18. Renormalization group analysis of the gluon mass equation

    Science.gov (United States)

    Aguilar, A. C.; Binosi, D.; Papavassiliou, J.

    2014-04-01

    We carry out a systematic study of the renormalization properties of the integral equation that determines the momentum evolution of the effective gluon mass in pure Yang-Mills theory, without quark effects taken into account. A detailed, all-order analysis of the complete kernel appearing in this particular equation, derived in the Landau gauge, reveals that the renormalization procedure may be accomplished through the sole use of ingredients known from the standard perturbative treatment of the theory, with no additional assumptions. However, the subtle interplay of terms operating at the level of the exact equation gets distorted by the approximations usually employed when evaluating the aforementioned kernel. This fact is reflected in the form of the obtained solutions, for which the deviations from the correct behavior are best quantified by resorting to appropriately defined renormalization-group invariant quantities. This analysis, in turn, provides a solid guiding principle for improving the form of the kernel, and furnishes a well-defined criterion for discriminating between various possibilities. Certain renormalization-group inspired Ansätze for the kernel are then proposed, and their numerical implications are explored in detail. One of the solutions obtained fulfills the theoretical expectations to a high degree of accuracy, yielding a gluon mass that is positive definite throughout the entire range of physical momenta, and displays in the ultraviolet the so-called "power-law" running, in agreement with standard arguments based on the operator product expansion. Some of the technical difficulties thwarting a more rigorous determination of the kernel are discussed, and possible future directions are briefly mentioned.

  19. Subtractive Renormalization Group Invariance: Pionless EFT at NLO

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    We show some results concerning the renormalization group (RG) invariance of the nucleon-nucleon (NN) interaction in pionless effective field theory at next-to-leading order (NLO), using a non-relativistic Callan-Symanzik equation (NRCS) for the driving term of the Lippmann-Schwinger (LS) equation with three recursive subtractions. The phase-shifts obtained for the RG evolved potential are same as those for the original potential, apart from relative differences of order 10-15.

  20. Disordered systems and the functional renormalization group, a pedagogical introduction

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    In this article, we review basic facts about disordered systems, especially the existence of many metastable states and and the resulting failure of dimensional reduction. Besides techniques based on the Gaussian variational method and replica-symmetry breaking (RSB), the functional renormalization group (FRG) is the only general method capable of attacking strongly disordered systems. We explain the basic ideas of the latter method and why it is difficult to implement. We finally review current progress for elastic manifolds in disorder (Author)

  1. Operator Evolution via the Similarity Renormalization Group I: The Deuteron

    OpenAIRE

    Anderson, E. R.; Bogner, S. K.; Furnstahl, R. J.; Perry, R J

    2010-01-01

    Similarity Renormalization Group (SRG) flow equations can be used to unitarily soften nuclear Hamiltonians by decoupling high-energy intermediate state contributions to low-energy observables while maintaining the natural hierarchy of many-body forces. Analogous flow equations can be used to consistently evolve operators so that observables are unchanged if no approximations are made. The question in practice is whether the advantages of a softer Hamiltonian and less correlated wave functions...

  2. Renormalization of the singular attractive $1/r^4$ potential

    OpenAIRE

    Alberg, Mary; Bawin, Michel; Brau, Fabian

    2004-01-01

    We study the radial Schr\\"odinger equation for a particle of mass $m$ in the field of a singular attractive $g^2/{r^4}$ potential with particular emphasis on the bound states problem. Using the regularization method of Beane \\textit{et al.}, we solve analytically the corresponding ``renormalization group flow" equation. We find in agreement with previous studies that its solution exhibits a limit cycle behavior and has infinitely many branches. We show that a continuous choice for the solutio...

  3. Massive renormalization scheme and perturbation theory at finite temperature

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Blaizot, Jean-Paul, E-mail: jean-paul.blaizot@cea.fr [Institut de Physique Théorique, CNRS/URA2306, CEA-Saclay, 91191 Gif-sur-Yvette (France); Wschebor, Nicolás [Instituto de Fìsica, Faculdad de Ingeniería, Universidade de la República, 11000 Montevideo (Uruguay)

    2015-02-04

    We argue that the choice of an appropriate, massive, renormalization scheme can greatly improve the apparent convergence of perturbation theory at finite temperature. This is illustrated by the calculation of the pressure of a scalar field theory with quartic interactions, at 2-loop order. The result, almost identical to that obtained with more sophisticated resummation techniques, shows a remarkable stability as the coupling constant grows, in sharp contrast with standard perturbation theory.

  4. Power counting and Wilsonian renormalization in nuclear effective field theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Valderrama, Manuel Pavón

    2016-05-01

    Effective field theories are the most general tool for the description of low energy phenomena. They are universal and systematic: they can be formulated for any low energy systems we can think of and offer a clear guide on how to calculate predictions with reliable error estimates, a feature that is called power counting. These properties can be easily understood in Wilsonian renormalization, in which effective field theories are the low energy renormalization group evolution of a more fundamental — perhaps unknown or unsolvable — high energy theory. In nuclear physics they provide the possibility of a theoretically sound derivation of nuclear forces without having to solve quantum chromodynamics explicitly. However there is the problem of how to organize calculations within nuclear effective field theory: the traditional knowledge about power counting is perturbative but nuclear physics is not. Yet power counting can be derived in Wilsonian renormalization and there is already a fairly good understanding of how to apply these ideas to non-perturbative phenomena and in particular to nuclear physics. Here we review a few of these ideas, explain power counting in two-nucleon scattering and reactions with external probes and hint at how to extend the present analysis beyond the two-body problem.

  5. Renormalization of seesaw neutrino masses in the standard model with two-Higgs doublets

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

    N Nimai Singh; S Biramani Singh

    2000-02-01

    Using the theoretical ambiguities inherent in the seesaw mechanism, we derive the new analytic expressions for both quadratic and linear seesaw formulae for neutrino masses at low energies, with either up-type quark masses or charged lepton masses. This is possible through full radiative corrections arising out of the renormalizations of the Yukawa couplings, the coefficients of the neutrino-mass-operator in the standard model with two-Higgs doublets, and also the QCD–QED rescaling factors below the top-quark mass scale, at one-loop level. We also investigate numerically the unification of top-- Yukawa couplings at the scale =0.59× 108GeV for a fixed value of tan =58.77, and then evaluate the seesaw neutrino masses which are too large in magnitude to be compatible with the presently available solar and atmospheric neutrino oscillation data. However, if we consider a higher but arbitrary value of =0.59× 1011GeV, the predictions from linear seesaw formulae with charged lepton masses, can accommodate simultaneousely both solar atmospheric neutrino oscillation data.

  6. Influence of renormalization shielding on the electron-impact ionization process in dense partially ionized plasmas

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Song, Mi-Young; Yoon, Jung-Sik [Plasma Technology Research Center, National Fusion Research Institute, 814-2 Osikdo-Dong, Gunsan-City, Jeollabuk-Do 573-540 (Korea, Republic of); Jung, Young-Dae, E-mail: ydjung@hanyang.ac.kr [Department of Physics, Applied Physics, and Astronomy, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 110 8th Street, Troy, New York 12180-3590 (United States); Department of Applied Physics and Department of Bionanotechnology, Hanyang University, Ansan, Kyunggi-Do 426-791 (Korea, Republic of)

    2015-04-15

    The renormalization shielding effects on the electron-impact ionization of hydrogen atom are investigated in dense partially ionized plasmas. The effective projectile-target interaction Hamiltonian and the semiclassical trajectory method are employed to obtain the transition amplitude as well as the ionization probability as functions of the impact parameter, the collision energy, and the renormalization parameter. It is found that the renormalization shielding effect suppresses the transition amplitude for the electron-impact ionization process in dense partially ionized plasmas. It is also found that the renormalization effect suppresses the differential ionization cross section in the peak impact parameter region. In addition, it is found that the influence of renormalization shielding on the ionization cross section decreases with an increase of the relative collision energy. The variations of the renormalization shielding effects on the electron-impact ionization cross section are also discussed.

  7. Renormalization shielding effect on the electron-impact ionization process in dense partially ionized plasmas

    Science.gov (United States)

    Jung, Young-Dae

    2016-05-01

    The influence of renormalization shielding on the electron-impact ionization process is investigated in dense partially ionized plasmas. The effective projectile-target interaction Hamiltonian and the semiclassical trajectory method are employed to obtain the transition amplitude as well as the ionization probability as functions of the impact parameter, the collision energy, and the renormalization parameter. It is found that the renormalization shielding effect suppresses the transition amplitude for the electron-impact ionization process in dense partially ionized plasmas. It is also found that the renormalization effect suppresses the differential ionization cross section in the peak impact parameter region. In addition, it is found that the influence of renormalization shielding on the ionization cross section decreases with an increase of the relative collision energy. The variations of the renormalization shielding effects on the electron-impact ionization cross section are also discussed.

  8. Influence of renormalization shielding on the electron-impact ionization process in dense partially ionized plasmas

    Science.gov (United States)

    Song, Mi-Young; Yoon, Jung-Sik; Jung, Young-Dae

    2015-04-01

    The renormalization shielding effects on the electron-impact ionization of hydrogen atom are investigated in dense partially ionized plasmas. The effective projectile-target interaction Hamiltonian and the semiclassical trajectory method are employed to obtain the transition amplitude as well as the ionization probability as functions of the impact parameter, the collision energy, and the renormalization parameter. It is found that the renormalization shielding effect suppresses the transition amplitude for the electron-impact ionization process in dense partially ionized plasmas. It is also found that the renormalization effect suppresses the differential ionization cross section in the peak impact parameter region. In addition, it is found that the influence of renormalization shielding on the ionization cross section decreases with an increase of the relative collision energy. The variations of the renormalization shielding effects on the electron-impact ionization cross section are also discussed.

  9. Perturbative renormalization factors of quark operators for domain-wall QCD

    OpenAIRE

    Aoki, Sinya; Izubuchi, Taku; Noaki, Junichi; Kuramashi, Yoshinobu; Taniguchi, Yusuke

    1999-01-01

    We calculate one-loop renormalization factors of several quark operators including bilinear, three- and four-quark operator for domain-wall fermion action. Since Green functions are constructed for external physical quark fields, our renormalization method is simple and can be easily applied to calculation of any quark operators. Our results show that these renormalized quark operators preserve several chiral properties of continuum massless QCD, which can be understood by the property of ext...

  10. Quantization and renormalization of the manifest left-right symmetric model of electroweak interactions

    CERN Document Server

    Duka, P; Zralek, M

    2000-01-01

    Quantization and renormalization of the left-right symmetric model is the main purpose of the paper. First the model at tree level with a Higgs sector containing one bidoublet and two triplets is precisely discussed. Then the canonical quantization and Faddeev-Popov Lagrangian are carried out ('t Hooft gauge). The BRST symmetry is discussed. Subsequently the on mass shell renormalization is performed and, as a test of consistency, the renormalization of the ZNiNj vertex is analyzed.

  11. Nonperturbative renormalization of the Delta-S=1 weak Hamiltonian including the G_1 operator

    CERN Document Server

    McGlynn, Greg

    2016-01-01

    Under renormalization, physical operators can mix with operators which vanish by the equations of motion. Such operators cannot contribute to matrix elements between physical states, but they contribute to operator mixing in renormalization schemes which are defined at an off-shell momentum point, such as the popular regularization-invariant schemes. For the first time, we renormalize the lattice $\\Delta S=1$ effective weak Hamiltonian taking into account the most important such operator, $G_1 \\propto \\overline s \\gamma_\

  12. Renormalization of the iso-singlet scalar density in lattice QCD with Wilson quarks

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Due to the absence of an exact chiral symmetry in lattice QCD with Wilson fermions, the iso-singlet scalar density has to be renormalized both additively and multiplicatively. We propose to use chiral Ward identities between correlation functions derived from the Schroedinger functional to determine the relevant renormalization constants directly in the chiral limit. Although the method does not rely on perturbation theory, we here use it to determine the renormalization constants and to obtain an idea of the typical size of cutoff effects. Finally we comment on the prospects for a direct determination of the chiral condensate as expectation value of a renormalized scalar density

  13. Fine-tuning problem in renormalized perturbation theory: Spontaneously-broken gauge models

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Foda, O.E. (Purdue Univ., Lafayette, IN (USA). Dept. of Physics)

    1983-04-28

    We study the stability of tree-level gauge hierarchies at higher orders in renormalized perturbation theory, in a model with spontaneously-broken gauge symmetries. We confirm previous results indicating that if the model is renormalized using BPHZ, then the tree-level hierarchy is not upset by the radiative corrections. Consequently, no fine-tuning of the initial parameters is required to maintain it, in contrast to the result obtained using Dimensional Renormalization. This verifies the conclusion that the need for fine-tuning, when it arises, is an artifact of the application of a certain class of renormalization schemes.

  14. Dimensional Regularization in Position Space, and a Forest Formula for Epstein-Glaser Renormalization

    CERN Document Server

    Duetsch, Michael; Rejzner, Katarzyna

    2013-01-01

    We reformulate dimensional regularization as a regularization method in position space and show that it can be used to give a closed expression for the renormalized time-ordered products as solutions to the induction scheme of Epstein-Glaser. For scalar fields the resulting renormalization method is always applicable, we compute several examples. We also analyze the Hopf algebraic aspects of the combinatorics. Our starting point is the Main Theorem of Renormalization of Stora and Popineau and the arising renormalization group as originally defined by Stueckelberg and Petermann.

  15. The fine-tuning problem in renormalized perturbation theory: Spontaneously-broken gauge models

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    We study the stability of tree-level gauge hierarchies at higher orders in renormalized perturbation theory, in a model with spontaneously-broken gauge symmetries. We confirm previous results indicating that if the model is renormalized using BPHZ, then the tree-level hierarchy is not upset by the radiative corrections. Consequently, no fine-tuning of the initial parameters is required to maintain it, in contrast to the result obtained using Dimensional Renormalization. This verifies the conclusion that the need for fine-tuning, when it arises, is an artifact of the application of a certain class of renormalization schemes. (orig.)

  16. Renormalization of the chromomagnetic operator on the lattice

    Science.gov (United States)

    Constantinou, M.; Costa, M.; Frezzotti, R.; Lubicz, V.; Martinelli, G.; Meloni, D.; Panagopoulos, H.; Simula, S.; ETM Collaboration

    2015-08-01

    We present our study of the renormalization of the chromomagnetic operator, OCM , which appears in the effective Hamiltonian describing Δ S =1 transitions in and beyond the Standard Model. We have computed, perturbatively to one loop, the relevant Green's functions with two (quark-quark) and three (quark-quark-gluon) external fields, at nonzero quark masses, using both the lattice and dimensional regularizations. The perturbative computation on the lattice is carried out using the maximally twisted-mass action for the fermions, while for the gluons we employed the Symanzik improved gauge action for different sets of values of the Symanzik coefficients. We have identified all the operators which can possibly mix with OCM , including lower-dimensional and nongauge invariant operators, and we have calculated those elements of the mixing matrix which are relevant for the renormalization of OCM. We have also performed numerical lattice calculations to determine nonperturbatively the mixings of the chromomagnetic operator with lower-dimensional operators, through proper renormalization conditions. For the first time, the 1 /a2-divergent mixing of the chromomagnetic operator with the scalar density has been determined nonperturbatively with high precision. Moreover, the 1 /a -divergent mixing with the pseudoscalar density, due to the breaking of parity within the twisted-mass regularization of QCD, has been calculated nonperturbatively and found to be smaller than its one-loop perturbative estimate. The QCD simulations have been carried out using the gauge configurations produced by the European Twisted Mass Collaboration with Nf=2 +1 +1 dynamical quarks, which include in the sea, besides two light mass degenerate quarks, also the strange and charm quarks with masses close to their physical values.

  17. Renormalization group flow of scalar models in gravity

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    In this Ph.D. thesis we study the issue of renormalizability of gravitation in the context of the renormalization group (RG), employing both perturbative and non-perturbative techniques. In particular, we focus on different gravitational models and approximations in which a central role is played by a scalar degree of freedom, since their RG flow is easier to analyze. We restrict our interest in particular to two quantum gravity approaches that have gained a lot of attention recently, namely the asymptotic safety scenario for gravity and the Horava-Lifshitz quantum gravity. In the so-called asymptotic safety conjecture the high energy regime of gravity is controlled by a non-Gaussian fixed point which ensures non-perturbative renormalizability and finiteness of the correlation functions. We then investigate the existence of such a non trivial fixed point using the functional renormalization group, a continuum version of the non-perturbative Wilson's renormalization group. In particular we quantize the sole conformal degree of freedom, which is an approximation that has been shown to lead to a qualitatively correct picture. The question of the existence of a non-Gaussian fixed point in an infinite-dimensional parameter space, that is for a generic f(R) theory, cannot however be studied using such a conformally reduced model. Hence we study it by quantizing a dynamically equivalent scalar-tensor theory, i.e. a generic Brans-Dicke theory with ω=0 in the local potential approximation. Finally, we investigate, using a perturbative RG scheme, the asymptotic freedom of the Horava-Lifshitz gravity, that is an approach based on the emergence of an anisotropy between space and time which lifts the Newton's constant to a marginal coupling and explicitly preserves unitarity. In particular we evaluate the one-loop correction in 2+1 dimensions quantizing only the conformal degree of freedom.

  18. Renormalized entanglement entropy flow in mass-deformed ABJM theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kim, Kyung Kiu; Kwon, O.-Kab; Park, Chanyong; Shin, Hyeonjoon

    2014-08-01

    We investigate a mass deformation effect on the renormalized entanglement entropy (REE) near the UV fixed point in (2+1)-dimensional field theory. In the context of the gauge/gravity duality, we use the Lin-Lunin-Maldacena geometries corresponding to the vacua of the mass-deformed ABJM theory. We analytically compute the small mass effect for various droplet configurations and show in holographic point of view that the REE is monotonically decreasing, positive, and stationary at the UV fixed point. These properties of the REE in (2+1)-dimensions are consistent with the Zamolodchikov c-function proposed in (1+1)-dimensional conformal field theory.

  19. Renormalized thermodynamic entropy of black holes in higher dimensions

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kim, Sang Pyo; Kim, Sung Ku; Soh, Kwang-Sup; Yee, Jae Hyung

    1997-02-01

    We study the ultraviolet divergent structures of the matter (scalar) field in a higher D-dimensional Reissner-Nordström black hole and compute the matter field contribution to the Bekenstein-Hawking entropy by using the Pauli-Villars regularization method. We find that the matter field contribution to the black hole entropy does not, in general, yield the correct renormalization of the gravitational coupling constants. In particular, we show that the matter field contribution in odd dimensions does not give the term proportional to the area of the black hole event horizon.

  20. Renormalized thermodynamic entropy of black holes in higher dimensions

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Kim, S.P. [Department of Physics, Kunsan National University, Kunsan 573-701 (Korea); Kim, S.K. [Department of Physics, Ewha Womans University, Seoul 120-750 (Korea); Soh, K. [Department of Physics Education, Seoul National University, Seoul 151-742 (Korea); Yee, J.H. [Department of Physics and Institute for Mathematical Sciences, Yonsei University, Seoul 120-749 (Korea)

    1997-02-01

    We study the ultraviolet divergent structures of the matter (scalar) field in a higher D-dimensional Reissner-Nordstr{umlt o}m black hole and compute the matter field contribution to the Bekenstein-Hawking entropy by using the Pauli-Villars regularization method. We find that the matter field contribution to the black hole entropy does not, in general, yield the correct renormalization of the gravitational coupling constants. In particular, we show that the matter field contribution in odd dimensions does not give the term proportional to the area of the black hole event horizon. {copyright} {ital 1997} {ital The American Physical Society}

  1. Renormalization-group running cosmologies and the generalized second law

    CERN Document Server

    Horvat, R

    2007-01-01

    We explore some thermodynamical consequences of accelerated universes driven by a running cosmological constant (CC) from the renormalization group (RG). Application of the generalized second law (GSL) of gravitational thermodynamics to a framework where the running of the CC goes at the expense of energy transfer between vacuum and matter, strongly restricts the mass spectrum of a (hypothetical) theory controlling the CC running. We find that quantum effects driving the running of the CC should be dominated by a trans-planckian mass field, in marked contrast with the GUT-scale upper mass bo obtained by analyzing density perturbations for the running CC. The model shows compliance with the holographic principle.

  2. Renormalization group analyses of an SU(2) lattice guage theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Using Migdal's recursion relation for renormalization group calculations, we describe an approximation for the average value of a Wilson loop and calculate ka2 vs 1/g2 for SU(2) actions of the form s/sub p/ = -2(β/sub f/ cos theta/2 + β/sub a/ cos theta). We use loops as large as 40 x 40 on a 4-dimensional lattice. We also find evidence for a phase transition in the region β/sub a/ approx. -2, β/sub f/ > 0.7 using Tan and Xu's modification of the recursion relation. 14 refs., 7 figs

  3. Functional renormalization group approach to the four-body problem

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Moroz S.

    2010-04-01

    Full Text Available We present a renormalization group analysis of the non-relativistic four-boson problem by means of a simple model with pointlike three- and four-body interactions. We investigate in particular the unitarity point where the scattering length is infinite and all energies are at the atom threshold. We find that the four-body problem behaves truly universally, independent of any four-body parameter confirming the findings of Platter et al. and von Stecher et al. [1–3].

  4. Density matrix renormalization group numerical study of the kagome antiferromagnet.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Jiang, H C; Weng, Z Y; Sheng, D N

    2008-09-12

    We numerically study the spin-1/2 antiferromagnetic Heisenberg model on the kagome lattice using the density-matrix renormalization group method. We find that the ground state is a magnetically disordered spin liquid, characterized by an exponential decay of spin-spin correlation function in real space and a magnetic structure factor showing system-size independent peaks at commensurate magnetic wave vectors. We obtain a spin triplet excitation gap DeltaE(S=1)=0.055+/-0.005 by extrapolation based on the large size results, and confirm the presence of gapless singlet excitations. The physical nature of such an exotic spin liquid is also discussed.

  5. Singlet vs Nonsinglet Perturbative Renormalization of Fermion Bilinears

    CERN Document Server

    Constantinou, M; Panagopoulos, H; Spanoudes, G

    2016-01-01

    In this paper we present the perturbative evaluation of the difference between the renormalization functions of flavor singlet and nonsinglet bilinear quark operators on the lattice. The computation is performed to two loops and to lowest order in the lattice spacing, for a class of improved lattice actions, including Wilson, tree-level (TL) Symanzik and Iwasaki gluons, twisted mass and SLiNC Wilson fermions, as well as staggered fermions with twice stout-smeared links. In the staggered formalism, the stout smearing procedure is also applied to the definition of bilinear operators.

  6. Renormalized anisotropic exchange for representing heat assisted magnetic recording media

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Jiao, Yipeng; Liu, Zengyuan; Victora, R. H., E-mail: victora@umn.edu [MINT Center, Electrical and Computer Engineering, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55455 (United States)

    2015-05-07

    Anisotropic exchange has been incorporated in a description of magnetic recording media near the Curie temperature, as would be found during heat assisted magnetic recording. The new parameters were found using a cost function that minimized the difference between atomistic properties and those of renormalized spin blocks. Interestingly, the anisotropic exchange description at 1.5 nm discretization yields very similar switching and magnetization behavior to that found at 1.2 nm (and below) discretization for the previous isotropic exchange. This suggests that the increased accuracy of anisotropic exchange may also reduce the computational cost during simulation.

  7. Non-renormalization theorems andN=2 supersymmetric backgrounds

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    The conditions for fully supersymmetric backgrounds of general N = 2 locally supersymmetric theories are derived based on the off-shell superconformal multiplet calculus. This enables the derivation of a non-renormalization theorem for a large class of supersymmetric invariants with higher-derivative couplings. The theorem implies that the invariant and its first order variation must vanish in a fully supersymmetric background. The conjectured relation of one particular higher-derivative invariant with a specific five-dimensional invariant containing the mixed gauge-gravitational Chern-Simons term is confirmed

  8. Non-renormalization theorems andN=2 supersymmetric backgrounds

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Butter, Daniel [Nikhef, Science Park 105, 1098 XG Amsterdam (Netherlands); Wit, Bernard de [Nikhef, Science Park 105, 1098 XG Amsterdam (Netherlands); Institute for Theoretical Physics, Utrecht University,Leuvenlaan 4, 3584 CE Utrecht (Netherlands); Lodato, Ivano [Nikhef, Science Park 105, 1098 XG Amsterdam (Netherlands)

    2014-03-28

    The conditions for fully supersymmetric backgrounds of general N = 2 locally supersymmetric theories are derived based on the off-shell superconformal multiplet calculus. This enables the derivation of a non-renormalization theorem for a large class of supersymmetric invariants with higher-derivative couplings. The theorem implies that the invariant and its first order variation must vanish in a fully supersymmetric background. The conjectured relation of one particular higher-derivative invariant with a specific five-dimensional invariant containing the mixed gauge-gravitational Chern-Simons term is confirmed.

  9. Non-renormalization theorems and N=2 supersymmetric backgrounds

    CERN Document Server

    Butter, Daniel; Lodato, Ivano

    2014-01-01

    The conditions for fully supersymmetric backgrounds of general N=2 locally supersymmetric theories are derived based on the off-shell superconformal multiplet calculus. This enables the derivation of a non-renormalization theorem for a large class of supersymmetric invariants with higher-derivative couplings. The theorem implies that the invariant and its first order variation must vanish in a fully supersymmetric background. The conjectured relation of one particular higher-derivative invariant with a specific five-dimensional invariant containing the mixed gauge-gravitational Chern-Simons term is confirmed.

  10. Dynamical gap generation in graphene with frequency dependent renormalization effects

    CERN Document Server

    Carrington, M E; von Smekal, L; Thoma, M H

    2016-01-01

    We study the frequency dependencies in the renormalization of the fermion Greens function for the $\\pi$-band electrons in graphene and their influence on the dynamical gap generation at sufficiently strong interaction. Adopting the effective QED-like description for the low-energy excitations within the Dirac-cone region we self consistently solve the fermion Dyson-Schwinger equation in various approximations for the photon propagator and the vertex function with special emphasis on frequency dependent Lindhard screening and retardation effects.

  11. A direct renormalization group approach for the excluded volume problem

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    A direct renormalization group approach is proposed, to the excluded volume problem in a square lattice by considering percolating self-avoiding paths in a b x b cell, where b = 2,3. Two ways of counting these paths are presented. In the first one, we get the exponent ν = 0.715 for b = 2 and ν = 0.719 for b = 3, whereas in the second one ν = 0.771 for b = 2 and ν = 0.748 for b = 3. Comments are made on the extrapolation to b → infinite. (Author)

  12. Renormalization and applications of baryon distribution amplitudes in QCD

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Rohrwild, Juergen Holger

    2009-07-17

    Higher-twist effects are relevant for precision calculations of hard exclusive reactions. Furthermore, they reveal fine details of the hadron structure. In this work we construct an operator basis for arbitrary twist respecting the conformal symmetry of QCD (which is realized on 1-loop level). Using this basis the 1-loop renormalization kernels of twist 4 are constructed for baryon operators. The full spectrum of anomalous dimensions and the multiplicatively renormalizable operators is obtained. As an application of these results the radiative N{sup *}(1535) decay is discussed. Employing light-cone sum rule, the transition form factors can be directly related to the N* distribution amplitudes. (orig.)

  13. Renormalization and applications of baryon distribution amplitudes QCD

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Rohrwild, Juergen Holger

    2009-07-17

    Higher-twist effects are relevant for precision calculations of hard exclusive reactions. Furthermore, they reveal fine details of the hadron structure. In this work we construct an operator basis for arbitrary twist respecting the conformal symmetry of QCD (which is realized on 1-loop level). Using this basis the 1-loop renormalization kernels of twist 4 are constructed for baryon operators. The full spectrum of anomalous dimensions and the multiplicatively renormalizable operators is obtained. As an application of these results the radiative N{sup *}(1535) decay is discussed. Employing light-cone sum rule, the transition form factors can be directly related to the N{sup *} distribution amplitudes. (orig.)

  14. Renormalizing the kinetic energy operator in elementary quantum mechanics

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Coutinho, F A B [Faculdade de Medicina, Universidade de Sao Paulo e LIM 01-HCFMUSP, 05405-000 Sao Paulo (Brazil); Amaku, M [Faculdade de Medicina Veterinaria e Zootecnia, Universidade de Sao Paulo, 05508-970 Sao Paulo (Brazil)], E-mail: coutinho@dim.fm.usp.br

    2009-09-15

    In this paper, we consider solutions to the three-dimensional Schroedinger equation of the form {psi}(r) = u(r)/r, where u(0) {ne} 0. The expectation value of the kinetic energy operator for such wavefunctions diverges. We show that it is possible to introduce a potential energy with an expectation value that also diverges, exactly cancelling the kinetic energy divergence. This renormalization procedure produces a self-adjoint Hamiltonian. We solve some problems with this new Hamiltonian to illustrate its usefulness.

  15. Renormalized anisotropic exchange for representing heat assisted magnetic recording media

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Anisotropic exchange has been incorporated in a description of magnetic recording media near the Curie temperature, as would be found during heat assisted magnetic recording. The new parameters were found using a cost function that minimized the difference between atomistic properties and those of renormalized spin blocks. Interestingly, the anisotropic exchange description at 1.5 nm discretization yields very similar switching and magnetization behavior to that found at 1.2 nm (and below) discretization for the previous isotropic exchange. This suggests that the increased accuracy of anisotropic exchange may also reduce the computational cost during simulation

  16. Tensor renormalization group analysis of CP(N-1) model

    CERN Document Server

    Kawauchi, Hikaru

    2016-01-01

    We apply the higher order tensor renormalization group to lattice CP($N-1$) model in two dimensions. A tensor network representation of the CP($N-1$) model in the presence of the $\\theta$-term is derived. We confirm that the numerical results of the CP(1) model without the $\\theta$-term using this method are consistent with that of the O(3) model which is analyzed by the same method in the region $\\beta \\gg 1$ and that obtained by Monte Carlo simulation in a wider range of $\\beta$. The numerical computation including the $\\theta$-term is left for future challenges.

  17. Tensor renormalization group analysis of CP (N -1 ) model

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kawauchi, Hikaru; Takeda, Shinji

    2016-06-01

    We apply the higher-order tensor renormalization group to the lattice CP (N -1 ) model in two dimensions. A tensor network representation of the CP (N -1 ) model in the presence of the θ term is derived. We confirm that the numerical results of the CP(1) model without the θ term using this method are consistent with that of the O(3) model which is analyzed by the same method in the region β ≫1 and that obtained by the Monte Carlo simulation in a wider range of β . The numerical computation including the θ term is left for future challenges.

  18. Functional renormalization group study of nuclear and neutron matter

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Drews, Matthias; Weise, Wolfram [Physik Department, Technische Universität München, D-85747 Garching (Germany); ECT*, Villa Tambosi, I-38123 Villazzano (Trento) (Italy)

    2016-01-22

    A chiral model based on nucleons interacting via boson exchange is investigated. Fluctuation effects are included consistently beyond the mean-field approximation in the framework of the functional renormalization group. The liquid-gas phase transition of symmetric nuclear matter is studied in detail. No sign of a chiral restoration transition is found up to temperatures of about 100 MeV and densities of at least three times the density of normal nuclear matter. Moreover, the model is extended to asymmetric nuclear matter and the constraints from neutron star observations are discussed.

  19. Electroweak renormalization group corrections in high energy processes

    CERN Document Server

    Melles, M

    2001-01-01

    At energies ($\\sqrt{s}$) much higher than the electroweak gauge boson masses ($M$) large logarithmic corrections of the scale ratio $\\sqrt{s}/M$ occur. While the electroweak Sudakov type double (DL) and universal single (SL) logarithms have recently been resummed, at higher orders the electroweak renormalization group (RG) corrections are folded with the DL Sudakov contributions and must be included for a consistent subleading treatment to all orders. In this paper we derive first all relevant formulae for massless as well as massive gauge theories including all such terms up to order ${\\cal O} (\\alpha^n \\beta_0 \\log^{2n-1} \\frac{s}{M^2})$ by integrating over the corresponding running couplings. The results for broken gauge theories in the high energy regime are then given in the framework of the infrared evolution equation (IREE) method. The analogous QED-corrections below the weak scale $M$ are included by appropriately matching the low energy solution to the renormalization group improved high energy resul...

  20. Holographic renormalization group and cosmology in theories with quasilocalized gravity

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    We study the long distance behavior of brane theories with quasilocalized gravity. The five-dimensional (5D) effective theory at large scales follows from a holographic renormalization group flow. As intuitively expected, the graviton is effectively four dimensional at intermediate scales and becomes five dimensional at large scales. However, in the holographic effective theory the essentially 4D radion dominates at long distances and gives rise to scalar antigravity. The holographic description shows that at large distances the Gregory-Rubakov-Sibiryakov (GRS) model is equivalent to the model recently proposed by Dvali, Gabadadze, and Porrati (DGP), where a tensionless brane is embedded into 5D Minkowski space, with an additional induced 4D Einstein-Hilbert term on the brane. In the holographic description the radion of the GRS model is automatically localized on the tensionless brane, and provides the ghostlike field necessary to cancel the extra graviton polarization of the DGP model. Thus, there is a holographic duality between these theories. This analysis provides physical insight into how the GRS model works at intermediate scales; in particular it sheds light on the size of the width of the graviton resonance, and also demonstrates how the holographic renormalization group can be used as a practical tool for calculations

  1. Algebraic renormalization and Feynman integrals in configuration spaces

    CERN Document Server

    Ceyhan, Ozgur

    2013-01-01

    This paper continues our previous study of Feynman integrals in configuration spaces and their algebro-geometric and motivic aspects. We consider here both massless and massive Feynman amplitudes, from the point of view of potential theory. We consider a variant of the wonderful compactification of configuration spaces that works simultaneously for all graphs with a given number of vertices and that also accounts for the external structure of Feynman graph. As in our previous work, we consider two version of the Feynman amplitude in configuration space, which we refer to as the real and complex versions. In the real version, we show that we can extend to the massive case a method of evaluating Feynman integrals, based on expansion in Gegenbauer polynomials, that we investigated previously in the massless case. In the complex setting, we show that we can use algebro-geometric methods to renormalize the Feynman amplitudes, so that the renormalized values of the Feynman integrals are given by periods of a mixed ...

  2. Holographic renormalization group and cosmology in theories with quasilocalized gravity

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Csaki, Csaba; Erlich, Joshua; Hollowood, Timothy J.; Terning, John

    2001-03-15

    We study the long distance behavior of brane theories with quasilocalized gravity. The five-dimensional (5D) effective theory at large scales follows from a holographic renormalization group flow. As intuitively expected, the graviton is effectively four dimensional at intermediate scales and becomes five dimensional at large scales. However, in the holographic effective theory the essentially 4D radion dominates at long distances and gives rise to scalar antigravity. The holographic description shows that at large distances the Gregory-Rubakov-Sibiryakov (GRS) model is equivalent to the model recently proposed by Dvali, Gabadadze, and Porrati (DGP), where a tensionless brane is embedded into 5D Minkowski space, with an additional induced 4D Einstein-Hilbert term on the brane. In the holographic description the radion of the GRS model is automatically localized on the tensionless brane, and provides the ghostlike field necessary to cancel the extra graviton polarization of the DGP model. Thus, there is a holographic duality between these theories. This analysis provides physical insight into how the GRS model works at intermediate scales; in particular it sheds light on the size of the width of the graviton resonance, and also demonstrates how the holographic renormalization group can be used as a practical tool for calculations.

  3. Unitary Networks from the Exact Renormalization of Wave Functionals

    CERN Document Server

    Fliss, Jackson R; Parrikar, Onkar

    2016-01-01

    The exact renormalization group (ERG) for $O(N)$ vector models (at large $N$) on flat Euclidean space can be interpreted as the bulk dynamics corresponding to a holographically dual higher spin gauge theory on $AdS_{d+1}$. This was established in the sense that at large $N$ the generating functional of correlation functions of single trace operators is reproduced by the on-shell action of the bulk higher spin theory, which is most simply presented in a first-order (phase space) formalism. In this paper, we extend the ERG formalism to the wave functionals of arbitrary states of the $O(N)$ vector model at the free fixed point. We find that the ERG flow of the ground state and a specific class of excited states is implemented by the action of unitary operators which can be chosen to be local. Consequently, the ERG equations provide a continuum notion of a tensor network. We compare this tensor network with the entanglement renormalization networks, MERA, and its continuum version, cMERA, which have appeared rece...

  4. Superfluid phase transition with activated velocity fluctuations: Renormalization group approach.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Dančo, Michal; Hnatič, Michal; Komarova, Marina V; Lučivjanský, Tomáš; Nalimov, Mikhail Yu

    2016-01-01

    A quantum field model that incorporates Bose-condensed systems near their phase transition into a superfluid phase and velocity fluctuations is proposed. The stochastic Navier-Stokes equation is used for a generation of the velocity fluctuations. As such this model generalizes model F of critical dynamics. The field-theoretic action is derived using the Martin-Siggia-Rose formalism and path integral approach. The regime of equilibrium fluctuations is analyzed within the perturbative renormalization group method. The double (ε,δ)-expansion scheme is employed, where ε is a deviation from space dimension 4 and δ describes scaling of velocity fluctuations. The renormalization procedure is performed to the leading order. The main corollary gained from the analysis of the thermal equilibrium regime suggests that one-loop calculations of the presented models are not sufficient to make a definite conclusion about the stability of fixed points. We also show that critical exponents are drastically changed as a result of the turbulent background and critical fluctuations are in fact destroyed by the developed turbulence fluctuations. The scaling exponent of effective viscosity is calculated and agrees with expected value 4/3.

  5. Two-loop renormalization of Wilson loop for Drell-Yan production

    OpenAIRE

    Belitsky, A. V.

    1998-01-01

    We study the renormalization of the Wilson loop with a path corresponding to the Drell-Yan lepton pair production in two-loop approximation of perturbation theory. We establish the renormalization group equation in next-to-leading order and find a process specific anomalous dimension Gamma_DY in the corresponding approximation.

  6. On the inequivalence of renormalization and self-adjoint extensions for quantum singular interactions

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Camblong, Horacio E. [Department of Physics, University of San Francisco, San Francisco, CA 94117-1080 (United States)]. E-mail: camblong@usfca.edu; Epele, Luis N. [Laboratorio de Fisica Teorica, Departamento de Fisica, Facultad de Ciencias Exactas, Universidad Nacional de La Plata, C.C. 67-1900 La Plata (Argentina); Fanchiotti, Huner [Laboratorio de Fisica Teorica, Departamento de Fisica, Facultad de Ciencias Exactas, Universidad Nacional de La Plata, C.C. 67-1900 La Plata (Argentina); Garcia Canal, Carlos A. [Laboratorio de Fisica Teorica, Departamento de Fisica, Facultad de Ciencias Exactas, Universidad Nacional de La Plata, C.C. 67-1900 La Plata (Argentina); Ordonez, Carlos R. [Department of Physics, University of Houston, Houston, TX 77204-5506 (United States); World Laboratory Center for Pan-American Collaboration in Science and Technology, University of Houston Center, Houston, TX 77204-5506 (United States)

    2007-05-14

    A unified S-matrix framework of quantum singular interactions is presented for the comparison of self-adjoint extensions and physical renormalization. For the long-range conformal interaction the two methods are not equivalent, with renormalization acting as selector of a preferred extension and regulator of the unbounded Hamiltonian.

  7. On the wave function renormalization for Wilson actions and their 1PI actions

    CERN Document Server

    Igarashi, Y; Sonoda, H

    2016-01-01

    We clarify the relation between the wave function renormalization for Wilson actions and that for the 1PI actions in the exact renormalization group formalism. Our study depends crucially on the use of two independent cutoff functions for the Wilson actions. We relate our results to those obtained previously by Bervillier, Rosten, and Osborn & Twigg.

  8. Renormalization Constants of Quark Operators for the Non-Perturbatively Improved Wilson Action

    CERN Document Server

    Becirevic, D; Lubicz, V; Martinelli, G; Papinutto, Mauro; Reyes, J

    2004-01-01

    We present the results of an extensive lattice calculation of the renormalization constants of bilinear and four-quark operators for the non-perturbatively O(a)-improved Wilson action. The results are obtained in the quenched approximation at four values of the lattice coupling by using the non-perturbative RI/MOM renormalization method. Several sources of systematic uncertainties, including discretization errors and final volume effects, are examined. The contribution of the Goldstone pole, which in some cases may affect the extrapolation of the renormalization constants to the chiral limit, is non-perturbatively subtracted. The scale independent renormalization constants of bilinear quark operators have been also computed by using the lattice chiral Ward identities approach and compared with those obtained with the RI-MOM method. For those renormalization constants the non-perturbative estimates of which have been already presented in the literature we find an agreement which is typically at the level of 1%...

  9. Renormalization aspects of N = 1 Super Yang-Mills theory in the Wess-Zumino gauge

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Capri, M.A.L.; Granado, D.R.; Guimaraes, M.S.; Justo, I.F.; Sorella, S.P.; Vercauteren, D. [UERJ-Universidade do Estado do Rio de Janeiro, Departamento de Fisica Teorica, Instituto de Fisica, Maracana, Rio de Janeiro (Brazil); Mihaila, L. [Karlsruhe Institute of Technology (KIT), Institut fuer Theoretische Teilchenphysik, Karlsruhe (Germany)

    2014-04-15

    The renormalization of N = 1 Super Yang-Mills theory is analyzed in the Wess-Zumino gauge, employing the Landau condition. An all-orders proof of the renormalizability of the theory is given by means of the Algebraic Renormalization procedure. Only three renormalization constants are needed, which can be identified with the coupling constant, gauge field, and gluino renormalization. The nonrenormalization theorem of the gluon-ghost-antighost vertex in the Landau gauge is shown to remain valid in N = 1 Super Yang-Mills. Moreover, due to the non-linear realization of the supersymmetry in the Wess-Zumino gauge, the renormalization factor of the gauge field turns out to be different from that of the gluino. These features are explicitly checked through a three-loop calculation. (orig.)

  10. Remarks on the Renormalization Properties of Lorentz- and CPT-Violating Quantum Electrodynamics

    Science.gov (United States)

    Santos, Tiago R. S.; Sobreiro, Rodrigo F.

    2016-08-01

    In this work, we employ algebraic renormalization technique to show the renormalizability to all orders in perturbation theory of the Lorentz- and CPT-violating QED. Essentially, we control the breaking terms by using a suitable set of external sources. Thus, with the symmetries restored, a perturbative treatment can be consistently employed. After showing the renormalizability, the external sources attain certain physical values, which allow the recovering of the starting physical action. The main result is that the original QED action presents the three usual independent renormalization parameters. The Lorentz-violating sector can be renormalized by 19 independent parameters. Moreover, vacuum divergences appear with extra independent renormalization. Remarkably, the bosonic odd sector (Chern-Simons-like term) does not renormalize and is not radiatively generated. One-loop computations are also presented and compared with the existing literature.

  11. Tensor network algorithm by coarse-graining tensor renormalization on finite periodic lattices

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhao, Hui-Hai; Xie, Zhi-Yuan; Xiang, Tao; Imada, Masatoshi

    2016-03-01

    We develop coarse-graining tensor renormalization group algorithms to compute physical properties of two-dimensional lattice models on finite periodic lattices. Two different coarse-graining strategies, one based on the tensor renormalization group and the other based on the higher-order tensor renormalization group, are introduced. In order to optimize the tensor network model globally, a sweeping scheme is proposed to account for the renormalization effect from the environment tensors under the framework of second renormalization group. We demonstrate the algorithms by the classical Ising model on the square lattice and the Kitaev model on the honeycomb lattice, and show that the finite-size algorithms achieve substantially more accurate results than the corresponding infinite-size ones.

  12. Riemann-Hilbert Problem and Quantum Field Theory: Integrable Renormalization, Dyson-Schwinger Equations

    CERN Document Server

    Shojaei-Fard, Ali

    2010-01-01

    In the first purpose, we concentrate on the theory of quantum integrable systems underlying the Connes-Kreimer approach. We introduce a new family of Hamiltonian systems depended on the perturbative renormalization process in renormalizable theories. It is observed that the renormalization group can determine an infinite dimensional integrable system such that this fact provides a link between this proposed class of motion integrals and renormalization flow. Moreover, with help of the integral renormalization theorems, we study motion integrals underlying Bogoliubv character and BCH series to obtain a new family of fixed point equations. In the second goal, we consider the combinatorics of Connes-Marcolli approach to provide a Hall rooted tree type reformulation from one particular object in this theory namely, universal Hopf algebra of renormalization $H_{\\mathbb{U}}$. As the consequences, interesting relations between this Hopf algebra and some well-known combinatorial Hopf algebras are obtained and also, o...

  13. Numerical renormalization group study of probability distributions for local fluctuations in the Anderson-Holstein and Holstein-Hubbard models.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hewson, Alex C; Bauer, Johannes

    2010-03-24

    We show that information on the probability density of local fluctuations can be obtained from a numerical renormalization group calculation of a reduced density matrix. We apply this approach to the Anderson-Holstein impurity model to calculate the ground state probability density ρ(x) for the displacement x of the local oscillator. From this density we can deduce an effective local potential for the oscillator and compare its form with that obtained from a semiclassical approximation as a function of the coupling strength. The method is extended to the infinite dimensional Holstein-Hubbard model using dynamical mean field theory. We use this approach to compare the probability densities for the displacement of the local oscillator in the normal, antiferromagnetic and charge ordered phases.

  14. Breakdown of Fermi liquid behavior near the hot spots in a two-dimensional model: A two-loop renormalization group analysis

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Motivated by a recent experimental observation of a nodal liquid on both single crystals and thin films of Bi2Sr2CaCu2O8+δ by Chatterjee et al. [Nature Phys. 6 (2010) 99], we perform a field-theoretical renormalization group (RG) analysis of a two-dimensional model such that only eight points located near the “hot spots” on the Fermi surface are retained, which are directly connected by spin density wave ordering wavevector. We derive RG equations up to two-loop order describing the flow of renormalized couplings, quasiparticle weight, several order-parameter response functions, and uniform spin and charge susceptibilities of the model. We find that while the order-parameter susceptibilities investigated here become non-divergent at two loops, the quasiparticle weight vanishes in the low-energy limit, indicating a breakdown of Fermi liquid behavior at this RG level. Moreover, both uniform spin and charge susceptibilities become suppressed in the scaling limit which indicate gap openings in both spin and charge excitation spectra of the model

  15. Breakdown of Fermi liquid behavior near the hot spots in a two-dimensional model: A two-loop renormalization group analysis

    Science.gov (United States)

    de Carvalho, Vanuildo S.; Freire, Hermann

    2013-10-01

    Motivated by a recent experimental observation of a nodal liquid on both single crystals and thin films of Bi2Sr2CaCu2O8 + δ by Chatterjee et al. [Nature Phys. 6 (2010) 99], we perform a field-theoretical renormalization group (RG) analysis of a two-dimensional model such that only eight points located near the “hot spots” on the Fermi surface are retained, which are directly connected by spin density wave ordering wavevector. We derive RG equations up to two-loop order describing the flow of renormalized couplings, quasiparticle weight, several order-parameter response functions, and uniform spin and charge susceptibilities of the model. We find that while the order-parameter susceptibilities investigated here become non-divergent at two loops, the quasiparticle weight vanishes in the low-energy limit, indicating a breakdown of Fermi liquid behavior at this RG level. Moreover, both uniform spin and charge susceptibilities become suppressed in the scaling limit which indicate gap openings in both spin and charge excitation spectra of the model.

  16. Breakdown of Fermi liquid behavior near the hot spots in a two-dimensional model: A two-loop renormalization group analysis

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Carvalho, Vanuildo S. de [Instituto de Física, Universidade Federal de Goiás, 74.001-970 Goiânia, GO (Brazil); Freire, Hermann, E-mail: hfreire@mit.edu [Instituto de Física, Universidade Federal de Goiás, 74.001-970 Goiânia, GO (Brazil); Department of Physics, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, MA 02139 (United States)

    2013-10-21

    Motivated by a recent experimental observation of a nodal liquid on both single crystals and thin films of Bi{sub 2}Sr{sub 2}CaCu{sub 2}O{sub 8+} {sub δ} by Chatterjee et al. [Nature Phys. 6 (2010) 99], we perform a field-theoretical renormalization group (RG) analysis of a two-dimensional model such that only eight points located near the “hot spots” on the Fermi surface are retained, which are directly connected by spin density wave ordering wavevector. We derive RG equations up to two-loop order describing the flow of renormalized couplings, quasiparticle weight, several order-parameter response functions, and uniform spin and charge susceptibilities of the model. We find that while the order-parameter susceptibilities investigated here become non-divergent at two loops, the quasiparticle weight vanishes in the low-energy limit, indicating a breakdown of Fermi liquid behavior at this RG level. Moreover, both uniform spin and charge susceptibilities become suppressed in the scaling limit which indicate gap openings in both spin and charge excitation spectra of the model.

  17. Conserved quantities and renormalization group flows in two-dimensional field theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Gerganov, Bogomil Enchev

    2000-12-01

    Several problems in two-dimensional field theory are investigated. The concepts of classical and quantum integrability in two space-time dimensions are presented in the Introduction and a number of algebraic structures associated with integrable systems are described. Some results of conformal field theory (CFT) and perturbed conformal field theory are reviewed. In Chapter 2, the problem of interaction of two-level atoms in fibrillar geometry with electro-magnetic radiation is studied in perturbation theory. A new formalism is developed, representing the atomic spin operators with elementary fermions, and a resemblance between the structures of this model and quantum electrodynamics is established. Although the system studied is not itself integrable, it can be shown that the integrable quantum sine-Gordon model has some validity as an approximate theory. The following two chapters study the properties of several multi-field generalizations of the sine-Gordon model. The Bukhvostov-Lipatov model is studied in Chapter 3. The classical integrability of the fermionic version of the model is established, both in the bulk and on the half line, by explicitly building a conserved charge of Lorentz spin 3. The quantum integrability of the more general double-cosine model is investigated using perturbed CFT. The analysis showed in particular that the conservation law is spoiled at the quantum level on the Bukhvostov-Lipatov submanifold of the parameter space. In Chapter 4 an N-field model is considered-its interaction term being a product of N cosines. For N >= 2 a conservation law of Lorentz spin 3 is found to first order in perturbed CFT on a manifold where the interaction becomes marginal. The integrability of the model on this manifold is further studied using renormalization techniques and for N = 2, 3, and 4, integrable points are found at which the model is equivalent to the bosonized Gross-Neveu model. Finally, the renormalization properties of a class of integrable

  18. Improved quasi parton distribution through Wilson line renormalization

    CERN Document Server

    Chen, Jiunn-Wei; Zhang, Jian-Hui

    2016-01-01

    Recent developments showed that hadron light-cone parton distributions could be directly extracted from spacelike correlators, known as quasi parton distributions, in the large hadron momentum limit. Unlike the normal light-cone parton distribution, a quasi parton distribution contains ultraviolet (UV) power divergence associated with the Wilson line self energy. We show that to all orders in the coupling expansion, the power divergence can be removed by a "mass" counterterm in the auxiliary $z$-field formalism, in the same way as the renormalization of power divergence for an open Wilson line. After adding this counterterm, the quasi quark distribution is improved such that it contains at most logarithmic divergences. Based on a simple version of discretized gauge action, we present the one-loop matching kernel between the improved non-singlet quasi quark distribution with a lattice regulator and the corresponding quark distribution in dimensional regularization.

  19. Chiral potential renormalized in harmonic-oscillator space

    CERN Document Server

    Yang, C -J

    2016-01-01

    We renormalize the chiral effective field theory (EFT) potential in harmonic-oscillator (HO) model space. The low energy constants (LECs) are utilized to absorb not just the ultra-violet part of the physics due to the cutoff, but also the infrared part due to the truncation of model space. We use the inverse J-matrix method to reproduce the nucleon-nucleon (NN) scattering phase shifts in the given model space. We demonstrate that by including the NLO correction, the nucleon-nucleon scattering in the continuum could be well reproduced in the truncated HO trap space up to laboratory energy $T_{lab}=100$ MeV with number of HO basis $n_{max}$ as small as 10. A perturbative power counting starts at subleading order is adopted in this work, and how to extract the perturbative contribution is demonstrated. Our work serves as the input to perform ab-initio calculations.

  20. The Polarizable Embedding Density Matrix Renormalization Group Method

    CERN Document Server

    Hedegård, Erik D

    2016-01-01

    The polarizable embedding (PE) approach is a flexible embedding model where a pre-selected region out of a larger system is described quantum mechanically while the interaction with the surrounding environment is modeled through an effective operator. This effective operator represents the environment by atom-centered multipoles and polarizabilities derived from quantum mechanical calculations on (fragments of) the environment. Thereby, the polarization of the environment is explicitly accounted for. Here, we present the coupling of the PE approach with the density matrix renormalization group (DMRG). This PE-DMRG method is particularly suitable for embedded subsystems that feature a dense manifold of frontier orbitals which requires large active spaces. Recovering such static electron-correlation effects in multiconfigurational electronic structure problems, while accounting for both electrostatics and polarization of a surrounding environment, allows us to describe strongly correlated electronic structures ...

  1. Local Scale Transformations on the Lattice with Tensor Network Renormalization.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Evenbly, G; Vidal, G

    2016-01-29

    Consider the partition function of a classical system in two spatial dimensions, or the Euclidean path integral of a quantum system in two space-time dimensions, both on a lattice. We show that the tensor network renormalization algorithm [G. Evenbly and G. Vidal Phys. Rev. Lett. 115, 180405 (2015)] can be used to implement local scale transformations on these objects, namely, a lattice version of conformal maps. Specifically, we explain how to implement the lattice equivalent of the logarithmic conformal map that transforms the Euclidean plane into a cylinder. As an application, and with the 2D critical Ising model as a concrete example, we use this map to build a lattice version of the scaling operators of the underlying conformal field theory, from which one can extract their scaling dimensions and operator product expansion coefficients. PMID:26871313

  2. Functional renormalization group studies of nuclear and neutron matter

    CERN Document Server

    Drews, Matthias

    2016-01-01

    Functional renormalization group (FRG) methods applied to calculations of isospin-symmetric and asymmetric nuclear matter as well as neutron matter are reviewed. The approach is based on a chiral Lagrangian expressed in terms of nucleon and meson degrees of freedom as appropriate for the hadronic phase of QCD with spontaneously broken chiral symmetry. Fluctuations beyond mean-field approximation are treated solving Wetterich's FRG flow equations. Nuclear thermodynamics and the nuclear liquid-gas phase transition are investigated in detail, both in symmetric matter and as a function of the proton fraction in asymmetric matter. The equations of state at zero temperature of symmetric nuclear matter and pure neutron matter are found to be in good agreement with advanced ab-initio many-body computations. Contacts with perturbative many-body approaches (in-medium chiral perturbation theory) are discussed. As an interesting test case, the density dependence of the pion mass in the medium is investigated. The questio...

  3. (Non)renormalization of Anomalous Conductivities and Holography

    CERN Document Server

    Gursoy, Umut

    2014-01-01

    The chiral magnetic and the chiral vortical effects are recently discovered phenomena arising from chiral gauge and gravitational anomalies that lead to generation of electric currents in presence of magnetic field or vorticity. The magnitude of these effects is determined by the anomalous conductivities. These conductivities can be calculated by the linear response theory, and in the strong coupling limit this calculation can be carried out by the holographic techniques. Earlier calculations in case of conformal field theories indicate non-renormalization of these conductivities where the holographic calculation agrees with the free field limit. We extend this holographic study to non-conformal theories exhibiting mass-gap and confinement-deconfinement type transitions in a holographic model based on the analytic black hole solution of Gao and Zhang. We show that radiative corrections are also absent in these non-conformal theories confirming indirect arguments of Jensen et al in a direct and non-trivial fas...

  4. Emergent Space-Time via a Geometric Renormalization Method

    CERN Document Server

    Rastgoo, Saeed

    2016-01-01

    We present a purely geometric renormalization scheme for metric spaces (including uncolored graphs), which consists of a coarse graining and a rescaling operation on such spaces. The coarse graining is based on the concept of quasi-isometry, which yields a sequence of discrete coarse grained spaces each having a continuum limit under the rescaling operation. We provide criteria under which such sequences do converge within a superspace of metric spaces, or may constitute the basin of attraction of a common continuum limit, which hopefully, may represent our space-time continuum. We discuss some of the properties of these coarse grained spaces as well as their continuum limits, such as scale invariance and metric similarity, and show that different layers of spacetime can carry different distance functions while being homeomorphic. Important tools in this analysis are the Gromov-Hausdorff distance functional for general metric spaces and the growth degree of graphs or networks. The whole construction is in the...

  5. Stability of renormalization group trajectories and the fermion flavor problem

    Science.gov (United States)

    Goldfain, Ervin

    2007-04-01

    An outstanding puzzle of the current standard model for particle physics (SM) is that both leptons and quarks arise in replicated patterns. Our work suggests that the number of fermion flavors occurring in the SM may be directly derived from the dynamics of renormalization group equations. The starting point is the system describing the coupling flow in the gauge sector [ dgidt.= βi(gi)=bi(N,nf)gi^3 +O(gi^5 ) ] where i=(1,2,3) labels the gauge group of dimension N, nf is the number of fermion flavors and t the sliding scale. With the help of the Routh-Hurwitz criterion, we find that the SM solution nf=6 follows from demanding stability of the linearized flow about its fixed points.

  6. Background field method and the cohomology of renormalization

    CERN Document Server

    Anselmi, Damiano

    2015-01-01

    Using the background field method and the Batalin-Vilkovisky formalism, we prove a key theorem on the cohomology of perturbatively local functionals of arbitrary ghost numbers, in renormalizable and nonrenormalizable quantum field theories whose gauge symmetries are general covariance, local Lorentz symmetry, non-Abelian Yang-Mills symmetries and Abelian symmetries. Interpolating between the background field approach and the usual, nonbackground approach by means of a canonical transformation, we take advantage of the properties of both approaches and prove that a closed functional is the sum of an exact functional plus a functional that depends only on the physical fields and possibly the ghosts. The assumptions are the mathematical versions of general properties that characterize the counterterms and the local contributions to the potential anomalies. This makes the outcome a theorem on the cohomology of renormalization, rather than the whole local cohomology. The result supersedes numerous involved argumen...

  7. Background field method and the cohomology of renormalization

    Science.gov (United States)

    Anselmi, Damiano

    2016-03-01

    Using the background field method and the Batalin-Vilkovisky formalism, we prove a key theorem on the cohomology of perturbatively local functionals of arbitrary ghost numbers in renormalizable and nonrenormalizable quantum field theories whose gauge symmetries are general covariance, local Lorentz symmetry, non-Abelian Yang-Mills symmetries and Abelian gauge symmetries. Interpolating between the background field approach and the usual, nonbackground approach by means of a canonical transformation, we take advantage of the properties of both approaches and prove that a closed functional is the sum of an exact functional plus a functional that depends only on the physical fields and possibly the ghosts. The assumptions of the theorem are the mathematical versions of general properties that characterize the counterterms and the local contributions to the potential anomalies. This makes the outcome a theorem on the cohomology of renormalization, rather than the whole local cohomology. The result supersedes numerous involved arguments that are available in the literature.

  8. Momentum-subtraction renormalization techniques in curved space-time

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Foda, O.

    1987-10-01

    Momentum-subtraction techniques, specifically BPHZ and Zimmermann's Normal Product algorithm, are introduced as useful tools in the study of quantum field theories in the presence of background fields. In a model of a self-interacting massive scalar field, conformally coupled to a general asymptotically-flat curved space-time with a trivial topology, momentum-subtractions are shown to respect invariance under general coordinate transformations. As an illustration, general expressions for the trace anomalies are derived, and checked by explicit evaluation of the purely gravitational contributions in the free field theory limit. Furthermore, the trace of the renormalized energy-momentum tensor is shown to vanish at the Gell-Mann Low eigenvalue as it should.

  9. Fully Lagrangian Renormalized Approximation theory of fluid turbulence: Progress report

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    The purpose of this paper is to discuss our refinement and extension of the work of Y. Kaneda on a Lagrangian Renormalized Approximation (LRA) for homogeneous hydrodynamic turbulence. Kaneda's results are important to the development of a consistent theory of turbulence because the LRA theory successfully overcomes the failure of other turbulence theories (namely the Direct Interaction Approximation) to predict the Kolmogorov wavenumber spectrum. It is thought that this success is due to the use of a Lagrangian rather than Eulerian description of the fluid so that convection of the small eddies by the large ones is properly treated. However, some aspects of these results are puzzling and are considered here. For example, the form of the correlation function and the value of the Kolmogorov constant, K, depend on the choice of the form of the correlation function

  10. The density matrix renormalization group for ab initio quantum chemistry

    CERN Document Server

    Wouters, Sebastian

    2014-01-01

    During the past 15 years, the density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) has become increasingly important for ab initio quantum chemistry. Its underlying wavefunction ansatz, the matrix product state (MPS), is a low-rank decomposition of the full configuration interaction tensor. The virtual dimension of the MPS, the rank of the decomposition, controls the size of the corner of the many-body Hilbert space that can be reached with the ansatz. This parameter can be systematically increased until numerical convergence is reached. The MPS ansatz naturally captures exponentially decaying correlation functions. Therefore DMRG works extremely well for noncritical one-dimensional systems. The active orbital spaces in quantum chemistry are however often far from one-dimensional, and relatively large virtual dimensions are required to use DMRG for ab initio quantum chemistry (QC-DMRG). The QC-DMRG algorithm, its computational cost, and its properties are discussed. Two important aspects to reduce the computational co...

  11. Non-perturbative improvement and renormalization of lattice operators

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    The Alpha Collaboration has proposed an optimal value for cSW in the Sheikholeslami-Wohlert action, chosen to remove O(a) effects. To measure hadronic matrix elements to the same accuracy we need a method of finding O(a) improved operators, and their renormalization constants. We determine the Z factors by a non-perturbative method, measuring the matrix elements for single quark states propagating through gauge fields in the Landau gauge. The data show large effects coming from chiral symmetry breaking. This allows us to find the improvement coefficients too, by requiring that the amount of chiral symmetry breaking agrees with that predicted by the chiral Ward identities. (orig.)

  12. Advanced density matrix renormalization group method for nuclear structure calculations

    CERN Document Server

    Legeza, Ö; Poves, A; Dukelsky, J

    2015-01-01

    We present an efficient implementation of the Density Matrix Renormalization Group (DMRG) algorithm that includes an optimal ordering of the proton and neutron orbitals and an efficient expansion of the active space utilizing various concepts of quantum information theory. We first show how this new DMRG methodology could solve a previous $400$ KeV discrepancy in the ground state energy of $^{56}$Ni. We then report the first DMRG results in the $pf+g9/2$ shell model space for the ground $0^+$ and first $2^+$ states of $^{64}$Ge which are benchmarked with reference data obtained from Monte Carlo shell model. The corresponding correlation structure among the proton and neutron orbitals is determined in terms of the two-orbital mutual information. Based on such correlation graphs we propose several further algorithmic improvement possibilities that can be utilized in a new generation of tensor network based algorithms.

  13. Advanced density matrix renormalization group method for nuclear structure calculations

    Science.gov (United States)

    Legeza, Ã.-.; Veis, L.; Poves, A.; Dukelsky, J.

    2015-11-01

    We present an efficient implementation of the Density Matrix Renormalization Group (DMRG) algorithm that includes an optimal ordering of the proton and neutron orbitals and an efficient expansion of the active space utilizing various concepts of quantum information theory. We first show how this new DMRG methodology could solve a previous 400 keV discrepancy in the ground state energy of 56Ni. We then report the first DMRG results in the p f +g 9 /2 shell model space for the ground 0+ and first 2+ states of 64Ge which are benchmarked with reference data obtained from a Monte Carlo shell model. The corresponding correlation structure among the proton and neutron orbitals is determined in terms of two-orbital mutual information. Based on such correlation graphs we propose several further algorithmic improvement possibilities that can be utilized in a new generation of tensor network based algorithms.

  14. Consistent regularization and renormalization in models with inhomogeneous phases

    CERN Document Server

    Adhikari, Prabal

    2016-01-01

    In many models in condensed matter physics and high-energy physics, one finds inhomogeneous phases at high density and low temperature. These phases are characterized by a spatially dependent condensate or order parameter. A proper calculation requires that one takes the vacuum fluctuations of the model into account. These fluctuations are ultraviolet divergent and must be regularized. We discuss different consistent ways of regularizing and renormalizing quantum fluctuations, focusing on a symmetric energy cutoff scheme and dimensional regularization. We apply these techniques calculating the vacuum energy in the NJL model in 1+1 dimensions in the large-$N_c$ limit and the 3+1 dimensional quark-meson model in the mean-field approximation both for a one-dimensional chiral-density wave.

  15. Higgs boson, renormalization group, and naturalness in cosmology

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    We consider the renormalization group improvement in the theory of the Standard Model (SM) Higgs boson playing the role of an inflaton with a strong non-minimal coupling to gravity. At the one-loop level with the running of constants taken into account, it leads to a range of the Higgs mass that is entirely determined by the lower WMAP bound on the cosmic microwave background (CMB) spectral index. We find that the SM phenomenology is sensitive to current cosmological data, which suggests to perform more precise CMB measurements as a SM test complementary to the LHC program. By using the concept of a field-dependent cutoff, we show the naturalness of the gradient and curvature expansion in this model within the conventional perturbation theory range of the SM. We also discuss the relation of these results to two-loop calculations and the limitations of the latter caused by parametrization and gauge dependence problems. (orig.)

  16. Functional renormalization for antiferromagnetism and superconductivity in the Hubbard model

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Results of a renormalization group study for the 2-dimensional Hubbard model close to half-filling at finite temperature are presented. Bosonic degrees of freedom corresponding to antiferromagnetic and d-wave superconducting order are introduced, and flow equations for the corresponding coupling constants are deduced from an exact flow equation for the effective average action. The influence of bosonic fluctuations on the onset of local antiferromagnetic order is discussed. At low enough temperatures and close to half-filling the discrete symmetry of the lattice is broken and incommensurate antiferromagnetic fluctuations dominate. The phase diagram is shown for the parameter regime close to half-filling in the presence of vanishing as well as non-vanishing next-to-nearest-neighbor hopping t'. Finally, the potential emergence of d-wave superconducting order at larger distances from half-filling is discussed.

  17. Resummation and renormalization in effective theories of particle physics

    CERN Document Server

    Jakovac, Antal

    2015-01-01

    Effective models of strong and electroweak interactions are extensively applied in particle physics phenomenology, and in many instances can compete with large-scale numerical simulations of Standard Model physics. These contexts include but are not limited to providing indications for phase transitions and the nature of elementary excitations of strong and electroweak matter. A precondition for obtaining high-precision predictions is the application of some advanced functional techniques to the effective models, where the sensitivity of the results to the accurate choice of the input parameters is under control and the insensitivity to the actual choice of ultraviolet regulators is ensured. The credibility of such attempts ultimately requires a clean renormalization procedure and an error estimation due to a necessary truncation in the resummation procedure. In this concise primer we discuss systematically and in sufficient technical depth the features of a number of approximate methods, as applied to vario...

  18. Local Scale Transformations on the Lattice with Tensor Network Renormalization

    Science.gov (United States)

    Evenbly, G.; Vidal, G.

    2016-01-01

    Consider the partition function of a classical system in two spatial dimensions, or the Euclidean path integral of a quantum system in two space-time dimensions, both on a lattice. We show that the tensor network renormalization algorithm [G. Evenbly and G. Vidal Phys. Rev. Lett. 115, 180405 (2015)] can be used to implement local scale transformations on these objects, namely, a lattice version of conformal maps. Specifically, we explain how to implement the lattice equivalent of the logarithmic conformal map that transforms the Euclidean plane into a cylinder. As an application, and with the 2D critical Ising model as a concrete example, we use this map to build a lattice version of the scaling operators of the underlying conformal field theory, from which one can extract their scaling dimensions and operator product expansion coefficients.

  19. Inheritance principle and Non-renormalization theorems at finite temperature

    CERN Document Server

    Brigante, M; Liu, H; Brigante, Mauro; Festuccia, Guido; Liu, Hong

    2006-01-01

    We show that in the large $N$ limit, a weakly coupled SU(N) gauge theory with adjoint matter on a class of compact manifolds (like $S^3$) satisfies an ``inheritance principle'' in the low temperature phase. Finite temperature correlation functions of gauge invariant single-trace operators are related to those at zero temperature by summing over images of each operator in the Euclidean time direction. This implies that the corresponding finite temperature string theory dual can be formulated as a sigma model with Euclidean time direction periodically compactified. As a consequence, various non-renormalization theorems of $\\NN=4$ Super-Yang-Mills theory survive at finite temperature despite the fact that the conformal and supersymmetries are both broken.

  20. Renormalization group evolution of the universal theories EFT

    CERN Document Server

    Wells, James D

    2015-01-01

    The conventional oblique parameters analyses of precision electroweak data can be consistently cast in the modern framework of the Standard Model effective field theory (SMEFT) when restrictions are imposed on the SMEFT parameter space so that it describes universal theories. However, the usefulness of such analyses is challenged by the fact that universal theories at the scale of new physics, where they are matched onto the SMEFT, can flow to nonuniversal theories with renormalization group (RG) evolution down to the electroweak scale, where precision observables are measured. The departure from universal theories at the electroweak scale is not arbitrary, but dictated by the universal parameters at the matching scale. But to define oblique parameters, and more generally universal parameters at the electroweak scale that directly map onto observables, additional prescriptions are needed for the treatment of RG-induced nonuniversal effects. We perform a RG analysis of the SMEFT description of universal theori...

  1. Local Scale Transformations on the Lattice with Tensor Network Renormalization.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Evenbly, G; Vidal, G

    2016-01-29

    Consider the partition function of a classical system in two spatial dimensions, or the Euclidean path integral of a quantum system in two space-time dimensions, both on a lattice. We show that the tensor network renormalization algorithm [G. Evenbly and G. Vidal Phys. Rev. Lett. 115, 180405 (2015)] can be used to implement local scale transformations on these objects, namely, a lattice version of conformal maps. Specifically, we explain how to implement the lattice equivalent of the logarithmic conformal map that transforms the Euclidean plane into a cylinder. As an application, and with the 2D critical Ising model as a concrete example, we use this map to build a lattice version of the scaling operators of the underlying conformal field theory, from which one can extract their scaling dimensions and operator product expansion coefficients.

  2. Percolation, renormalization, and quantum computing with nondeterministic gates.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kieling, K; Rudolph, T; Eisert, J

    2007-09-28

    We apply a notion of static renormalization to the preparation of entangled states for quantum computing, exploiting ideas from percolation theory. Such a strategy yields a novel way to cope with the randomness of nondeterministic quantum gates. This is most relevant in the context of optical architectures, where probabilistic gates are common, and cold atoms in optical lattices, where hole defects occur. We demonstrate how to efficiently construct cluster states without the need for rerouting, thereby avoiding a massive amount of conditional dynamics; we furthermore show that except for a single layer of gates during the preparation, all subsequent operations can be shifted to the final adapted single-qubit measurements. Remarkably, cluster state preparation is achieved using essentially the same scaling in resources as if deterministic gates were available.

  3. Momentum-subtraction renormalization techniques in curved space-time

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Momentum-subtraction techniques, specifically BPHZ and Zimmermann's Normal Product algorithm, are introduced as useful tools in the study of quantum field theories in the presence of background fields. In a model of a self-interacting massive scalar field, conformally coupled to a general asymptotically-flat curved space-time with a trivial topology, momentum-subtractions are shown to respect invariance under general coordinate transformations. As an illustration, general expressions for the trace anomalies are derived, and checked by explicit evaluation of the purely gravitational contributions in the free field theory limit. Furthermore, the trace of the renormalized energy-momentum tensor is shown to vanish at the Gell-Mann Low eigenvalue as it should

  4. A renormalization in group study of supersymmetric field theories

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Heilmann, Marianne

    2015-05-13

    This thesis analyses scalar supersymmetric field theories within the framework of the functional renormalization group (FRG). Classical physics on microscopic scales is connected to the effective model on macroscopic scales via the scale-dependent effective average action by a reformulation of the path integral. Three supersymmetric theories are explored in detail: supersymmetric quantum mechanics, the three-dimensional Wess-Zumino model and supersymmetric spherical theories in three dimensions. The corresponding renormalization group flow is formulated in a manifestly supersymmetric way. By utilizing an expansion of the effective average action in derivative operators, an adequate and intrinsically non-perturbative truncation scheme is selected. In quantum mechanics, the supersymmetric derivative expansion is shown to converge by increasing the order of truncation. Besides, high-accuracy results for the ground and first excited state energies for quantum systems with conserved as well as spontaneously broken supersymmetry are achieved. Furthermore, the critical behaviour of the three-dimensional Wess-Zumino is investigated. Via spectral methods, a global Wilson-Fisher scaling solution and its corresponding universal exponents are determined. Besides, a superscaling relation of the leading exponents is verified for arbitrary dimensions greater than or equal to two. Lastly, three-dimensional spherical, supersymmetric theories are analysed. Their phase structure is determined in detail for infinite as well as finitely many superfields. The exact one-parameter scaling solution for infinitely many fields is shown to collapse to a single non-trivial Wilson-Fisher fixed-point for finitely many superfields. It is pointed out that the strongly-coupled domains of these theories are plagued by Landau poles and non-analyticities, indicating spontaneous supersymmetry breaking.

  5. Charged Rotating Black Branes in Various Dimensions

    CERN Document Server

    Khodam-Mohammadi, A

    2007-01-01

    In this thesis, two different aspects of asymptotically charged rotating black branes in various dimensions are studied. In the first part, the thermodynamics of these spacetimes is investigated, while in the second part the no hair theorem for these spacetimes in four dimensions is considered. In part I, first, the Euclidean actions of a d-dimensional charged rotating black brane are computed through the use of the counterterms renormalization method both in the canonical and the grand-canonical ensemble, and it is shown that the logarithmic divergencies associated to the Weyl anomalies and matter field vanish. Second, a Smarr-type formula for the mass as a function of the entropy, the angular momenta and the electric charge is obtained, which shows that these quantities satisfy the first law of thermodynamics. Third, by using the conserved quantities and the Euclidean actions, the thermodynamics potentials of the system in terms of the temperature, the angular velocities and the electric potential are obtai...

  6. A density matrix renormalization group study of low-lying excitations of polythiophene within a Pariser-Parr-Pople model

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

    Mosumi Das; S Ramasesha

    2006-01-01

    Symmetrized density-matrix-renormalization-group calculations have been carried out, within Pariser-Parr-Pople Hamiltonian, to explore the nature of the ground and low-lying excited states of long polythiophene oligomers. We have exploited 2 symmetry and spin parity of the system to obtain excited states of experimental interest, and studied the lowest dipole allowed excited state and lowest dipole forbidden two photon state, for different oligomer sizes. In the long system limit, the dipole allowed excited state always lies below the lowest dipole forbidden two-photon state which implies, by Kasha rule, that polythiophene fluoresces strongly. The lowest triplet state lies below two-photon state as usual in conjugated polymers. We have doped the system with a hole and an electron and obtained the charge excitation gap and the binding energy of the $1^{1} B_{u}^{-}$ exciton. We have calculated the charge density of the ground, one-photon and two-photon states for the longer system size of 10 thiophene rings to characterize these states. We have studied bond order in these states to get an idea about the equilibrium excited state geometry of the system. We have also studied the charge density distribution of the singly and doubly doped polarons for longer system size, and observe that polythiophenes do not support bipolarons.

  7. Kullback-Leibler and Renormalized Entropy Applications to EEGs of Epilepsy Patients

    CERN Document Server

    Quiroga, R Q; Lehnertz, K; Grassberger, Peter

    1999-01-01

    Recently, renormalized entropy was proposed as a novel measure of relative entropy (P. Saparin et al., Chaos, Solitons & Fractals 4, 1907 (1994)) and applied to several physiological time sequences, including EEGs of patients with epilepsy. We show here that this measure is just a modified Kullback-Leibler (K-L) relative entropy, and it gives similar numerical results to the standard K-L entropy. The latter better distinguishes frequency contents of e.g. seizure and background EEGs than renormalized entropy. We thus propose that renormalized entropy might not be as useful as claimed by its proponents. In passing we also make some critical remarks about the implementation of these methods.

  8. Quantitative analysis by renormalized entropy of invasive electroencephalograph recordings in focal epilepsy

    CERN Document Server

    Kopitzki, K; Timmer, J

    1998-01-01

    Invasive electroencephalograph (EEG) recordings of ten patients suffering from focal epilepsy were analyzed using the method of renormalized entropy. Introduced as a complexity measure for the different regimes of a dynamical system, the feature was tested here for its spatio-temporal behavior in epileptic seizures. In all patients a decrease of renormalized entropy within the ictal phase of seizure was found. Furthermore, the strength of this decrease is monotonically related to the distance of the recording location to the focus. The results suggest that the method of renormalized entropy is a useful procedure for clinical applications like seizure detection and localization of epileptic foci.

  9. Direct Observation of Electrostatically Driven Band Gap Renormalization in a Degenerate Perovskite Transparent Conducting Oxide.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lebens-Higgins, Z; Scanlon, D O; Paik, H; Sallis, S; Nie, Y; Uchida, M; Quackenbush, N F; Wahila, M J; Sterbinsky, G E; Arena, Dario A; Woicik, J C; Schlom, D G; Piper, L F J

    2016-01-15

    We have directly measured the band gap renormalization associated with the Moss-Burstein shift in the perovskite transparent conducting oxide (TCO), La-doped BaSnO_{3}, using hard x-ray photoelectron spectroscopy. We determine that the band gap renormalization is almost entirely associated with the evolution of the conduction band. Our experimental results are supported by hybrid density functional theory supercell calculations. We determine that unlike conventional TCOs where interactions with the dopant orbitals are important, the band gap renormalization in La-BaSnO_{3} is driven purely by electrostatic interactions. PMID:26824566

  10. Renormalization of an Abelian Tensor Group Field Theory: Solution at Leading Order

    CERN Document Server

    Lahoche, Vincent; Rivasseau, Vincent

    2015-01-01

    We study a just renormalizable tensorial group field theory of rank six with quartic melonic interactions and Abelian group U(1). We introduce the formalism of the intermediate field, which allows a precise characterization of the leading order Feynman graphs. We define the renormalization of the model, compute its (perturbative) renormalization group flow and write its expansion in terms of effective couplings. We then establish closed equations for the two point and four point functions at leading (melonic) order. Using the effective expansion and its uniform exponential bounds we prove that these equations admit a unique solution at small renormalized coupling.

  11. Renormalization and Hopf Algebraic Structure of the 5-Dimensional Quartic Tensor Field Theory

    CERN Document Server

    Avohou, Remi Cocou; Tanasa, Adrian

    2015-01-01

    This paper is devoted to the study of renormalization of the quartic melonic tensor model in dimension (=rank) five. We review the perturbative renormalization and the computation of the one loop beta function, confirming the asymptotic freedom of the model. We then define the Connes-Kreimer-like Hopf algebra describing the combinatorics of the renormalization of this model and we analyze in detail, at one- and two-loop levels, the Hochschild cohomology allowing to write the combinatorial Dyson-Schwinger equations. Feynman tensor graph Hopf subalgebras are also exhibited.

  12. Active space decomposition with multiple sites: Density matrix renormalization group algorithm

    CERN Document Server

    Parker, Shane M

    2014-01-01

    We extend the active space decomposition method, recently developed by us, to more than two active sites using the density matrix renormalization group algorithm. The fragment wave functions are described by complete or restricted active-space wave functions. Numerical results are shown on a benzene pentamer and a perylene diimide trimer. It is found that the truncation errors in our method decrease almost exponentially with respect to the number of renormalization states M, allowing for numerically exact calculations (to a few {\\mu}Eh or less) with M = 128 in both cases, which is in contrast to conventional ab initio density matrix renormalization group.

  13. One-loop amplitudes on orbifolds and the renormalization of coupling constants

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    We consider three-point one-loop amplitudes for strings propagating on orbifolds that preserve a supersymmetry. For three external gauge bosons, we compute the explicit wave-function renormalization of the external legs and show that it leads to the correct value for the Yang-Mills β-function. For two gauge bosons and a graviton, we show that there is no renormalization of the coupling, but if the graviton is replaced with an antisymmetric tensor, then the coupling is renormalized. (orig.)

  14. Renormalization procedure for random tensor networks and the canonical tensor model

    CERN Document Server

    Sasakura, Naoki

    2015-01-01

    We discuss a renormalization procedure for random tensor networks, and show that the corresponding renormalization-group flow is given by the Hamiltonian vector flow of the canonical tensor model, which is a discretized model of quantum gravity. The result is the generalization of the previous one concerning the relation between the Ising model on random networks and the canonical tensor model with N=2. We also prove a general theorem which relates discontinuity of the renormalization-group flow and the phase transitions of random tensor networks.

  15. Renormalization of the momentum density on the lattice using shifted boundary conditions

    CERN Document Server

    Robaina, Daniel

    2013-01-01

    In order to extract transport quantities from energy-momentum-tensor (EMT) correlators in Lattice QCD there is a strong need for a non-perturbative renormalization of these operators. This is due to the fact that the lattice regularization explicitly breaks translational invariance, invalidating the non-renormalization-theorem. Here we present a non-perturbative calculation of the renormalization constant of the off-diagonal components of the EMT in SU(3) pure gauge theory using lattices with shifted boundary conditions. This allows us to induce a non-zero momentum in the system controlled by the shift parameter and to determine the normalization of the momentum density operator.

  16. Non-perturbative renormalization of overlap quark bilinears on domain wall fermion configurations

    CERN Document Server

    Liu, Zhaofeng; Yang, Yi-Bo; Dong, Shao-Jing; Glatzmaier, Michael; Gong, Ming; Liu, Keh-Fei; Li, Anyi; Zhang, Jian-Bo

    2013-01-01

    We present renormalization constants of overlap quark bilinear operators on 2+1-flavor domain wall fermion configurations. Both overlap and domain wall fermions have chiral symmetry on the lattice. The scale independent renormalization constant for the local axial vector current is computed using a Ward Identity. The renormalization constants for the scalar, pseudoscalar and vector current are calculated in the RI-MOM scheme. Results in the MS-bar scheme are obtained by using perturbative conversion ratios. The analysis uses in total six ensembles with lattice sizes 24^3x64 and 32^3x64.

  17. A geometrical formulation of the renormalization group method for global analysis

    CERN Document Server

    Kunihiro, T

    1995-01-01

    On the basis of the classical theory of envelope,we formulate the renormalization group (RG) method for global analysis, recently proposed by Goldenfeld et al. It is clarified why the RG equation improves things.

  18. Renormalization of lattice-regularized quantum gravity models I. General considerations

    CERN Document Server

    Cooperman, Joshua H

    2014-01-01

    Lattice regularization is a standard technique for the nonperturbative definition of a quantum theory of fields. Several approaches to the construction of a quantum theory of gravity adopt this technique either explicitly or implicitly. A crucial complement to lattice regularization is the process of renormalization through which a continuous description of the quantum theory arises. I provide a comprehensive conceptual discussion of the renormalization of lattice-regularized quantum gravity models. I begin with a presentation of the renormalization group from the Wilsonian perspective. I then consider the application of the renormalization group in four contexts: quantum field theory on a continuous nondynamical spacetime, quantum field theory on a lattice-regularized nondynamical spacetime, quantum field theory of continuous dynamical spacetime, and quantum field theory of lattice-regularized dynamical spacetime. The first three contexts serve to identify successively the particular issues that arise in the...

  19. Renormalization shielding and eikonal analysis on the atomic collision in dense partially ionized hydrogen plasmas

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Kim, Sung Soo [Department of Applied Mathematics, Hanyang University, Ansan, Kyunggi-Do 426-791 (Korea, Republic of); Jung, Young-Dae [Department of Applied Physics and Department of Bionanotechnology, Hanyang University, Ansan, Kyunggi-Do 426-791 (Korea, Republic of); Department of Physics, Applied Physics, and Astronomy, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 110 Eighth Street, Troy, New York 12180-3590 (United States)

    2013-12-15

    The renormalization plasma screening effects on the electron-ion collision are investigated in dense partially ionized hydrogen plasmas. The Hamilton-Jacobi and eikonal methods with the effective interaction potential are employed to obtain the eikonal scattering phase shift and eikonal cross section for the electron-ion collision. It is found that the influence of renormalization screening strongly suppresses the eikonal scattering phase shift as well as the eikonal cross section, especially, for small impact parameter regions. In addition, the renormalization screening effect reduces the total eikonal cross section in all energy domains. The variation of the renormalization effects on the electron-ion collision in dense partially ionized hydrogen plasmas is also discussed.

  20. Renormalization theory of stationary homogeneous strong turbulence in a collisionless plasma

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    A renormalization procedure for the perturbation expansion of the Vlasov-Poisson equation is presented to describe stationary homogeneous turbulence. By using the diagramatic scheme the theory is shown to be renormalizable to any order. The expressions for the renormalized propagator, the renormalized dielectric function, and the intrinsically incoherent source are given. The renormalization leads to a complete separation of the fluctuating distribution function f/sub k/ into two parts, the coherent part, which is proved to represent the dielectric effect of the medium, and the intrinsically incoherent part, which represents the effect of nonlinear source. The turbulent collisional operator in the transport equation is proved equal to GAMMA0, the frequency broadening when k = 0

  1. The so-called renormalization group method applied to the specific prime numbers logarithmic decrease

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    A so-called renormalization group (RG) analysis is performed in order to shed some light on why the density of prime numbers in N* decreases like the single power of the inverse neperian logarithm. (orig.)

  2. Nonperturbative renormalization group study of the stochastic Navier-Stokes equation.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mejía-Monasterio, Carlos; Muratore-Ginanneschi, Paolo

    2012-07-01

    We study the renormalization group flow of the average action of the stochastic Navier-Stokes equation with power-law forcing. Using Galilean invariance, we introduce a nonperturbative approximation adapted to the zero-frequency sector of the theory in the parametric range of the Hölder exponent 4-2ε of the forcing where real-space local interactions are relevant. In any spatial dimension d, we observe the convergence of the resulting renormalization group flow to a unique fixed point which yields a kinetic energy spectrum scaling in agreement with canonical dimension analysis. Kolmogorov's -5/3 law is, thus, recovered for ε = 2 as also predicted by perturbative renormalization. At variance with the perturbative prediction, the -5/3 law emerges in the presence of a saturation in the ε dependence of the scaling dimension of the eddy diffusivity at ε = 3/2 when, according to perturbative renormalization, the velocity field becomes infrared relevant. PMID:23005533

  3. MS and RI-MOM renormalization of three-quark operators

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Gruber, Michael [Institut fuer Theoretische Physik, Universitaet Regensburg (Germany)

    2013-07-01

    The most widely used renormalization condition in continuum QCD is the modified minimal subtraction (MS) scheme, which requires the use of dimensional regularization. Because dimensional regularization is not possible on a 4-dimensional lattice, regularization invariant (RI) renormalization conditions such as the RI-MOM schemes are used instead. Since such a scheme is also viable in the continuum we aim to employ perturbative QCD calculations to provide conversion between RI-MOM and MS renormalization factors for three-quark operators. These conversion factors can then be applied to renormalized lattice results for e.g. nucleon distribution amplitudes or coupling constants in order to facilitate better comparability to values obtained from continuum methods such as QCD sum rules.

  4. MS and RI-MOM renormalization of three-quark operators

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    The most widely used renormalization condition in continuum QCD is the modified minimal subtraction (MS) scheme, which requires the use of dimensional regularization. Because dimensional regularization is not possible on a 4-dimensional lattice, regularization invariant (RI) renormalization conditions such as the RI-MOM schemes are used instead. Since such a scheme is also viable in the continuum we aim to employ perturbative QCD calculations to provide conversion between RI-MOM and MS renormalization factors for three-quark operators. These conversion factors can then be applied to renormalized lattice results for e.g. nucleon distribution amplitudes or coupling constants in order to facilitate better comparability to values obtained from continuum methods such as QCD sum rules.

  5. Non-perturbative renormalization of static-light four-fermion operators in quenched lattice QCD

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Palombi, F. [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Zeuthen (Germany); Papinutto, M.; Pena, C. [CERN, Geneva (Switzerland). Physics Dept., Theory Div.; Wittig, H. [Mainz Univ. (Germany). Inst. fuer Kernphysik

    2007-06-15

    We perform a non-perturbative study of the scale-dependent renormalization factors of a multiplicatively renormalizable basis of {delta}B=2 parity-odd four-fermion operators in quenched lattice QCD. Heavy quarks are treated in the static approximation with various lattice discretizations of the static action. Light quarks are described by nonperturbatively O(a) improved Wilson-type fermions. The renormalization group running is computed for a family of Schroedinger functional (SF) schemes through finite volume techniques in the continuum limit. We compute non-perturbatively the relation between the renormalization group invariant operators and their counterparts renormalized in the SF at a low energy scale. Furthermore, we provide non-perturbative estimates for the matching between the lattice regularized theory and all the SF schemes considered. (orig.)

  6. Matrix Product Operators, Matrix Product States, and ab initio Density Matrix Renormalization Group algorithms

    CERN Document Server

    Chan, Garnet Kin-Lic; Nakatani, Naoki; Li, Zhendong; White, Steven R

    2016-01-01

    Current descriptions of the ab initio DMRG algorithm use two superficially different languages: an older language of the renormalization group and renormalized operators, and a more recent language of matrix product states and matrix product operators. The same algorithm can appear dramatically different when written in the two different vocabularies. In this work, we carefully describe the translation between the two languages in several contexts. First, we describe how to efficiently implement the ab-initio DMRG sweep using a matrix product operator based code, and the equivalence to the original renormalized operator implementation. Next we describe how to implement the general matrix product operator/matrix product state algebra within a pure renormalized operator-based DMRG code. Finally, we discuss two improvements of the ab initio DMRG sweep algorithm motivated by matrix product operator language: Hamiltonian compression, and a sum over operators representation that allows for perfect computational par...

  7. Global Existence of Renormalized Solutions to Entropy-Dissipating Reaction-Diffusion Systems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Fischer, J.

    2015-10-01

    In the present work we introduce the notion of a renormalized solution for reaction-diffusion systems with entropy-dissipating reactions. We establish the global existence of renormalized solutions. In the case of integrable reaction terms our notion of a renormalized solution reduces to the usual notion of a weak solution. Our existence result in particular covers all reaction-diffusion systems involving a single reversible reaction with mass-action kinetics and (possibly species-dependent) Fick-law diffusion; more generally, it covers the case of systems of reversible reactions with mass-action kinetics which satisfy the detailed balance condition. For such equations the existence of any kind of solution in general was an open problem, thereby motivating the study of renormalized solutions.

  8. Renormalization Group Theory and Its Application to Thermally-Induced Turbulence

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    CAO Yi-Gang; W.K. Chow

    2004-01-01

    Renormalization group theory applied to turbulence will be reviewed in this article.Techniques associated are used for analyzing thermally-induced turbulence.Transport properties such as effective viscosity and thermal diffusivity are derived.

  9. Quark Masses and Renormalization Constants from Quark Propagator and 3-point Functions

    OpenAIRE

    Becirevic, D.; Lubicz, V.; Martinelli, G.; Testa, M.(INFN Laboratori Nazionali di Frascati, Frascati, Italy)

    1999-01-01

    We have computed the light and strange quark masses and the renormalization constants of the quark bilinear operators, by studying the large-p^2 behaviour of the lattice quark propagator and 3-point functions. The calculation is non-perturbatively improved, at O(a), in the chiral limit. The method used to compute the quark masses has never been applied so far, and it does not require an explicit determination of the quark mass renormalization constant.

  10. Possible situation for gauge independence of wave-function renormalization constants in gauge-field theories

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Possibility of gauge independence of wave-function renormalization constants is studied on the basis of gauge-field theories with gauge covariance. By use of the expression for the double-pole type propagator D tilde sub( f)(x), exploited by Zwanziger, it is asserted that D tilde sub( f)(0) can be consistently taken zero. As a consequence, all renormalization constants become gauge independent, contrary to the conventional understanding. (author)

  11. PyR@TE: Renormalization Group Equations for General Gauge Theories

    OpenAIRE

    Lyonnet, Florian; Schienbein, Ingo; Staub, Florian; Wingerter, Akin

    2013-01-01

    Although the two-loop renormalization group equations for a general gauge field theory have been known for quite some time, deriving them for specific models has often been difficult in practice. This is mainly due to the fact that, albeit straightforward, the involved calculations are quite long, tedious and prone to error. The present work is an attempt to facilitate the practical use of the renormalization group equations in model building. To that end, we have developed two completely ind...

  12. New stochastic approach to the renormalization of the supersymmetric $\\phi^4$ with ultrametric

    CERN Document Server

    Rodríguez-Romo, S

    1996-01-01

    We present a new real space renormalization-group map, on the space of probabilities, to study the renormalization of the SUSY \\phi^4. In our approach we use the random walk representation on a lattice labeled by an ultrametric space. Our method can be extended to any \\phi^n. New stochastic meaning is given to the parameters involved in the flow of the map and results are provided.

  13. Systematization of basic divergent integrals in perturbation theory and renormalization group functions

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Brito, L.C.T. [Federal University of Minas Gerais, Physics Department, ICEx, PO Box 702, 30.161-970 Belo Horizonte, MG (Brazil)], E-mail: lctbrito@fisica.ufmg.br; Fargnoli, H.G. [Federal University of Minas Gerais, Physics Department, ICEx, PO Box 702, 30.161-970 Belo Horizonte, MG (Brazil)], E-mail: helvecio@fisica.ufmg.br; Baeta Scarpelli, A.P. [Centro Federal de Educacao Tecnologica, MG, Avenida Amazonas, 7675, 30510-000 Nova Gameleira, Belo Horizonte, MG (Brazil)], E-mail: scarp@fisica.ufmg.br; Sampaio, Marcos [Federal University of Minas Gerais, Physics Department, ICEx, PO Box 702, 30.161-970 Belo Horizonte, MG (Brazil)], E-mail: msampaio@fisica.ufmg.br; Nemes, M.C. [Federal University of Minas Gerais, Physics Department, ICEx, PO Box 702, 30.161-970 Belo Horizonte, MG (Brazil)], E-mail: carolina@fisica.ufmg.br

    2009-03-23

    We show that to n loop order the divergent content of a Feynman amplitude is spanned by a set of basic (logarithmically divergent) integrals I{sub log}{sup (i)}({lambda}{sup 2}), i=1,2,...,n, {lambda} being the renormalization group scale, which need not be evaluated. Only the coefficients of the basic divergent integrals are show to determine renormalization group functions. Relations between these coefficients of different loop orders are derived.

  14. Non-perturbative renormalization of the B-meson axial current

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    The axial current of a light and a heavy quark is studied in the static approximation, with the aim of defining a non-perturbative renormalization scheme. To keep lattice artifacts small, O(a) improvement in the static approximation is discussed in detail. It is explained how a finite size scheme can be used to avoid the necessity of accommodating a large energy range on a single lattice in the determination of the scale dependence of the renormalized static-light axial current. To that end, Schroedinger functional boundary conditions are imposed on the static quark field, and a renormalization condition is formulated. As a central object of the SF scheme, the 'step scaling function', connecting the renormalization constants at different scales, is introduced. A large part of this thesis is dedicated to the expansion of suitable correlation functions to one loop order of perturbation theory. Using these expansions, the finite renormalization constants connecting the static-light axial current in the lattice MS scheme and the light-light axial current normalized by current algebra relations is calculated at one loop order. From this result, the relation of the renormalized static-light axial current in the SF scheme to the MS-renormalized static-light axial current is derived. Using that relation, the static-light axial current's two loop anomalous dimension in the SF scheme, which is needed for the calculation of the renormalization group invariant current, is calculated by conversion from the MS scheme. Further studies made in this thesis are the determination of discretization errors in the step scaling function at one loop order, and the calculation of an improvement coefficient for the static-light axial current at one loop order to perturbation theory. (orig.)

  15. On the renormalization procedure for quantum fields with modified dispersion relation in curved spacetimes

    CERN Document Server

    Nacir, Diana López

    2009-01-01

    We review our recent results on the renormalization procedure for a free quantum scalar field with modified dispersion relations in curved spacetimes. For dispersion relations containing up to $2s$ powers of the spatial momentum, the subtraction necessary to renormalize $$ and $$ depends on $s$. We first describe our previous analysis for spatially flat Friedman-Robertson-Walker and Bianchi type I metrics. Then we present a new power counting analysis for general background metrics in the weak field approximation.

  16. Coarse-Graining and Renormalization of Atomistic Binding Relations and Universal Macroscopic Cohesive Behavior

    OpenAIRE

    Nguyen, O. T.; Ortiz, M.

    2001-01-01

    We present two approaches for coarse-graining interplanar potentials and determining the corresponding macroscopic cohesive laws based on energy relaxation and the renormalization group. We analyze the cohesive behavior of a large---but finite---number of interatomic planes and find that the macroscopic cohesive law adopts a universal asymptotic form. The universal form of the macroscopic cohesive law is an attractive fixed point of a suitably-defined renormalization-group transformation.

  17. Renormalization group solution for the two-dimensional random bond Potts model with broken replica symmetry

    CERN Document Server

    Dotsenko, V S; Picco, M; Pujol, P; Dotsenko, Viktor; Dotsenko, Vladimir; Picco, Marco; Pujol, Pierre

    1995-01-01

    We find a new solution of the renormalization group for the Potts model with ferromagnetic random valued coupling constants. The solution exhibits universality and broken replica symmetry. It is argued that the model reaches this universality class if the replica symmetry is broken initially. Otherwise the model stays with the replica symmetric renormalization group flow and reaches the fixed point which has been considered before.

  18. Renormalization group relations and searching for abelian Z' Boson in the four-fermionic processes

    OpenAIRE

    Gulov, A. V.; Skalozub, V. V.

    1998-01-01

    The method of searching for signals of heavy virtual particles is developed. It is based on a renormalization group equation for the low energy effective Lagrangian and the decoupling theorem. As an application, the model independent search for Abelian Z' boson in four-fermion processes is analyzed. The basic one-loop renormalization group relation for the parameters of the effective Lagrangian is derived which gives possibility to reduce the problem to the scattering of the Standard Model pa...

  19. SOLUTIONS OF GINZBURG-LANDAU EQUATIONS WITH WEIGHT AND MINIMIZERS OF THE RENORMALIZED ENERGY

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Kou Yanlei; Ding Shijin

    2007-01-01

    In this paper, it is proved that for any given d non-degenerate local minimum points of the renormalized energy of weighted Ginzburg-Landau eqautions, one can find solutions to the Ginzburg-Landau equations whose vortices tend to these d points. This provides the connections between solutions of a class of Ginzburg-Landau equations with weight and minimizers of the renormalized energy.

  20. Renormalized perturbation theory: Vlasov-Poisson System, weak turbulence limit and gyrokinetics

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    The Self-consistency of the renormalized perturbation theory is demonstrated by applying it to the Vlasov-Poisson System and showing that the theory has the correct weak turbulence limit. Energy conservation is proved to arbitrary high order for the electrostatic drift waves. The theory is applied to derive renormalized equations for a low-β gyrokinetic system. Comparison of our theory with other current theories is presented. 22 refs

  1. Cylinder renormalization for Siegel disks and a constructive Measurable Riemann Mapping Theorem

    OpenAIRE

    Gaidashev, Denis G.

    2005-01-01

    The boundary of the Siegel disk of a quadratic polynomial with an irrationally indifferent fixed point with the golden mean rotation number has been observed to be self-similar. The geometry of this self-similarity is universal for a large class of holomorphic maps. A renormalization explanation of this universality has been proposed in the literature. However, one of the ingredients of this explanation, the hyperbolicity of renormalization, has not been proved yet. The present work considers...

  2. All-order renormalization of propagator matrix for fermionic system with flavor mixing

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Kniehl, Bernd A. [California Univ., Santa Barbara, CA (United States). Kavli Inst. for Theoretical Physics

    2013-08-15

    We consider a mixed system of Dirac fermions in a general parity-nonconserving theory and renormalize the propagator matrix to all orders in the pole scheme, in which the squares of the renormalized masses are identified with the complex pole positions and the wave-function renormalization (WFR) matrices are adjusted in compliance with the Lehmann-Symanzik-Zimmermann reduction formalism. We present closed analytic all-order expressions for the renormalization constants in terms of the scalar, pseudoscalar, vector, and pseudovector parts of the unrenormalized self-energy matrix, which is computable from the one-particle-irreducible Feynman diagrams of the flavor transitions. We identify residual degrees of freedom in the WFR matrices and propose an additional renormalization condition to exhaust them. We then explain how our results may be generalized to the case of unstable fermions, in which we encounter the phenomenon of WFR bifurcation. In the special case of a solitary unstable fermion, the all-order-renormalized propagator is presented in a particularly compact form.

  3. Functional renormalization for antiferromagnetism and superconductivity in the Hubbard model

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Despite its apparent simplicity, the two-dimensional Hubbard model for locally interacting fermions on a square lattice is widely considered as a promising approach for the understanding of Cooper pair formation in the quasi two-dimensional high-Tc cuprate materials. In the present work this model is investigated by means of the functional renormalization group, based on an exact flow equation for the effective average action. In addition to the fermionic degrees of freedom of the Hubbard Hamiltonian, bosonic fields are introduced which correspond to the different possible collective orders of the system, for example magnetism and superconductivity. The interactions between bosons and fermions are determined by means of the method of ''rebosonization'' (or ''flowing bosonization''), which can be described as a continuous, scale-dependent Hubbard-Stratonovich transformation. This method allows an efficient parameterization of the momentum-dependent effective two-particle interaction between fermions (four-point vertex), and it makes it possible to follow the flow of the running couplings into the regimes exhibiting spontaneous symmetry breaking, where bosonic fluctuations determine the types of order which are present on large length scales. Numerical results for the phase diagram are presented, which include the mutual influence of different, competing types of order. (orig.)

  4. Renormalization and redundancy in 2d quantum field theories

    CERN Document Server

    Behr, Nicolas

    2014-01-01

    We analyze renormalization group (RG) flows in two-dimensional quantum field theories in the presence of redundant directions. We use the operator picture in which redundant operators are total derivatives. Our analysis has three levels of generality. We introduce a redundancy anomaly equation which is analyzed together with the RG anomaly equation previously considered by H.Osborn [8] and D.Friedan and A.Konechny [7]. The Wess-Zumino consistency conditions between these anomalies yield a number of general relations which should hold to all orders in perturbation theory. We further use conformal perturbation theory to study field theories in the vicinity of a fixed point when some of the symmetries of the fixed point are broken by the perturbation. We relate various anomaly coefficients to OPE coefficients at the fixed point and analyze which operators become redundant and how they participate in the RG flow. Finally, we illustrate our findings by three explicit models constructed as current-current perturbat...

  5. Interleaved numerical renormalization group as an efficient multiband impurity solver

    Science.gov (United States)

    Stadler, K. M.; Mitchell, A. K.; von Delft, J.; Weichselbaum, A.

    2016-06-01

    Quantum impurity problems can be solved using the numerical renormalization group (NRG), which involves discretizing the free conduction electron system and mapping to a "Wilson chain." It was shown recently that Wilson chains for different electronic species can be interleaved by use of a modified discretization, dramatically increasing the numerical efficiency of the RG scheme [Phys. Rev. B 89, 121105(R) (2014), 10.1103/PhysRevB.89.121105]. Here we systematically examine the accuracy and efficiency of the "interleaved" NRG (iNRG) method in the context of the single impurity Anderson model, the two-channel Kondo model, and a three-channel Anderson-Hund model. The performance of iNRG is explicitly compared with "standard" NRG (sNRG): when the average number of states kept per iteration is the same in both calculations, the accuracy of iNRG is equivalent to that of sNRG but the computational costs are significantly lower in iNRG when the same symmetries are exploited. Although iNRG weakly breaks SU(N ) channel symmetry (if present), both accuracy and numerical cost are entirely competitive with sNRG exploiting full symmetries. iNRG is therefore shown to be a viable and technically simple alternative to sNRG for high-symmetry models. Moreover, iNRG can be used to solve a range of lower-symmetry multiband problems that are inaccessible to sNRG.

  6. Spectral functions and transport coefficients from the functional renormalization group

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Tripolt, Ralf-Arno

    2015-06-03

    In this thesis we present a new method to obtain real-time quantities like spectral functions and transport coefficients at finite temperature and density using the Functional Renormalization Group approach. Our non-perturbative method is thermodynamically consistent, symmetry preserving and based on an analytic continuation from imaginary to real time on the level of the flow equations. We demonstrate the applicability of this method by calculating mesonic spectral functions as well as the shear viscosity for the quark-meson model. In particular, results are presented for the pion and sigma spectral function at finite temperature and chemical potential, with a focus on the regime near the critical endpoint in the phase diagram of the quark-meson model. Moreover, the different time-like and space-like processes, which give rise to a complex structure of the spectral functions, are discussed. Finally, based on the momentum dependence of the spectral functions, we calculate the shear viscosity and the shear viscosity to entropy density ratio using the corresponding Green-Kubo formula.

  7. A perturbative renormalization group approach to driven quantum systems

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    We use a perturbative momentum shell renormalization group (RG) approach to study the properties of a driven quantum system at zero temperature. To illustrate the technique, we consider a bosonic ϕ4 theory with an arbitrary time dependent interaction parameter λ(t) = λ f(ω0t), where ω0 is the drive frequency and we derive the RG equations for the system using a Keldysh diagrammatic technique. We show that the scaling of ω0 is analogous to that of temperature for a system in thermal equilibrium and its presence provides a cutoff scale for the RG flow. We analyze the resultant RG equations, derive an analytical condition for such a drive to take the system out of the gaussian regime, and show that the onset of the non-gaussian regime occurs concomitantly with the appearance of non-perturbative mode coupling terms in the effective action of the system. We supplement the above-mentioned results by obtaining them from equations of motion of the bosons and discuss their significance for systems near critical points described by time-dependent Landau-Ginzburg theories. (paper)

  8. Does Multiplicity Replace Renormalization and Link Genetics too?

    Science.gov (United States)

    Goradia, Shantilal

    2007-04-01

    The substitution of sixty orders of magnitude, the age of the universe in Planck times, for W in entropy equation S = ln W, yields 138, close to the reciprocal of fine-structure constant (137) consistent with (1) Einstein's 1919 retraction of cosmological constant, (2) non-decreasing nature of entropy (3) Gamow's view. I link cosmology and Boltzmann statistics in terms of encryption in sequences of the OPEN and CLOSED states (or their superposition) pictorially shown in fig 1 [1]. I take an algorithmic approach to explain the expression of genetic information in cloning in terms of black hole information theory via Planck scale and flexible Einstein Rosen bridges linking physical particles of genetic tape with spacetime. Einstein's retraction of cosmological constant, long before Hubble's finding, surprised me, possibly you and Mike Turner too, during my last encounter with Mike at NDU. In 1919, Einstein addressed multiplicity, not GR. Unlike later papers on MOND without dark matter, I use no renormalization tricks in v2 of [1]. [1] physics/0210040 v3 (Jan 2007). To cite this abstract, use the following reference: http://meetings.aps.org/link/BAPS.2007.NES07.C1.7

  9. Renormalization and redundancy in 2d quantum field theories

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    We analyze renormalization group (RG) flows in two-dimensional quantum field theories in the presence of redundant directions. We use the operator picture in which redundant operators are total derivatives. Our analysis has three levels of generality. We introduce a redundancy anomaly equation which is analyzed together with the RG anomaly equation previously considered by H. Osborn http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/0550-3213(91)80030-P and D. Friedan and A. Konechny http://dx.doi.org/10.1088/1751-8113/43/21/215401. The Wess-Zumino consistency conditions between these anomalies yield a number of general relations which should hold to all orders in perturbation theory. We further use conformal perturbation theory to study field theories in the vicinity of a fixed point when some of the symmetries of the fixed point are broken by the perturbation. We relate various anomaly coefficients to OPE coefficients at the fixed point and analyze which operators become redundant and how they participate in the RG flow. Finally, we illustrate our findings by three explicit models constructed as current-current perturbations of SU(2)k WZW model. At each generality level we discuss the geometric picture behind redundancy and how one can reduce the number of couplings by taking a quotient with respect to the redundant directions. We point to the special role of polar representations for the redundancy groups

  10. Ultrasoft renormalization of the potentials in vNRQCD

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Stahlhofen, Maximilian Horst

    2009-02-18

    The effective field theory vNRQCD allows to describe among others the production of top-antitop pairs in electron-positron collisions at threshold, i.e. with very small relative velocity {upsilon} << 1 of the quarks. Potentially large logarithms {proportional_to} ln {upsilon} are systematically summed up and lead to a scale dependence of the Wilson coefficients of the theory. The missing contributions to the cross section {sigma}(e{sup +}e{sup -} {yields} t anti t) in the resonance region at NNLL level are the so-called mixing contributions to the NNLL anomalous dimension of the S-wave production/annihilation current of the topquark pair. To calculate these one has to know the NLL renormalization group running of so-called potentials (4-quark operators). The dominant contributions to the anomalous dimension of these potentials come from vNRQCD diagrams with ultrasoft gluon loops. The aim of this thesis is to derive the complete ultrasoft NLL running of the relevant potentials. For that purpose the UV divergent parts of about 10{sup 4} two-loop diagrams are determined. Technical and conceptional issues are discussed. Some open questions related to the calculation of the non-Abelian two-loop diagrams arise. Preliminary results are analysed with regard to the consequences for the mentioned cross section and its theoretical uncertainty. (orig.)

  11. Functional renormalization for antiferromagnetism and superconductivity in the Hubbard model

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Friederich, Simon

    2010-12-08

    Despite its apparent simplicity, the two-dimensional Hubbard model for locally interacting fermions on a square lattice is widely considered as a promising approach for the understanding of Cooper pair formation in the quasi two-dimensional high-T{sub c} cuprate materials. In the present work this model is investigated by means of the functional renormalization group, based on an exact flow equation for the effective average action. In addition to the fermionic degrees of freedom of the Hubbard Hamiltonian, bosonic fields are introduced which correspond to the different possible collective orders of the system, for example magnetism and superconductivity. The interactions between bosons and fermions are determined by means of the method of ''rebosonization'' (or ''flowing bosonization''), which can be described as a continuous, scale-dependent Hubbard-Stratonovich transformation. This method allows an efficient parameterization of the momentum-dependent effective two-particle interaction between fermions (four-point vertex), and it makes it possible to follow the flow of the running couplings into the regimes exhibiting spontaneous symmetry breaking, where bosonic fluctuations determine the types of order which are present on large length scales. Numerical results for the phase diagram are presented, which include the mutual influence of different, competing types of order. (orig.)

  12. Renormalization group evolution of the universal theories EFT

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wells, James D.; Zhang, Zhengkang

    2016-06-01

    The conventional oblique parameters analyses of precision electroweak data can be consistently cast in the modern framework of the Standard Model effective field theory (SMEFT) when restrictions are imposed on the SMEFT parameter space so that it describes universal theories. However, the usefulness of such analyses is challenged by the fact that universal theories at the scale of new physics, where they are matched onto the SMEFT, can flow to nonuniversal theories with renormalization group (RG) evolution down to the electroweak scale, where precision observables are measured. The departure from universal theories at the electroweak scale is not arbitrary, but dictated by the universal parameters at the matching scale. But to define oblique parameters, and more generally universal parameters at the electroweak scale that directly map onto observables, additional prescriptions are needed for the treatment of RG-induced nonuniversal effects. We perform a RG analysis of the SMEFT description of universal theories, and discuss the impact of RG on simplified, universal-theories-motivated approaches to fitting precision electroweak and Higgs data.

  13. Ultrasoft renormalization of the potentials in vNRQCD

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    The effective field theory vNRQCD allows to describe among others the production of top-antitop pairs in electron-positron collisions at threshold, i.e. with very small relative velocity υ +e- → t anti t) in the resonance region at NNLL level are the so-called mixing contributions to the NNLL anomalous dimension of the S-wave production/annihilation current of the topquark pair. To calculate these one has to know the NLL renormalization group running of so-called potentials (4-quark operators). The dominant contributions to the anomalous dimension of these potentials come from vNRQCD diagrams with ultrasoft gluon loops. The aim of this thesis is to derive the complete ultrasoft NLL running of the relevant potentials. For that purpose the UV divergent parts of about 104 two-loop diagrams are determined. Technical and conceptional issues are discussed. Some open questions related to the calculation of the non-Abelian two-loop diagrams arise. Preliminary results are analysed with regard to the consequences for the mentioned cross section and its theoretical uncertainty. (orig.)

  14. Holography as a highly efficient renormalization group flow. I. Rephrasing gravity

    Science.gov (United States)

    Behr, Nicolas; Kuperstein, Stanislav; Mukhopadhyay, Ayan

    2016-07-01

    We investigate how the holographic correspondence can be reformulated as a generalization of Wilsonian renormalization group (RG) flow in a strongly interacting large-N quantum field theory. We first define a highly efficient RG flow as one in which the Ward identities related to local conservation of energy, momentum and charges preserve the same form at each scale. To achieve this, it is necessary to redefine the background metric and external sources at each scale as functionals of the effective single-trace operators. These redefinitions also absorb the contributions of the multitrace operators to these effective Ward identities. Thus, the background metric and external sources become effectively dynamical, reproducing the dual classical gravity equations in one higher dimension. Here, we focus on reconstructing the pure gravity sector as a highly efficient RG flow of the energy-momentum tensor operator, leaving the explicit constructive field theory approach for generating such RG flows to the second part of the work. We show that special symmetries of the highly efficient RG flows carry information through which we can decode the gauge fixing of bulk diffeomorphisms in the corresponding gravity equations. We also show that the highly efficient RG flow which reproduces a given classical gravity theory in a given gauge is unique provided the endpoint can be transformed to a nonrelativistic fixed point with a finite number of parameters under a universal rescaling. The results obtained here are used in the second part of this work, where we do an explicit field-theoretic construction of the RG flow and obtain the dual classical gravity theory.

  15. Discrete solvent effects on the effective interaction between charged colloids

    CERN Document Server

    Allahyarov, E

    2000-01-01

    Using computer simulations of two charged colloidal spheres with their counterions in a hard sphere solvent, we show that the granular nature of the solvent significantly influences the effective colloidal interaction. For divalent counterions, the total effective force can become attractive generated by counterion hydration, while for monovalent counterions the forces are repulsive and well-described by a solvent-induced colloidal charge renormalization. Both effects are not contained in the traditional "primitive" approaches but can be accounted for in a solvent-averaged primitive model.

  16. Band renormalization and spin polarization of MoS{sub 2} in graphene/MoS{sub 2} heterostructures

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Coy-Diaz, Horacio; Batzill, Matthias [Department of Physics, University of South Florida, Tampa, FL (United States); Bertran, Francois; Chen, Chaoyu; Avila, Jose; Rault, Julien; Le Fevre, Patrick; Asensio, Maria C. [Synchrotron SOLEIL, L' Orme des Merisiers, Gif sur Yvette (France)

    2015-12-15

    Transition metal dichalcogenides exhibit spin-orbit split bands at the K-point that become spin polarized for broken crystal inversion symmetry. This enables simultaneous manipulation of valley and spin degrees of freedom. While the inversion symmetry is broken for monolayers, we show here that spin polarization of the MoS{sub 2} surface may also be obtained by interfacing it with graphene, which induces a space charge region in the surface of MoS{sub 2}. Polarization induced symmetry breaking in the potential gradient of the space charge is considered to be responsible for the observed spin polarization. In addition to spin polarization we also observe a renormalization of the valence band maximum (VBM) upon interfacing of MoS{sub 2} with graphene. The energy difference between the VBM at the Γ-point and K-point shifts by ∝150 meV between the clean and graphene covered surface. (copyright 2015 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH and Co. KGaA, Weinheim)

  17. The shape of the renormalized trajectory in the two-dimensional O(n) non-linear sigma model

    CERN Document Server

    Kuti, Julius; Kuti, Julius; Bock, Wolfgang

    1995-01-01

    The renormalized trajectory in the multi-dimensional coupling parameter space of the two-dimensional O(3) non-linear sigma model is determined numerically under delta-function block spin transformations using two different Monte Carlo renormalization group techniques. The renormalized trajectory is compared with the straight line of the fixed point trajectory (fixed point action) which leaves the asymptotically free ultraviolet fixed point of the critical surface in the orthogonal direction. Our results show that the renormalized trajectory breaks away from the fixed point trajectory at a correlation length of approximately 3-5, flowing into the high temperature fixed point at zero correlation length. The analytic large N calculation of the renormalized trajectory is also presented in the coupling parameter space of the most general bilinear Hamiltonians. The renormalized trajectory in the large N approximation exhibits a similar shape as in the N=3 case, with the sharp break occurring at a somewhat smaller c...

  18. Renormalization in quantum field theory and the Riemann-Hilbert problem II: The {beta}-function, diffeomorphisms and the renormalization group

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Connes, A.; Kreimer, D. [Institut des Hautes Etudes Sci., Bures sur Yvette (France)

    2001-01-01

    We showed in Part I that the Hopf algebra H of Feynman graphs in a given QFT is the algebra of coordinates on a complex infinite dimensional Lie group G and that the renormalized theory is obtained from the unrenormalized one by evaluating at {epsilon}=0 the holomorphic part {gamma}{sub +}({epsilon}) of the Riemann-Hilbert decomposition {gamma}{sub -}({epsilon}){sup -1}{gamma}{sub +}({epsilon}) of the loop {gamma}({epsilon}) element of G provided by dimensional regularization. We show in this paper that the group G acts naturally on the complex space X of dimensionless coupling constants of the theory. More precisely, the formula g {sub 0}=gZ{sub 1}Z{sub 3}{sup -3/2} for the effective coupling constant, when viewed as a formal power series, does define a Hopf algebra homomorphism between the Hopf algebra of coordinates on the group of formal diffeomorphisms to the Hopf algebra H. This allows first of all to read off directly, without using the group G, the bare coupling constant and the renormalized one from the Riemann-Hilbert decomposition of the unrenormalized effective coupling constant viewed as a loop of formal diffeomorphisms. This shows that renormalization is intimately related with the theory of non-linear complex bundles on the Riemann sphere of the dimensional regularization parameter {epsilon}. It also allows to lift both the renormalization group and the {beta}-function as the asymptotic scaling in the group G. This exploits the full power of the Riemann-Hilbert decomposition together with the invariance of {gamma}{sub -}({epsilon}) under a change of unit of mass. This not only gives a conceptual proof of the existence of the renormalization group but also delivers a scattering formula in the group G for the full higher pole structure of minimal subtracted counterterms in terms of the residue. (orig.)

  19. Tensor renormalization group methods for spin and gauge models

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zou, Haiyuan

    The analysis of the error of perturbative series by comparing it to the exact solution is an important tool to understand the non-perturbative physics of statistical models. For some toy models, a new method can be used to calculate higher order weak coupling expansion and modified perturbation theory can be constructed. However, it is nontrivial to generalize the new method to understand the critical behavior of high dimensional spin and gauge models. Actually, it is a big challenge in both high energy physics and condensed matter physics to develop accurate and efficient numerical algorithms to solve these problems. In this thesis, one systematic way named tensor renormalization group method is discussed. The applications of the method to several spin and gauge models on a lattice are investigated. theoretically, the new method allows one to write an exact representation of the partition function of models with local interactions. E.g. O(N) models, Z2 gauge models and U(1) gauge models. Practically, by using controllable approximations, results in both finite volume and the thermodynamic limit can be obtained. Another advantage of the new method is that it is insensitive to sign problems for models with complex coupling and chemical potential. Through the new approach, the Fisher's zeros of the 2D O(2) model in the complex coupling plane can be calculated and the finite size scaling of the results agrees well with the Kosterlitz-Thouless assumption. Applying the method to the O(2) model with a chemical potential, new phase diagram of the models can be obtained. The structure of the tensor language may provide a new tool to understand phase transition properties in general.

  20. Charge independence and charge symmetry

    CERN Document Server

    Miller, G A; Miller, Gerald A; van Oers, Willem T H

    1994-01-01

    Charge independence and charge symmetry are approximate symmetries of nature, violated by the perturbing effects of the mass difference between up and down quarks and by electromagnetic interactions. The observations of the symmetry breaking effects in nuclear and particle physics and the implications of those effects are reviewed.

  1. Gauge-independent $\\overline{MS}$ renormalization in the 2HDM

    CERN Document Server

    Denner, Ansgar; Lang, Jean-Nicolas; Sturm, Christian

    2016-01-01

    We present a consistent renormalization scheme for the CP-conserving Two-Higgs-Doublet Model based on $\\overline{MS}$ renormalization of the mixing angles and the soft-$Z_2$-symmetry-breaking scale $M_{sb}$ in the Higgs sector. This scheme requires to treat tadpoles fully consistently in all steps of the calculation in order to provide gauge-independent $S$-matrix elements. We show how bare physical parameters have to be defined and verify the gauge independence of physical quantities by explicit calculations in a general $R_{\\xi}$-gauge. The procedure is straightforward and applicable to other models with extended Higgs sectors. In contrast to the proposed scheme, the $\\overline{MS}$ renormalization of the mixing angles combined with popular on-shell renormalization schemes gives rise to gauge-dependent results already at the one-loop level. We present explicit results for electroweak NLO corrections to selected processes in the appropriately renormalized Two-Higgs-Doublet Model and in particular discuss the...

  2. Matrix product operators, matrix product states, and ab initio density matrix renormalization group algorithms.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chan, Garnet Kin-Lic; Keselman, Anna; Nakatani, Naoki; Li, Zhendong; White, Steven R

    2016-07-01

    Current descriptions of the ab initio density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) algorithm use two superficially different languages: an older language of the renormalization group and renormalized operators, and a more recent language of matrix product states and matrix product operators. The same algorithm can appear dramatically different when written in the two different vocabularies. In this work, we carefully describe the translation between the two languages in several contexts. First, we describe how to efficiently implement the ab initio DMRG sweep using a matrix product operator based code, and the equivalence to the original renormalized operator implementation. Next we describe how to implement the general matrix product operator/matrix product state algebra within a pure renormalized operator-based DMRG code. Finally, we discuss two improvements of the ab initio DMRG sweep algorithm motivated by matrix product operator language: Hamiltonian compression, and a sum over operators representation that allows for perfect computational parallelism. The connections and correspondences described here serve to link the future developments with the past and are important in the efficient implementation of continuing advances in ab initio DMRG and related algorithms. PMID:27394094

  3. Matrix product operators, matrix product states, and ab initio density matrix renormalization group algorithms

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chan, Garnet Kin-Lic; Keselman, Anna; Nakatani, Naoki; Li, Zhendong; White, Steven R.

    2016-07-01

    Current descriptions of the ab initio density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) algorithm use two superficially different languages: an older language of the renormalization group and renormalized operators, and a more recent language of matrix product states and matrix product operators. The same algorithm can appear dramatically different when written in the two different vocabularies. In this work, we carefully describe the translation between the two languages in several contexts. First, we describe how to efficiently implement the ab initio DMRG sweep using a matrix product operator based code, and the equivalence to the original renormalized operator implementation. Next we describe how to implement the general matrix product operator/matrix product state algebra within a pure renormalized operator-based DMRG code. Finally, we discuss two improvements of the ab initio DMRG sweep algorithm motivated by matrix product operator language: Hamiltonian compression, and a sum over operators representation that allows for perfect computational parallelism. The connections and correspondences described here serve to link the future developments with the past and are important in the efficient implementation of continuing advances in ab initio DMRG and related algorithms.

  4. Matrix product operators, matrix product states, and ab initio density matrix renormalization group algorithms.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chan, Garnet Kin-Lic; Keselman, Anna; Nakatani, Naoki; Li, Zhendong; White, Steven R

    2016-07-01

    Current descriptions of the ab initio density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) algorithm use two superficially different languages: an older language of the renormalization group and renormalized operators, and a more recent language of matrix product states and matrix product operators. The same algorithm can appear dramatically different when written in the two different vocabularies. In this work, we carefully describe the translation between the two languages in several contexts. First, we describe how to efficiently implement the ab initio DMRG sweep using a matrix product operator based code, and the equivalence to the original renormalized operator implementation. Next we describe how to implement the general matrix product operator/matrix product state algebra within a pure renormalized operator-based DMRG code. Finally, we discuss two improvements of the ab initio DMRG sweep algorithm motivated by matrix product operator language: Hamiltonian compression, and a sum over operators representation that allows for perfect computational parallelism. The connections and correspondences described here serve to link the future developments with the past and are important in the efficient implementation of continuing advances in ab initio DMRG and related algorithms.

  5. Block-diagonal similarity renormalization group and effective nucleon-nucleon interactions

    Science.gov (United States)

    Szpigel, S.; Timóteo, V. S.; Ruiz Arriola, E.

    2016-04-01

    We apply the block-diagonal similarity renormalization group to a simple toy-model for the nucleon-nucleon (NN) interaction in the 1 S 0 channel, aiming to analyze the complementarity between the explicit and the implicit renormalization approaches in nuclear physics. By explicit renormalization we mean the methods based on the wilsonian renormalization group in which high-energy modes above a given cutoff scale are integrated out while their effects are replaced by scale dependent effective interactions consistently generated in the process. We call implicit renormalization the usual procedure of cutoff effective theories in which the high-energy modes above the cutoff scale are simply removed and their effects are included through parametrized cutoff dependent counterterms whose strengths are fixed by fitting low-energy data. We compare the effective interactions obtained in both schemes and find a wide range of cutoff scales where they overlap. We further analyze the role played by the one-pion exchange (OPE) considering a δ-shell plus OPE representation for the NN interaction.

  6. Renormalization of local quark-bilinear operators for Nf=3 flavors of SLiNC fermions

    CERN Document Server

    Constantinou, M; Panagopoulos, H; Perlt, H; Rakow, P E L; Schierholz, G; Schiller, A; Zanotti, J M

    2014-01-01

    The renormalization factors of local quark-bilinear operators are computed non-perturbatively for $N_f=3$ flavors of SLiNC fermions, with emphasis on the various procedures for the chiral and continuum extrapolations. The simulations are performed at a lattice spacing $a=0.074$ fm, and for five values of the pion mass in the range of 290-465 MeV, allowing a safe and stable chiral extrapolation. Emphasis is given in the subtraction of the well-known pion pole which affects the renormalization factor of the pseudoscalar current. We also compute the inverse propagator and the Green's functions of the local bilinears to one loop in perturbation theory. We investigate lattice artifacts by computing them perturbatively to second order as well as to all orders in the lattice spacing. The renormalization conditions are defined in the RI$'$-MOM scheme, for both the perturbative and non-perturbative results. The renormalization factors, obtained at different values of the renormalization scale, are translated to the ${...

  7. Renormalization of Optical Excitations in Molecules near a Metal Surface

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    García Lastra, Juan Maria; Thygesen, Kristian Sommer

    2011-01-01

    consequence we find that close to the metal surface the optical gap of benzene can exceed its quasiparticle gap. A classical image charge model for the screened Coulomb interaction can account for all these effects which, on the other hand, are completely missed by standard time-dependent density functional......The lowest electronic excitations of benzene and a set of donor-acceptor molecular complexes are calculated for the gas phase and on the Al(111) surface using the many-body Bethe-Salpeter equation. The energy of the charge-transfer excitations obtained for the gas phase complexes are found...

  8. Charged Leptons

    CERN Document Server

    Albrecht, J; Babu, K; Bernstein, R H; Blum, T; Brown, D N; Casey, B C K; Cheng, C -h; Cirigliano, V; Cohen, A; Deshpande, A; Dukes, E C; Echenard, B; Gaponenko, A; Glenzinski, D; Gonzalez-Alonso, M; Grancagnolo, F; Grossman, Y; Harnik, R; Hitlin, D G; Kiburg, B; Knoepfe, K; Kumar, K; Lim, G; Lu, Z -T; McKeen, D; Miller, J P; Ramsey-Musolf, M; Ray, R; Roberts, B L; Rominsky, M; Semertzidis, Y; Stoeckinger, D; Talman, R; Van De Water, R; Winter, P

    2013-01-01

    This is the report of the Intensity Frontier Charged Lepton Working Group of the 2013 Community Summer Study "Snowmass on the Mississippi", summarizing the current status and future experimental opportunities in muon and tau lepton studies and their sensitivity to new physics. These include searches for charged lepton flavor violation, measurements of magnetic and electric dipole moments, and precision measurements of the decay spectrum and parity-violating asymmetries.

  9. Combined gravitational and electromagnetic self-force on charged particles in electrovac spacetimes

    CERN Document Server

    Linz, Thomas M; Wiseman, Alan G

    2014-01-01

    We consider the self-force on a charged particle moving in a curved spacetime with a background electromagnetic field, extending previous studies to situations in which gravitational and electromagnetic perturbations are comparable. The formal expression $f^{ret}_\\alpha$ for the self-force on a particle, written in terms of the retarded perturbed fields, is divergent, and a renormalization is needed to find the particle's acceleration at linear order in its mass $m$ and charge $e$. We assume that, as in previous work in a Lorenz gauge, the renormalization for accelerated motion comprises an angle average and mass renormalization. Using the short distance expansion of the perturbed electromagnetic and gravitational fields, we show that the renormalization is equivalent to that obtained from a mode sum regularization in which one subtracts from the expression for the self-force in terms of the retarded fields a singular part field comprising only the leading and subleading terms in the mode sum. The most striki...

  10. Renormalization constants for $N_{\\rm f}=2+1+1$ twisted mass QCD

    CERN Document Server

    Blossier, Benoit; Guichon, Pierre; Morénas, Vincent; Pène, Olivier; Rodríguez-Quintero, Jose; Zafeiropoulos, Savvas

    2014-01-01

    We summarize recent non-perturbative results obtained for the renormalization constants computed in the RI'-MOM scheme for $N_{\\rm f}=2+1+1$ twisted mass QCD. Our implementation employs the Iwasaki gauge action and four dynamical degenerate twisted mass fermions. Renormalization constants for scalar, pseudo-scalar, vector and axial operators, as well as the quark propagator renormalization, are computed at three different values of the lattice spacing, two different volumes and several values of the twisted mass. Our method allows for a precise cross-check of the running, because of the particular proper treatment of the hypercubic artifacts. Preliminary results for twist-2 operators are also presented.

  11. Renormalization group theory for fermions and order parameter fluctuations in interacting Fermi systems

    CERN Document Server

    Strack, P

    2011-01-01

    In this thesis, we perform a comprehensive renormalization group analysis of two- and three-dimensional Fermi systems at low and zero temperature. We examine systems with spontaneous symmetry-breaking and quantum critical behavior by deriving and solving flow equations within the functional renormalization group framework. We extend the Hertz-Millis theory of quantum phase transitions in itinerant fermion systems to phases with discrete and continuous symmetry-breaking, and to quantum critical points where the zero temperature theory is associated with a non-Gaussian fixed point. We compute the finite temperature phase boundary near the quantum critical point explicitly including non-Gaussian fluctuations. We then set up a coupled fermion-boson renormalization group theory that captures the mutual interplay of gapless fermions with massless order parameter fluctuations when approaching a quantum critical point. As a first application, we compute the complete set of quantum critical exponents at the semimetal-...

  12. Large-N expansion, conformal field theory and renormalization-group flows in three dimensions

    CERN Document Server

    Anselmi, D

    2000-01-01

    I study a class of interacting conformal field theories and conformal windows in three dimensions, formulated using the Parisi large-N approach and a modified dimensional-regularization technique. Bosons are associated with composite operators and their propagators are dynamically generated by fermion bubbles. Renormalization-group flows between pairs of interacting fixed points satisfy a set of non-perturbative g 1/g dualities. There is an exact relation between the beta function and the anomalous dimension of the composite boson. Non-Abelian gauge fields have a non-renormalized and quantized gauge coupling, although no Chern-Simons term is present. A problem of the naive dimensional-regularization technique for these theories is uncovered and removed with a non-local, evanescent, non-renormalized kinetic term. The models are expected to be a fruitful arena for the study of odd-dimensional conformal field theory.

  13. Non-renormalization of the Vc¯c-vertices in N=1 supersymmetric theories

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    K.V. Stepanyantz

    2016-08-01

    Full Text Available Using the Slavnov–Taylor identities we prove that the three-point ghost vertices with a single line of the quantum gauge superfield are not renormalized in all loops in N=1 supersymmetric gauge theories. This statement is verified by the explicit one-loop calculation made by the help of the BRST invariant version of the higher covariant derivative regularization. Using the restrictions to the renormalization constants which are imposed by the non-renormalization of the considered vertices we express the exact NSVZ β-function in terms of the anomalous dimensions of the Faddeev–Popov ghosts and of the quantum gauge superfield. In the expression for the NSVZ β-function obtained in this way the contributions of the Faddeev–Popov ghosts and of the matter superfields have the same structure.

  14. Determination of the strong coupling from hadronic tau decays using renormalization group summed perturbation theory

    CERN Document Server

    Abbas, Gauhar; Caprini, I

    2013-01-01

    We determine the strong coupling constant $\\alpha_s$ from the $\\tau$ hadronic width using a renormalization group summed (RGS) expansion of the QCD Adler function. The main theoretical uncertainty in the extraction of $\\alpha_s$ is due to the manner in which renormalization group invariance is implemented, and the as yet uncalculated higher order terms in the QCD perturbative series. We show that new expansion exhibits good renormalization group improvement and the behaviour of the series is similar to that of the standard CIPT expansion. The value of the strong coupling in ${\\overline{\\rm MS}}$ scheme obtained with the RGS expansion is $ \\alpha_s(M_\\tau^2)= 0.338 \\pm 0.010$. The convergence properties of the new expansion can be improved by Borel transformation and analytic continuation in the Borel plane. This is discussed elsewhere in these proceedings.

  15. Determination of the Strong Coupling from Hadronic Tau Decays Using Renormalization Group Summed Perturbation Theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Abbas, Gauhar; Ananthanarayan, B.; Caprini, Irinel

    2013-08-01

    We determine the strong coupling constant αs from the τ hadronic width using a renormalization group summed (RGS) expansion of the QCD Adler function. The main theoretical uncertainty in the extraction of αs is due to the manner in which renormalization group invariance is implemented, and the as yet uncalculated higher order terms in the QCD perturbative series. We show that new expansion exhibits good renormalization group improvement and the behavior of the series is similar to that of the standard CIPT expansion. The value of the strong coupling in /lineMS scheme obtained with the RGS expansion is α s(M_τ 2) = 0.338 ± 0.010. The convergence properties of the new expansion can be improved by Borel transformation and analytic continuation in the Borel plane. This is discussed elsewhere in these issues.

  16. Renormalization-group symmetries for solutions of nonlinear boundary value problems

    CERN Document Server

    Kovalev, V F

    2008-01-01

    Approximately 10 years ago, the method of renormalization-group symmetries entered the field of boundary value problems of classical mathematical physics, stemming from the concepts of functional self-similarity and of the Bogoliubov renormalization group treated as a Lie group of continuous transformations. Overwhelmingly dominating practical quantum field theory calculations, the renormalization-group method formed the basis for the discovery of the asymptotic freedom of strong nuclear interactions and underlies the Grand Unification scenario. This paper describes the logical framework of a new algorithm based on the modern theory of transformation groups and presents the most interesting results of application of the method to differential and/or integral equation problems and to problems that involve linear functionals of solutions. Examples from nonlinear optics, kinetic theory, and plasma dynamics are given, where new analytical solutions obtained with this algorithm have allowed describing the singular...

  17. A novel approach to nonperturbative renormalization of singlet and nonsinglet lattice operators

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    A.J. Chambers

    2015-01-01

    Full Text Available A novel method for nonperturbative renormalization of lattice operators is introduced, which lends itself to the calculation of renormalization factors for nonsinglet as well as singlet operators. The method is based on the Feynman–Hellmann relation, and involves computing two-point correlators in the presence of generalized background fields arising from introducing additional operators into the action. As a first application, and test of the method, we compute the renormalization factors of the axial vector current Aμ and the scalar density S for both nonsinglet and singlet operators for Nf=3 flavors of SLiNC fermions. For nonsinglet operators, where a meaningful comparison is possible, perfect agreement with recent calculations using standard three-point function techniques is found.

  18. A novel approach to nonperturbative renormalization of singlet and nonsinglet lattice operators

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Chambers, A.J. [CSSM, Department of Physics, University of Adelaide, Adelaide, SA 5005 (Australia); Horsley, R. [School of Physics and Astronomy, University of Edinburgh, Edinburgh EH9 3JZ (United Kingdom); Nakamura, Y. [RIKEN Advanced Institute for Computational Science, Kobe, Hyogo 650-0047 (Japan); Perlt, H., E-mail: perlt@itp.uni-leipzig.de [Institut für Theoretische Physik, Universität Leipzig, 04103 Leipzig (Germany); Rakow, P.E.L. [Theoretical Physics Division, Department of Mathematical Sciences, University of Liverpool, Liverpool L69 3BX (United Kingdom); Schierholz, G. [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron DESY, 22603 Hamburg (Germany); Schiller, A. [Institut für Theoretische Physik, Universität Leipzig, 04103 Leipzig (Germany); Zanotti, J.M. [CSSM, Department of Physics, University of Adelaide, Adelaide, SA 5005 (Australia)

    2015-01-05

    A novel method for nonperturbative renormalization of lattice operators is introduced, which lends itself to the calculation of renormalization factors for nonsinglet as well as singlet operators. The method is based on the Feynman–Hellmann relation, and involves computing two-point correlators in the presence of generalized background fields arising from introducing additional operators into the action. As a first application, and test of the method, we compute the renormalization factors of the axial vector current A{sub μ} and the scalar density S for both nonsinglet and singlet operators for N{sub f}=3 flavors of SLiNC fermions. For nonsinglet operators, where a meaningful comparison is possible, perfect agreement with recent calculations using standard three-point function techniques is found.

  19. Brodsky-Lepage-Mackenzie optimal renormalization scale setting for semihard processes

    Science.gov (United States)

    Caporale, F.; Ivanov, D. Yu.; Murdaca, B.; Papa, A.

    2015-06-01

    The Balitsky-Fadin-Kuraev-Lipatov (BFKL) approach for the investigation of semihard processes is plagued by large next-to-leading corrections, both in the kernel of the universal BFKL Green's function and in the process-dependent impact factors, as well as by large uncertainties in the renormalization scale setting. All that calls for an optimization procedure of the perturbative series. In this respect, one of the most common methods is the Brodsky-Lepage-Mackenzie (BLM) one, which eliminates the renormalization scale ambiguity by absorbing the nonconformal β0 terms into the running coupling. In this paper, we apply the BLM scale setting procedure directly to the amplitudes (cross sections) of several semihard processes. We show that, due to the presence of β0 terms in the next-to-leading expressions for the impact factors, the optimal renormalization scale is not universal but depends both on the energy and on the type of process in question.

  20. Existence and Uniqueness of Renormalized Solution of Nonlinear Degenerated Elliptic Problems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Youssef Akdim; Chakir Allalou

    2014-01-01

    In this paper, We study a general class of nonlinear degenerated elliptic problems associated with the differential inclusion β(u)-div(a(x,Du)+F(u))∋f inΩ, where f∈L1(Ω). A vector field a(·,·) is a Carath´eodory function. Using trunca-tion techniques and the generalized monotonicity method in the functional spaces we prove the existence of renormalized solutions for general L1-data. Under an additional strict monotonicity assumption uniqueness of the renormalized solution is established.

  1. Dimensional versus cut-off renormalization and the nucleon-nucleon interaction

    CERN Document Server

    Ghosh, A; Talukdar, B; Ghosh, Angsula; Adhikari, Sadhan K.

    1998-01-01

    The role of dimensional regularization is discussed and compared with that of cut-off regularization in some quantum mechanical problems with ultraviolet divergence in two and three dimensions with special emphasis on the nucleon-nucleon interaction. Both types of renormalizations are performed for attractive divergent one- and two-term separable potentials, a divergent tensor potential, and the sum of a delta function and its derivatives. We allow energy-dependent couplings, and determine the form that these couplings should take if equivalence between the two regularization schemes is to be enforced. We also perform renormalization of an attractive separable potential superposed on an analytic divergent potential.

  2. Dimensional versus cut-off renormalization and the nucleon-nucleon interaction

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ghosh, Angsula; Adhikari, Sadhan K.; Talukdar, B.

    1998-10-01

    The role of dimensional regularization is discussed and compared with that of cut-off regularization in some quantum mechanical problems with ultraviolet divergence in two and three dimensions with special emphasis on the nucleon-nucleon interaction. Both types of renormalizations are performed for attractive divergent one- and two-term separable potentials, a divergent tensor potential, and the sum of a delta function and its derivatives. We allow energy-dependent couplings, and determine the form that these couplings should take if equivalence between the two regularization schemes is to be enforced. We also perform renormalization of an attractive separable potential superposed on an analytic divergent potential.

  3. Quantum Einstein gravity. Advancements of heat kernel-based renormalization group studies

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Groh, Kai

    2012-10-15

    The asymptotic safety scenario allows to define a consistent theory of quantized gravity within the framework of quantum field theory. The central conjecture of this scenario is the existence of a non-Gaussian fixed point of the theory's renormalization group flow, that allows to formulate renormalization conditions that render the theory fully predictive. Investigations of this possibility use an exact functional renormalization group equation as a primary non-perturbative tool. This equation implements Wilsonian renormalization group transformations, and is demonstrated to represent a reformulation of the functional integral approach to quantum field theory. As its main result, this thesis develops an algebraic algorithm which allows to systematically construct the renormalization group flow of gauge theories as well as gravity in arbitrary expansion schemes. In particular, it uses off-diagonal heat kernel techniques to efficiently handle the non-minimal differential operators which appear due to gauge symmetries. The central virtue of the algorithm is that no additional simplifications need to be employed, opening the possibility for more systematic investigations of the emergence of non-perturbative phenomena. As a by-product several novel results on the heat kernel expansion of the Laplace operator acting on general gauge bundles are obtained. The constructed algorithm is used to re-derive the renormalization group flow of gravity in the Einstein-Hilbert truncation, showing the manifest background independence of the results. The well-studied Einstein-Hilbert case is further advanced by taking the effect of a running ghost field renormalization on the gravitational coupling constants into account. A detailed numerical analysis reveals a further stabilization of the found non-Gaussian fixed point. Finally, the proposed algorithm is applied to the case of higher derivative gravity including all curvature squared interactions. This establishes an improvement

  4. Renormalization of domain-wall bilinear operators with short-distance current correlators

    CERN Document Server

    Tomii, M; Fahy, B; Fukaya, H; Hashimoto, S; Kaneko, T; Noaki, J

    2016-01-01

    We determine the renormalization constants for flavor non-singlet fermion bilinear operators of M\\"obius domain-wall fermions. The renormalization condition is imposed on the correlation functions in the coordinate space, such that the non-perturbative lattice calculation reproduces the perturbatively calculated counterpart at short distances. The perturbative expansion is precise as the coefficients are available up to $O(\\alpha_s^4)$. We employ $2+1$-flavor lattice ensembles at three lattice spacings in the range 0.044--0.080~fm.

  5. Gauge invariant composite operators of QED in the exact renormalization group formalism

    CERN Document Server

    Sonoda, Hidenori

    2013-01-01

    Using the exact renormalization group (ERG) formalism, we study the gauge invariant composite operators in QED. Gauge invariant composite operators are introduced as infinitesimal changes of the gauge invariant Wilson action. We examine the dependence on the gauge fixing parameter of both the Wilson action and gauge invariant composite operators. After defining ``gauge fixing parameter independence,'' we show that any gauge independent composite operators can be made ``gauge fixing parameter independent'' by appropriate normalization. As an application, we give a concise but careful proof of the Adler-Bardeen non-renormalization theorem for the axial anomaly in an arbitrary covariant gauge by extending the original proof by A. Zee.

  6. Why one needs a functional renormalization group to survive in a disordered world

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

    Kay Jörg Wiese

    2005-05-01

    In this paper, we discuss why functional renormalization is an essential tool to treat strongly disordered systems. More specifically, we treat elastic manifolds in a disordered environment. These are governed by a disorder distribution, which after a finite renormalization becomes non-analytic, thus overcoming the predictions of the seemingly exact dimensional reduction. We discuss how a renormalizable field theory can be constructed even beyond 2-loop order. We then consider an elastic manifold embedded in dimensions, and give the exact solution for → ∞. This is compared to predictions of the Gaussian replica variational ansatz, using replica symmetry breaking. Finally, the effective action at order 1/ is reported.

  7. The renormalization of collective states and the improper initial or final states in NFT

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    The collective lines in a given diagram are renormalized by including higher order processes. The problem is cast into the form of a conventional linear algebraic matrix equation that allows a simple treatment of the normalization conditions. It is shown that the states entering in the renormalization of the phonons become improper initial or final states, if dressed phonons are used in the intermediate states. A simple extension of this argument allows one to justify one of the rules given in the formulation of the NFT. (Auth.)

  8. Renormalization constants for Wilson fermion lattice QCD with four dynamical flavours

    CERN Document Server

    Dimopoulos, P; Herdoiza, G; Jansen, K; Lubicz, V; Palao, D; Rossi, G C

    2010-01-01

    We report on an ongoing non-perturbative computation of RI-MOM scheme renormalization constants for the lattice action with four dynamical flavours currently in use by ETMC. For this goal dedicated simulations with four degenerate sea quark flavours are performed at several values of the standard and twisted quark mass parameters. We discuss a method for removing possible O(a) artifacts at all momenta and extrapolating renormalization constant estimators to the chiral limit. We give preliminary results at one lattice spacing.

  9. Scale Setting Using the Extended Renormalization Group and the Principle of Maximum Conformality: the QCD Coupling Constant at Four Loops

    CERN Document Server

    Brodsky, Stanley J

    2011-01-01

    A key problem in making precise perturbative QCD predictions is to set the proper renormalization scale of the running coupling. The extended renormalization group equations, which express the invariance of physical observables under both the renormalization scale- and scheme-parameter transformations, provide a convenient way for estimating the scale- and scheme-dependence of the physical process. In this paper, we present a solution for the scale-equation of the extended renormalization group equations at the four-loop level. Using the principle of maximum conformality (PMC) / Brodsky-Lepage-Mackenzie (BLM) scale-setting method, all non-conformal $\\{\\beta_i\\}$ terms in the perturbative expansion series can be summed into the running coupling, and the resulting scale-fixed predictions are independent of the renormalization scheme. Different schemes lead to different effective PMC/BLM scales, but the final results are scheme independent. Conversely, from the requirement of scheme independence, one not only ca...

  10. Holographic Renormalization of Einstein-Maxwell-Dilaton Theories

    CERN Document Server

    Kim, Bom Soo

    2016-01-01

    We generalize the boundary value problem with a mixed boundary condition that involves the gauge and scalar fields in the context of Einstein-Maxwell-Dilaton theories. In particular, the expectation value of the dual scalar operator can be a function of the expectation value of the current operator. The properties are prevalent in a fixed charge ensemble because the conserved charge is shared by both fields through the dilaton coupling, which is also responsible for non-Fermi liquid properties. We study the on-shell action and the stress energy tensor to note practical importances of the boundary value problem. In the presence of the scalar fields, physical quantities are not fully fixed due to the finite boundary terms that manifest in the massless scalar or the scalar with mass saturating the Breitenlohner-Freedman bound.

  11. Topological transitions and freezing in XY models and Coulomb gases with quenched disorder: renormalization via traveling waves

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Carpentier, David; Le Doussal, Pierre E-mail: pierre.ledoussal@lpt.ens.fr

    2000-11-13

    We study the two dimensional XY model with quenched random phases and its Coulomb gas formulation. A novel renormalization group (RG) method is developed which allows to study perturbatively the glassy low temperature XY phase and the transition at which frozen topological defects (vortices) proliferate. This RG approach is constructed both from the replicated Coulomb gas and, equivalently without the use of replicas, using the probability distribution of the local disorder (random defect core energy). By taking into account the fusion of environments (i.e., charge fusion in the replicated Coulomb gas) this distribution is shown to obey a Kolmogorov's type (KPP) non linear RG equation which admits traveling wave solutions and exhibits a freezing phenomenon analogous to glassy freezing in Derrida's random energy models. The resulting physical picture is that the distribution of local disorder becomes broad below a freezing temperature and that the transition is controlled by rare favorable regions for the defects, the density of which can be used as the new perturbative parameter. The determination of marginal directions at the disorder induced transition is shown to be related to the well studied front velocity selection problem in the KPP equation and the universality of the novel critical behaviour obtained here to the known universality of the corrections to the front velocity. Applications to other two dimensional problems are mentioned at the end.

  12. Neutralino Decays in the Complex MSSM at One-Loop: a Comparison of On-Shell Renormalization Schemes

    CERN Document Server

    Bharucha, A; von der Pahlen, F; Schappacher, C

    2012-01-01

    We evaluate two-body decay modes of neutralinos in the Minimal Supersymmetric Standard Model with complex parameters (cMSSM). Assuming heavy scalar quarks we take into account all two-body decay channels involving charginos, neutralinos, (scalar) leptons, Higgs bosons and Standard Model gauge bosons. The evaluation of the decay widths is based on a full one-loop calculation including hard and soft QED radiation. Of particular phenomenological interest are decays involving the Lightest Supersymmetric Particle (LSP), i.e. the lightest neutralino, or a neutral or charged Higgs boson. For the chargino/neutralino sector we employ two different renormalization schemes, which differ in the treatment of the complex phases. In the numerical analysis we concentrate on the decay of the heaviest neutralino and show the results in the two different schemes. The higher-order corrections of the heaviest neutralino decay widths involving the LSP can easily reach a level of about 10-15%, while the corrections to the decays to...

  13. Renormalized Chern-Gauss-Bonnet formula for complete Kahler-Einstein metrics

    OpenAIRE

    Marugame, Taiji

    2013-01-01

    We present a renormalized Gauss-Bonnet formula for approximate Kahler-Einstein metrics on compact complex manifolds with pseudo-Einstein CR boundaries. The boundary integral is given explicitly, and it is proved that it gives a pseudo-Einstein invariant, which generalizes the Burns-Epstein invariant.

  14. A Numerical Renormalization Solution for Self-Similar Cosmic Structure Formation

    CERN Document Server

    Couchman, H M P

    1997-01-01

    We present results of a numerical renormalization approximation to the self- similar growth of clustering of pressureless dust out of a power-law spectrum of primeval Gaussian mass density fluctuations (index n) in an Einstein-de Sitter cosmological model. The self-similar two-point correlation function, xi, seems to be well established. The renormalization solutions for xi show a satisfying insensitivity to the parameters in the method, and at n=-1 and 0 are close to the Hamilton et al. formula for interpolation between the large-scale perturbative limit and stable small-scale clustering. The solutions are tested by comparing the mean relative peculiar velocity of particle pairs and the velocity derived from xi under the assumption of self-similar evolution. Both the renormalization and a comparison conventional N-body solution are in reasonable agreement with the test, although the conventional approach does slightly better at large separations and the renormalization approach slightly better at small sepa...

  15. Two loop renormalization of the magnetic coupling and non-perturbative sector in hot QCD

    OpenAIRE

    Giovannangeli, P.

    2005-01-01

    The goal of this paper is two-fold. The first aim is to present a detailed version of the computation of the two-loop renormalization of the magnetic coupling in hot QCD. The second is to compare with lattice simulations the string tension of a spatial Wilson loop using the result of our two-loop computation

  16. Complex-mass renormalization in hadronic EFT: applicability at two-loop order

    CERN Document Server

    Djukanovic, D; Gegelia, J; Krebs, H; Meißner, U -G

    2015-01-01

    We discuss the application of the complex-mass scheme to multi-loop diagrams in hadronic effective field theory by considering as an example a two-loop self-energy diagram. We show that the renormalized two-loop diagram satisfies the power counting.

  17. Complex-mass renormalization in hadronic EFT: Applicability at two-loop order

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Djukanovic, D. [University of Mainz, Helmholtz Institute Mainz, Mainz (Germany); Epelbaum, E.; Krebs, H. [Ruhr-Universitaet Bochum, Institut fuer Theoretische Physik II, Bochum (Germany); Gegelia, J. [Forschungszentrum Juelich, Institute for Advanced Simulation, Institut fuer Kernphysik and Juelich Center for Hadron Physics, Juelich (Germany); Tbilisi State University, Tbilisi (Georgia); Meissner, U.G. [Universitaet Bonn, Helmholtz Institut fuer Strahlen- und Kernphysik and Bethe Center for Theoretical Physics, Bonn (Germany); Forschungszentrum Juelich, Institute for Advanced Simulation, Institut fuer Kernphysik and Juelich Center for Hadron Physics, Juelich (Germany)

    2015-08-15

    We discuss the application of the complex-mass scheme to multi-loop diagrams in hadronic effective field theory by considering as an example a two-loop self-energy diagram. We show that the renormalized two-loop diagram satisfies the power counting. (orig.)

  18. Density matrix renormalization group with efficient dynamical electron correlation through range separation

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Hedegård, Erik D.; Knecht, Stefan; Kielberg, Jesper Skau;

    2015-01-01

    We present a new hybrid multiconfigurational method based on the concept of range-separation that combines the density matrix renormalization group approach with density functional theory. This new method is designed for the simultaneous description of dynamical and static electroncorrelation...

  19. Density matrix renormalization group with efficient dynamical electron correlation through range separation

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Hedegård, Erik Donovan, E-mail: erik.hedegard@phys.chem.ethz.ch; Knecht, Stefan; Reiher, Markus, E-mail: markus.reiher@phys.chem.ethz.ch [Laboratorium für Physikalische Chemie, ETH Zürich, Vladimir-Prelog-Weg 2, CH-8093 Zürich (Switzerland); Kielberg, Jesper Skau; Jensen, Hans Jørgen Aagaard, E-mail: hjj@sdu.dk [Department of Physics, Chemistry and Pharmacy, University of Southern Denmark, Campusvej 55, Odense (Denmark)

    2015-06-14

    We present a new hybrid multiconfigurational method based on the concept of range-separation that combines the density matrix renormalization group approach with density functional theory. This new method is designed for the simultaneous description of dynamical and static electron-correlation effects in multiconfigurational electronic structure problems.

  20. Improved Epstein-Glaser renormalization in coordinate space; 1, Euclidean framework

    CERN Document Server

    Gracía-Bondía, José M

    2003-01-01

    In a series of papers, we investigate the reformulation of Epstein-Glaser renormalization in coordinate space, both in analytic and Hopf algebraic terms. This first article deals with analytical aspects. Some of the historically good reasons for the divorces of the Epstein-Glaser method, both from mainstream quantum field theory and the mathematical literature on distributions, are made plain; and overcome.

  1. Method of renormalization potential for one model of Hartree-Fock-Slater type

    CERN Document Server

    Zasorin, Y V

    2002-01-01

    A new method of the potential renormalization for the quasiclassical model of the Hartree-Fock-Slater real potential is proposed. The method makes it possible to easily construct the wave functions and contrary to the majority od similar methods it does not require the knowledge of the real-type potential

  2. Effects of mass renormalization on the surface properties of heavy-ion fusion potential

    OpenAIRE

    Hagino, K.; Takigawa, N.

    1995-01-01

    We discuss the effects of fast nuclear excitations on heavy-ion fusion reactions at energies near and below the Coulomb barrier. Using the fusion of two $^{40}$Ca nuclei as an example and the inversion method, we show that the mass renormalization induced by fast nuclear excitations leads to a large surface diffuseness in the effective potential for heavy-ion fusion reactions.

  3. Full counting statistics of renormalized dynamics in open quantum transport system

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Luo, JunYan, E-mail: jyluo@zust.edu.cn [School of Science, Zhejiang University of Science and Technology, Hangzhou, 310023 (China); Shen, Yu; He, Xiao-Ling [School of Science, Zhejiang University of Science and Technology, Hangzhou, 310023 (China); Li, Xin-Qi [Department of Chemistry, Hong Kong University of Science and Technology, Kowloon, Hong Kong SAR (China); State Key Laboratory for Superlattices and Microstructures, Institute of Semiconductors, Chinese Academy of Sciences, P.O. Box 912, Beijing 100083 (China); Department of Physics, Beijing Normal University, Beijing 100875 (China); Yan, YiJing [Department of Chemistry, Hong Kong University of Science and Technology, Kowloon, Hong Kong SAR (China)

    2011-11-28

    The internal dynamics of a double quantum dot system is renormalized due to coupling respectively with transport electrodes and a dissipative heat bath. Their essential differences are identified unambiguously in the context of full counting statistics. The electrode coupling caused level detuning renormalization gives rise to a fast-to-slow transport mechanism, which is not resolved at all in the average current, but revealed uniquely by pronounced super-Poissonian shot noise and skewness. The heat bath coupling introduces an interdot coupling renormalization, which results in asymmetric Fano factor and an intriguing change of line shape in the skewness. -- Highlights: ► We study full counting statistics of electron transport through double quantum dots. ► Essential differences due to coupling to the electrodes and heat bath are identified. ► Level detuning induced by electrodes results in strongly enhanced shot noise and skewness. ► Interdot coupling renormalization due to heat bath leads to asymmetric noise and intriguing skewness.

  4. Zero-temperature renormalization of the 2D transverse Ising model

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    A zero-temperature real-space renormalization-group method is applied to the transverse Ising model on planar hexagonal, triangular and quadratic lattices. The critical fields and the critical exponents describing low-field large-field transition are calculated. (author)

  5. Monte Carlo Renormalization Group study for SU(3) lattice gauge theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    A special Monte Carlo Renormalization Group method, the so-called ratio method is discussed. Possible systematic error of the method is investigated, and a systematic improvement is proposed based on perturbation theory. The method is applied to determine the β-function of 4 dimensional SU(3) pure gauge theory

  6. Connectivity of the Mandelbrot set for the family of renormalization transformations

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2010-01-01

    We show that the Mandelbrot set for the family of renormalization transformations of 2-dimensional diamond-like hierachical Potts models in statistical mechanics is connected. We also give an upper bound for the Hausdorff dimension of Julia set when it is a quasi-circle.

  7. Soliton metrics for two-loop renormalization group flow on 3D unimodular Lie groups

    OpenAIRE

    Glickenstein, David; Wu, Liang

    2015-01-01

    The two-loop renormalization group flow is studied via the induced bracket flow on 3D unimodular Lie groups. A number of steady solitons are found. Some of these steady solitons come from maximally symmetric metrics that are steady, shrinking, or expanding solitons under Ricci flow, while others are not obviously related to Ricci flow solitons.

  8. Complex-mass renormalization in hadronic EFT: Applicability at two-loop order

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    We discuss the application of the complex-mass scheme to multi-loop diagrams in hadronic effective field theory by considering as an example a two-loop self-energy diagram. We show that the renormalized two-loop diagram satisfies the power counting. (orig.)

  9. Complete on-shell renormalization scheme for the minimal supersymmetric Higgs sector

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    A systematic on-shell renormalization programme is carried out for the Higgs and gauge boson sectors of the Minimal Supersymmetric Standard Model. Complete one-loop results for the 2- and 3-point Green's functions are explicitly given. The Higgs boson masses and the production cross sections in the e+e- colliders are calculated. ((orig.))

  10. Complex-mass shell renormalization of the higher-derivative electrodynamics

    Science.gov (United States)

    Turcati, Rodrigo; Neves, Mario Junior

    2016-08-01

    We consider a higher-derivative extension of QED modified by the addition of a gauge-invariant dimension-6 kinetic operator in the U(1) gauge sector. The Feynman diagrams at one-loop level are then computed. The modification in the spin-1 sector leads the electron self-energy and vertex corrections diagrams finite in the ultraviolet regime. Indeed, no regularization prescription is used to calculate these diagrams because the modified propagator always occurs coupled to conserved currents. Moreover, besides the usual massless pole in the spin-1 sector, there is the emergence of a massive one, which becomes complex when computing the radiative corrections at one-loop order. This imaginary part defines the finite decay width of the massive mode. To check consistency, we also derive the decay length using the electron-positron elastic scattering and show that both results are equivalent. Because the presence of this unstable mode, the standard renormalization procedures cannot be used and is necessary adopt an appropriate framework to perform the perturbative renormalization. For this purpose, we apply the complex-mass shell scheme (CMS) to renormalize the aforementioned model. As an application of the formalism developed, we estimate a quantum bound on the massive parameter using the measurement of the electron anomalous magnetic moment and compute the Uehling potential. At the end, the renormalization group is analyzed.

  11. Theory of strongly correlated electron systems. I. Intersite Coulomb interaction and the approximation of renormalized fermions in total energy calculations

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sandalov, I.; Lundin, U.; Eriksson, O.

    The diagrammatic strong-coupling perturbation theory (SCPT) for correlated electron systems is developed for intersite Coulomb interaction and for a nonorthogonal basis set. The construction is based on iterations of exact closed equations for many-electron Green functions (GFs) for Hubbard operators in terms of functional derivatives with respect to external sources. The graphs, which do not contain the contributions from the fluctuations of the local population numbers of the ion states, play a special role: a one-to-one correspondence is found between the subset of such graphs for the many-electron GFs and the complete set of Feynman graphs of weak-coupling perturbation theory (WCPT) for single-electron GFs. This fact is used for formulation of the approximation of renormalized Fermions (ARF) in which the many-electron quasi-particles behave analogously to normal Fermions. Then, by analyzing: (a) Sham's equation, which connects the self-energy and the exchange-correlation potential in density functional theory (DFT); and (b) the Galitskii and Migdal expressions for the total energy, written within WCPT and within ARF SCPT, a way we suggest a method to improve the description of the systems with correlated electrons within the local density approximation (LDA) to DFT. The formulation, in terms of renormalized Fermions LDA (RF LDA), is obtained by introducing the spectral weights of the many-electron GFs into the definitions of the charge density, the overlap matrices, effective mixing and hopping matrix elements, into existing electronic structure codes, whereas the weights themselves have to be found from an additional set of equations. Compared with LDA+U and self-interaction correction (SIC) methods, RF LDA has the advantage of taking into account the transfer of spectral weights, and, when formulated in terms of GFs, also allows for consideration of excitations and nonzero temperature. Going beyond the ARF SCPT, as well as RF LDA, and taking into account the

  12. Renormalization of the Higgs sector in the triplet model

    CERN Document Server

    Aoki, Mayumi; Kikuchi, Mariko; Yagyu, Kei

    2012-01-01

    We study radiative corrections to the mass spectrum and the triple Higgs boson coupling in the model with an additional Y=1 triplet field. In this model, the vacuum expectation value for the triplet field is strongly constrained from the electroweak precision data, under which characteristic mass spectrum appear at the tree level; i.e., $m_{H^{++}}^2-m_{H^+}^2\\simeq m_{H^+}^2-m_A^2$ and $m_A^2\\simeq m_H^2$, where the CP-even ($H$), the CP-odd ($A$) and the doubly-charged ($H^{\\pm\\pm}$) as well as the singly-charged ($H^\\pm$) Higgs bosons are the triplet-like. We evaluate how the tree-level formulae are modified at the one-loop level. The $hhh$ coupling for the standard model-like Higgs boson ($h$) is also calculated at the one-loop level. One-loop corrections to these quantities can be large enough for identification of the model by future precision data at the LHC or the International Linear Collider.

  13. Renormalization of the Higgs sector in the triplet model

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Aoki, Mayumi [Institute for Theoretical Physics, Kanazawa University, Kanazawa 920-1192 (Japan); Kanemura, Shinya; Kikuchi, Mariko [Department of Physics, University of Toyama, 3190 Gofuku, Toyama 930-8555 (Japan); Yagyu, Kei, E-mail: keiyagyu@jodo.sci.u-toyama.ac.jp [Department of Physics, University of Toyama, 3190 Gofuku, Toyama 930-8555 (Japan); National Central University, Physics and Center for Mathematics and Theoretical Physics, No. 300, Jhongda Rd., Jhongli, Taiwan (China)

    2012-08-14

    We study radiative corrections to the mass spectrum and the triple Higgs boson coupling in the model with an additional Y=1 triplet field. In this model, the vacuum expectation value for the triplet field is strongly constrained from the electroweak precision data, under which characteristic mass spectrum appear at the tree level; i.e., m{sub H{sup +}{sup +2}}-m{sub H{sup +2}} Asymptotically-Equal-To m{sub H{sup +2}}-m{sub A}{sup 2} and m{sub A}{sup 2} Asymptotically-Equal-To m{sub H}{sup 2}, where the CP-even (H), the CP-odd (A) and the doubly-charged (H{sup {+-}{+-}}) as well as the singly-charged (H{sup {+-}}) Higgs bosons are the triplet-like. We evaluate how the tree-level formulae are modified at the one-loop level. The hhh coupling for the standard model-like Higgs boson (h) is also calculated at the one-loop level. One-loop corrections to these quantities can be large enough for identification of the model by future precision data at the LHC or the International Linear Collider.

  14. Radiation reaction for a massless charged particle

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kazinski, P. O.; Sharapov, A. A.

    2003-07-01

    We derive effective equations of motion for a massless charged particle coupled to the dynamical electromagnetic field with regard to the radiation back reaction. It is shown that unlike the massive case, not all the divergences resulting from the self-action of the particle are Lagrangian, i.e., can be cancelled out by adding appropriate counterterms to the original action. Besides, the order of renormalized differential equations governing the effective dynamics turns out to be greater than the order of the corresponding Lorentz-Dirac equation for a massive particle. For the case of a homogeneous external field, the first radiative correction to the Lorentz equation is explicitly derived via the reduction of order procedure.

  15. Radiation reaction for a massless charged particle

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Kazinski, P O; Sharapov, A A [Physics Faculty, Tomsk State University, Tomsk, 634050 (Russian Federation)

    2003-07-07

    We derive effective equations of motion for a massless charged particle coupled to the dynamical electromagnetic field with regard to the radiation back reaction. It is shown that unlike the massive case, not all the divergences resulting from the self-action of the particle are Lagrangian, i.e., can be cancelled out by adding appropriate counterterms to the original action. Besides, the order of renormalized differential equations governing the effective dynamics turns out to be greater than the order of the corresponding Lorentz-Dirac equation for a massive particle. For the case of a homogeneous external field, the first radiative correction to the Lorentz equation is explicitly derived via the reduction of order procedure.

  16. Radiation reaction for a massless charged particle

    CERN Document Server

    Kazinski, P O

    2003-01-01

    We derive effective equations of motion for a massless charged particle coupled to the dynamical electromagnetic field having regard to the radiation back reaction. It is shown that unlike the massive case not all the divergences resulting from the self-action of the particle are Lagrangian, i.e. can be canceled out by adding appropriate counterterms to the original action. Besides, the order of renormalized differential equations governing the effective dynamics turns out to be greater than the order of the corresponding Lorentz-Dirac equation for a massive particle. For the case of homogeneous external field the first radiative correction to the Lorentz equation is explicitly derived via the reduction of order procedure.

  17. Charge Kondo anomalies in PbTe doped with Tl impurities

    OpenAIRE

    Costi, T. A.; Zlatic, V.

    2011-01-01

    We investigate the properties of PbTe doped with a small concentration $x$ of Tl impurities acting as acceptors and described by Anderson impurities with negative onsite correlation energy. We use the numerical renormalization group method to show that the resulting charge Kondo effect naturally accounts for the unusual low temperature and doping dependence of normal state properties, including the self-compensation effect in the carrier density and the non-magnetic Kondo anomaly in the resis...

  18. p -orbital density wave with d symmetry in high-Tc cuprate superconductors predicted by renormalization-group + constrained RPA theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tsuchiizu, Masahisa; Yamakawa, Youichi; Kontani, Hiroshi

    2016-04-01

    The discovery of the charge-density-wave formation in the high-Tc cuprate superconductors has activated intensive theoretical studies for the pseudogap states. However, the microscopic origin of the charge-density-wave state has been unknown so far since the many-body effects beyond the mean-field-level approximations, called the vertex corrections, are essential. Toward solving this problem, we employ the recently developed functional renormalization group method, by which we can calculate the higher-order vertex corrections in a systematic and unbiased way with high numerical accuracy. We discover the critical development of the p -orbital-density-wave (p -ODW) instability in the strong-spin-fluctuation region. The obtained p -ODW state possesses the key characteristics of the charge-ordering pattern in Bi- and Y-based superconductors, such as the wave vector parallel to the nearest Cu-Cu direction, and the d -symmetry form factor with the antiphase correlation between px and py orbitals in the same unit cell. In addition, from the observation of the beautiful scaling relation between the spin susceptibility and the p -ODW susceptibility, we conclude that the main driving force of the density wave is the Aslamazov-Larkin vertex correction that becomes very singular near the magnetic quantum-critical point.

  19. QCD One-Loop Effective Coupling Constant and Quark Mass Given in a Mass-Dependent Renormalization

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    SU Jun-Chen; SHAN Lian-You; CAO Ying-Hui

    2001-01-01

    The QCD one-loop renormalization is restudied in a mass-dependent subtraction scheme in which the quark mass is not set to vanish and the renormalization point is chosen to be an arbitrary time-like momentum. The correctness of the subtraction is ensured by the Ward identities which are respected in all the processes of subtraction.By considering the mass effect, the effective coupling constant and the effective quark masses derived by solving the renormalization group equations are given in improved expressions which are different from the previous results.PACS numbers: 11.10.Gh, 11.10.Hi, 12.38.-t, 12.38.Bx

  20. Holographic renormalization and anisotropic black branes in higher curvature gravity

    CERN Document Server

    Jahnke, Viktor; Trancanelli, Diego

    2014-01-01

    We consider five-dimensional AdS-axion-dilaton gravity with a Gauss-Bonnet term and find a solution of the equations of motion which corresponds to a black brane exhibiting a spatial anisotropy, with the source of the anisotropy being an axion field linear in one of the horizon coordinates. Our solution is static, regular everywhere on and outside the horizon, and asymptotically AdS. It is analytic and valid in a small anisotropy expansion, but fully non-perturbative in the Gauss-Bonnet coupling. We discuss various features of this solution and use it as a gravity dual to a strongly coupled anisotropic plasma with two independent central charges, $a\

  1. PyR@TE. Renormalization group equations for general gauge theories

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lyonnet, F.; Schienbein, I.; Staub, F.; Wingerter, A.

    2014-03-01

    Although the two-loop renormalization group equations for a general gauge field theory have been known for quite some time, deriving them for specific models has often been difficult in practice. This is mainly due to the fact that, albeit straightforward, the involved calculations are quite long, tedious and prone to error. The present work is an attempt to facilitate the practical use of the renormalization group equations in model building. To that end, we have developed two completely independent sets of programs written in Python and Mathematica, respectively. The Mathematica scripts will be part of an upcoming release of SARAH 4. The present article describes the collection of Python routines that we dubbed PyR@TE which is an acronym for “Python Renormalization group equations At Two-loop for Everyone”. In PyR@TE, once the user specifies the gauge group and the particle content of the model, the routines automatically generate the full two-loop renormalization group equations for all (dimensionless and dimensionful) parameters. The results can optionally be exported to LaTeX and Mathematica, or stored in a Python data structure for further processing by other programs. For ease of use, we have implemented an interactive mode for PyR@TE in form of an IPython Notebook. As a first application, we have generated with PyR@TE the renormalization group equations for several non-supersymmetric extensions of the Standard Model and found some discrepancies with the existing literature. Catalogue identifier: AERV_v1_0 Program summary URL:http://cpc.cs.qub.ac.uk/summaries/AERV_v1_0.html Program obtainable from: CPC Program Library, Queen’s University, Belfast, N. Ireland Licensing provisions: Standard CPC licence, http://cpc.cs.qub.ac.uk/licence/licence.html No. of lines in distributed program, including test data, etc.: 924959 No. of bytes in distributed program, including test data, etc.: 495197 Distribution format: tar.gz Programming language: Python. Computer

  2. Renormalization (and power counting) of effective field theories for the nuclear force

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    The most common scheme used to regularize the Lippman-Schwinger (LS) equation is to introduce a sharp or smooth regularizing function that suppresses the contributions from the potential matrix elements for momenta larger than a given cutoff scale, which separates high-energy/short-distance scales and low-energy/long-distance scales, thus eliminating the ultraviolet divergences in the momentum integrals. Then, one needs determine the strengths of the contact interactions, the so called low-energy constants (LEC), by fitting a set of low-energy scattering data. Once the LECs are fixed for a given cutoff, the LS equation can be solved to evaluate other observables. Such a procedure, motivated by Wilsons renormalization group, relies on the fundamental premise of EFT that physics at low-energy/long-distance scales is insensitive with respect to the details of the dynamics at high-energy/short-distance scales, i.e. the relevant high-energy/short- distance effects for describing the low-energy observables can be captured in the cutoff-dependent LECs. The NN interaction can be considered properly renormalized when the calculated observables are independent of the cutoff scale within the range of validity of the ChEFT or involves a small residual cutoff dependence due to the truncation of the chiral expansion. In the language of Wilsons renormalization group, this means that the LECs must run with the cutoff scale in such a way that the scattering amplitude becomes renormalization group invariant (RGI). Here we consider pionless EFT up to NNLO and chiral EFT up to NNLO and use a subtractive renormalization scheme to describe the NN scattering channels with. We fix the strength of the contact interactions at a reference scale, chosen to be the one the provides the best fit, and then evolve the driving terms with a non-relativistic Callan-Symanzik equation to slide the renormalization scale. By computing phase shift relative differences, we show that the method is RGI. We

  3. Infrared finite effective charge of QCD

    CERN Document Server

    Aguilar, A C; Papavassiliou, J

    2008-01-01

    We show that the gauge invariant treatment of the Schwinger-Dyson equations of QCD leads to an infrared finite gluon propagator, signaling the dynamical generation of an effective gluon mass, and a non-enhanced ghost propagator, in qualitative agreement with recent lattice data. The truncation scheme employed is based on the synergy between the pinch technique and the background field method. One of its most powerful features is that the transversality of the gluon self-energy is manifestly preserved, exactly as dictated by the BRST symmetry of the theory. We then explain, for the first time in the literature, how to construct non-perturbatively a renormalization group invariant quantity out of the conventional gluon propagator. This newly constructed quantity serves as the natural starting point for defining a non-perturbative effective charge for QCD, which constitutes, in all respects, the generalization in a non-Abelian context of the universal QED effective charge. This strong effective charge displays a...

  4. Perturbative renormalization of $\\Delta F = 2$ four-fermion operators with the chirally rotated Schr\\"odinger functional

    CERN Document Server

    Brida, Mattia Dalla; Vilaseca, Pol

    2016-01-01

    The chirally rotated Schr\\"odinger functional ($\\chi$SF) renders the mechanism of automatic $O(a)$ improvement compatible with Schr\\"odinger functional (SF) renormalization schemes. Here we define a family of renormalization schemes based on the $\\chi$SF for a complete basis of $\\Delta F = 2$ parity-odd four-fermion operators. We compute the corresponding scale-dependent renormalization constants to one-loop order in perturbation theory and obtain their NLO anomalous dimensions by matching to the $\\overline{\\textrm{MS}}$ scheme. Due to automatic $O(a)$ improvement, once the $\\chi$SF is renormalized and improved at the boundaries, the step scaling functions (SSF) of these operators approach their continuum limit with $O(a^{2})$ corrections without the need of operator improvement.

  5. Renormalized Polyakov loop in the deconfined phase of SU(N) gauge theory and gauge-string duality.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Andreev, Oleg

    2009-05-29

    We use gauge-string duality to analytically evaluate the renormalized Polyakov loop in pure Yang-Mills theories. For SU(3), the result is in quite good agreement with lattice simulations for a broad temperature range.

  6. Application of Corner Transfer Matrix Renormalization Group Method to the Correlation Function of a Two-Dimensional Ising Model

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    何春山; 李志兵

    2003-01-01

    The correlation function of a two-dimensionalIsing model is calculated by the corner transfer matrix renormalization group method.We obtain the critical exponent η= 0.2496 with few computer resources.

  7. Renormalized Polyakov loop in the deconfined phase of SU(N) gauge theory and gauge-string duality.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Andreev, Oleg

    2009-05-29

    We use gauge-string duality to analytically evaluate the renormalized Polyakov loop in pure Yang-Mills theories. For SU(3), the result is in quite good agreement with lattice simulations for a broad temperature range. PMID:19519096

  8. Renormalized Polyakov Loop in the Deconfined Phase of SU(N) Gauge Theory and Gauge/String Duality

    OpenAIRE

    Andreev, Oleg

    2009-01-01

    We use gauge/string duality to analytically evaluate the renormalized Polyakov loop in pure Yang-Mills theories. For SU(3), the result is in a quite good agreement with lattice simulations for a broad temperature range.

  9. Renormalizing coupled scalars with a momentum dependent mixing angle in the MSSM

    CERN Document Server

    Díaz, M A

    1994-01-01

    The renormalization of a system of coupled scalars fields is analyzed. By introducing a momentum dependent mixing angle we diagonalize the inverse propagator matrix at any momentum p^2. The zeros of the inverse propagator matrix, \\ie, the physical masses, are then calculated keeping the full momentum dependence of the self energies. The relation between this method and others previously published is studied. This idea is applied to the one-loop renormalization of the CP-even neutral Higgs sector of the Minimal Supersymmetric Model, considering top and bottom quarks and squarks in the loops. Presented in the Eighth Meeting of the Division of Particles and Fields of the American Physical Society ``DPF'94'', The University of New Mexico Albuquerque NM, August 2-6, 1994.

  10. Thermal conductivities of one-dimensional anharmonic/nonlinear lattices: renormalized phonons and effective phonon theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Li, Nianbei; Li, Baowen

    2012-12-01

    Heat transport in low-dimensional systems has attracted enormous attention from both theoretical and experimental aspects due to its significance to the perception of fundamental energy transport theory and its potential applications in the emerging field of phononics: manipulating heat flow with electronic anologs. We consider the heat conduction of one-dimensional nonlinear lattice models. The energy carriers responsible for the heat transport have been identified as the renormalized phonons. Within the framework of renormalized phonons, a phenomenological theory, effective phonon theory, has been developed to explain the heat transport in general one-dimensional nonlinear lattices. With the help of numerical simulations, it has been verified that this effective phonon theory is able to predict the scaling exponents of temperature-dependent thermal conductivities quantitatively and consistently.

  11. Logarithms of alpha in QED bound states from the renormalization group

    Science.gov (United States)

    Manohar; Stewart

    2000-09-11

    The velocity renormalization group is used to determine lnalpha contributions to QED bound state energies. The leading-order anomalous dimension for the potential gives the alpha(5)lnalpha Lamb shift. The next-to-leading-order anomalous dimension determines the alpha(6)lnalpha, alpha(7)ln (2)alpha, and alpha(8)ln (3)alpha corrections to the energy. These are used to obtain the alpha(8)ln (3)alpha Lamb shift and alpha(7)ln (2)alpha hyperfine splitting for hydrogen, muonium, and positronium, as well as the alpha(2)lnalpha and alpha(3)ln (2)alpha corrections to the ortho- and parapositronium lifetimes. This shows for the first time that these logarithms can be computed from the renormalization group.

  12. Non-perturbative running of renormalization constants from correlators in coordinate space using step scaling

    CERN Document Server

    Cichy, Krzysztof; Korcyl, Piotr

    2016-01-01

    Working in a quenched setup with Wilson twisted mass valence fermions, we explore the possibility to compute non-perturbatively the step scaling function using the coordinate (X-space) renormalization scheme. This scheme has the advantage of being on-shell and gauge invariant. The step scaling method allows us to calculate the running of the renormalization constants of quark bilinear operators. We describe here the details of this calculation. The aim of this exploratory study is to identify the feasibility of the X-space scheme when used in small volume simulations required by the step scaling technique. Eventually, we translate our final results to the continuum MSbar scheme and compare against four-loop analytic formulae finding satisfactory agreement.

  13. Entanglement Holographic Mapping of Many-Body Localized System by Spectrum Bifurcation Renormalization Group

    Science.gov (United States)

    You, Yi-Zhuang; Qi, Xiao-Liang; Xu, Cenke

    We introduce the spectrum bifurcation renormalization group (SBRG) as a generalization of the real-space renormalization group for the many-body localized (MBL) system without truncating the Hilbert space. Starting from a disordered many-body Hamiltonian in the full MBL phase, the SBRG flows to the MBL fixed-point Hamiltonian, and generates the local conserved quantities and the matrix product state representations for all eigenstates. The method is applicable to both spin and fermion models with arbitrary interaction strength on any lattice in all dimensions, as long as the models are in the MBL phase. In particular, we focus on the 1 d interacting Majorana chain with strong disorder, and map out its phase diagram using the entanglement entropy. The SBRG flow also generates an entanglement holographic mapping, which duals the MBL state to a fragmented holographic space decorated with small blackholes.

  14. Loop Variables and Gauge Invariant Exact Renormalization Group Equations for (Open) String Theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    The sigma model renormalization group formalism is manifestly background independent and is a possible way of obtaining a background independent string field theory. An exact renormalization group equation is written down for the world sheet theory describing the bosonic open string in general backgrounds and loop variable techniques are used to make the equation gauge invariant. The equations are quadratic in fields as in open string field theory. Some explicit examples are given and results are also given for curved space time. In contrast to BRST string field theory, the gauge transformations are not modified by the interactions. As in the Dirac-Born-Infeld action for massless fields, the interactions for massive fields can also be written in terms of gauge invariant field strengths

  15. Inverse Mellin Transformation of Continuous Singular Value Decomposition: A Root to Holographic Renormalization

    CERN Document Server

    Matsueda, Hiroaki

    2016-01-01

    We examine holographic renormalization by the singular value decomposition (SVD) of matrix data generated by the Monte Carlo snapshot of the 2D classical Ising model at criticality. To take the continuous limit of the SVD enables us to find the mathematical form of each SVD component by the inverse Mellin transformation as well as the power-law behavior of the SVD spectrum. We find that each SVD component is characterized by the two-point spin correlator with a finite correlation length. Then, the continuous limit of the decomposition index in the SVD corresponds to the inverse of the correlation length. These features strongly suggest that the SVD contains mathematical structure the same as the holographic renormalization.

  16. Renormalization of the chemical potential due to multiphonon effects at the surface of metals

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Ma Lei; Kang Guang-Zhen; Li Jun

    2012-01-01

    We study the relation between renormalization of the chemical potential due to multiphonon effects at the surface of Be(0001) and doping by solving the strong-coupling self-consistent equations of a two-dimensional (2D) electronphonon interaction system. We present the quasiparticle dispersions and inverse lifetimes of a 2D electron system interacting with Einstein phonons under the different dopings (corresponding to chemical potentials).We find that the effect of electron-phonon interaction on electron structure is strongest at the half filling,but it has no effect on the chemical potential.However,the chemical potential shows distinct renormalization effects away from half filling due to the electron-phonon interaction.

  17. Renormalization and additional degrees of freedom within the chiral effective theory for spin-1 resonances

    CERN Document Server

    Kampf, Karol; Trnka, Jaroslav

    2009-01-01

    We study in detail various aspects of the renormalization of the spin-1 resonance propagator in the effective field theory framework. First, we briefly review the formalisms for the description of spin-1 resonances in the path integral formulation with the stress on the issue of propagating degrees of freedom. Then we calculate the one-loop 1-- meson self-energy within the Resonance chiral theory in the chiral limit using different methods for the description of spin-one particles, namely the Proca field, antisymmetric tensor field and the first order formalisms. We discuss in detail technical aspects of the renormalization procedure which are inherent to the power-counting non-renormalizable theory and give a formal prescription for the organization of both the counterterms and one-particle irreducible graphs. We also construct the corresponding propagators and investigate their properties. We show that the additional poles corresponding to the additional one-particle states are generated by loop corrections...

  18. Brueckner-Hartree-Fock and its renormalized calculations for finite nuclei

    CERN Document Server

    Hu, B S; Ma, Y Z; Wu, Q; Sun, Z H

    2016-01-01

    We have performed self-consistent Brueckner-Hartree-Fock (BHF) and its renormalized theory to the structure calculations of finite nuclei. The $G$-matrix is calculated within the BHF basis, and the exact Pauli exclusion operator is determined by the BHF spectrum. Self-consistent occupation probabilities are included in the renormalized Brueckner-Hartree-Fock (RBHF). Various systematics and convergences are studies. Good results are obtained for the ground-state energy and radius. RBHF can give a more reasonable single-particle spectrum and radius. We present a first benchmark calculation with other {\\it ab initio} methods using the same effective Hamiltonian. We find that the BHF and RBHF results are in good agreement with other $\\it{ab}$ $\\it{initio}$ methods.

  19. The renormalization method based on the Taylor expansion and applications for asymptotic analysis

    CERN Document Server

    Liu, Cheng-shi

    2016-01-01

    Based on the Taylor expansion, we propose a renormalization method for asymptotic analysis. The standard renormalization group (RG) method for asymptotic analysis can be derived out from this new method, and hence the mathematical essence of the RG method is also recovered. The biggest advantage of the proposed method is that the secular terms in perturbation series are automatically eliminated, but in usual perturbation theory, we need more efforts and tricks to eliminate these terms. At the same time, the mathematical foundation of the method is simple and the logic of the method is very clear, therefore, it is very easy in practice. As application, we obtain the uniform valid asymptotic solutions to some problems including vector field, boundary layer and boundary value problems of nonlinear wave equations. Moreover, we discuss the normal form theory and reduction equations of dynamical systems. Furthermore, by combining the topological deformation and the RG method, a modified method namely the homotopy r...

  20. Renormalization as an Extension Problem on the Countour Ordered Formalism in FTFT

    CERN Document Server

    Franco, D H T

    2003-01-01

    From a distributional-theoretical framework, we make efforts in order to fill a gap in the series of studies which discuss the inheritance of the renormalization behaviour of a finite temperature field theory (FTFT) from the analogous version in quantum field theory (QFT) at T=0. Renormalization is treated as a distributional extension problem having the mathematical structure disentangled as much as possible from the physical aspects. The purely technical details essential for the discussion are briefly reviewed in a handle manner for further theoretical physics applications. The analysis elucidates some qualitative and quantitative distinctions concerning the divergences in the perturbation series when it is considered the FTFT version associated to a given QFT. Despite the differences, it turns clear the reason why the leading ultraviolet behaviour keeps unaffected when it is considered the FTFT version associated to a given QFT. The study is model independent and the approach allows one to consider the FT...